diff options
738 files changed, 1183 insertions, 1197 deletions
diff --git a/README.cross b/README.cross index 0c6a7773229c..109588ea5cb0 100644 --- a/README.cross +++ b/README.cross @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ NB: If you happen to upgrade to Android SDK Tools 23, and the build (using 'make verbose=t android') fails for you with: [dx] UNEXPECTED TOP-LEVEL EXCEPTION: - [dx] java.io.FileNotFoundException: /local/libreoffice/android-sdk-linux/tools/support/annotations.jar (Adresář nebo soubor neexistuje) + [dx] java.io.FileNotFoundException: /local/libreoffice/android-sdk-linux/tools/support/annotations.jar (no such file or directory) you need to copy the annotations.jar from an older sdk; like diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java index 50d0a1c818a9..f101dfbdb75f 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ final class DisplayPortCalculator { } /** - * This class implements the variation where we basically don't bother with a a display port. + * This class implements the variation where we basically don't bother with a display port. */ private static class NoMarginStrategy extends DisplayPortStrategy { NoMarginStrategy(Map<String, Integer> prefs) { @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ final class DisplayPortCalculator { private static final float VELOCITY_EXPANSION_THRESHOLD = /*GeckoAppShell.getDpi()*/ LOKitShell.getDpi() / 16f; // How much we increase the display port based on velocity. Assuming no friction and - // splitting (see below), this should be be the number of frames (@60fps) between us + // splitting (see below), this should be the number of frames (@60fps) between us // calculating the display port and the draw of the *next* display port getting composited // and displayed on the screen. This is because the timeline looks like this: // Java: pan pan pan pan pan pan ! pan pan pan pan pan pan ! diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GLController.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GLController.java index f7f6b1e3ea1a..be6118894e6a 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GLController.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GLController.java @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ public class GLController { // Only try to create the compositor if we have a valid surface and gecko is up. When these // two conditions are satisfied, we can be relatively sure that the compositor creation will - // happen without needing to block anyhwere. Do it with a sync gecko event so that the + // happen without needing to block anywhere. Do it with a sync gecko event so that the // android doesn't have a chance to destroy our surface in between. /*if (GeckoThread.checkLaunchState(GeckoThread.LaunchState.GeckoRunning)) { GeckoAppShell.sendEventToGeckoSync(GeckoEvent.createCompositorCreateEvent(mWidth, mHeight)); diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GeckoLayerClient.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GeckoLayerClient.java index b0d8859394b1..049b1fe59564 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GeckoLayerClient.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/GeckoLayerClient.java @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ public class GeckoLayerClient implements LayerView.Listener, PanZoomTarget * on every frame, it needs to be ultra-fast. * It avoids taking any locks or allocating any objects. We keep around a * mCurrentViewTransform so we don't need to allocate a new ViewTransform - * everytime we're called. NOTE: we might be able to return a ImmutableViewportMetrics + * every time we're called. NOTE: we might be able to return a ImmutableViewportMetrics * which would avoid the copy into mCurrentViewTransform. */ //@WrapElementForJNI(allowMultithread = true) diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java index 9e7a379095b2..e8759fd3e462 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public class LayerRenderer /*implements Tabs.OnTabsChangedListener*/ { "}\n"; // We use highp because the screenshot textures - // we use are large and we stretch them alot + // we use are large and we stretch them a lot // so we need all the precision we can get. // Unfortunately, highp is not required by ES 2.0 // so on GPU's like Mali we end up getting mediump diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerView.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerView.java index 95c6e65660bf..c489e7f044bc 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerView.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerView.java @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ public class LayerView extends FrameLayout /*implements Tabs.OnTabsChangedListen if (PointUtils.subtract(point, mInitialTouchPoint).length() < Math.max(PanZoomController.CLICK_THRESHOLD, Math.min(Math.min(p.x, p.y), PanZoomController.PAN_THRESHOLD))) { - // Don't send the touchmove event if if the users finger hasn't moved far. + // Don't send the touchmove event if the users finger hasn't moved far. // Necessary for Google Maps to work correctly. See bug 771099. return true; } else { diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java index e860ff91b8f5..3c3bc2887109 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid/app/src/main/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public abstract class TileLayer extends Layer { bindAndSetGLParameters(); - // XXX TexSubImage2D is too broken to rely on on Adreno, and very slow + // XXX TexSubImage2D is too broken to rely on Adreno, and very slow // on other chipsets, so we always upload the entire buffer. IntSize bufferSize = mImage.getSize(); if (mSize.equals(bufferSize)) { diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/libreoffice/android/DocumentLoader.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/libreoffice/android/DocumentLoader.java index 9b970a2e8f51..5efdcc070a27 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/libreoffice/android/DocumentLoader.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/libreoffice/android/DocumentLoader.java @@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ public class DocumentLoader matchParent = new ViewGroup.LayoutParams(ViewGroup.LayoutParams.MATCH_PARENT, ViewGroup.LayoutParams.MATCH_PARENT); // should have document load task publish pageCount before this happens: Shouldn't try to pre-fetch - // non-existant pages && need to know how many navigation thumbnails to render. + // non-existent pages && need to know how many navigation thumbnails to render. // Should put these on another serial executor? flipper.addView(new PageViewer(0), 0, matchParent); for (int i = 0; i < PAGECACHE_PLUSMINUS; i++) diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java index 42985860aa96..789d5b68ce4c 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/DisplayPortCalculator.java @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ final class DisplayPortCalculator { } /** - * This class implements the variation where we basically don't bother with a a display port. + * This class implements the variation where we basically don't bother with a display port. */ private static class NoMarginStrategy extends DisplayPortStrategy { NoMarginStrategy(Map<String, Integer> prefs) { @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ final class DisplayPortCalculator { private static final float VELOCITY_EXPANSION_THRESHOLD = LOKitShell.getDpi() / 16f; // How much we increase the display port based on velocity. Assuming no friction and - // splitting (see below), this should be be the number of frames (@60fps) between us + // splitting (see below), this should be the number of frames (@60fps) between us // calculating the display port and the draw of the *next* display port getting composited // and displayed on the screen. This is because the timeline looks like this: // Java: pan pan pan pan pan pan ! pan pan pan pan pan pan ! @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ final class DisplayPortCalculator { return amount / 2.0f; } // if we're moving quickly, assign more of the amount in that direction - // since is is less likely that we will reverse direction immediately + // since is less likely that we will reverse direction immediately if (velocity < -VELOCITY_FAST_THRESHOLD) { return amount * FAST_SPLIT_FACTOR; } diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java index b4975dade8a5..9dd3f499f4d0 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/LayerRenderer.java @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public class LayerRenderer implements GLSurfaceView.Renderer { "}\n"; // We use highp because the screenshot textures - // we use are large and we stretch them alot + // we use are large and we stretch them a lot // so we need all the precision we can get. // Unfortunately, highp is not required by ES 2.0 // so on GPU's like Mali we end up getting mediump diff --git a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java index 28ac4875eafc..9a063d05dcdc 100644 --- a/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java +++ b/android/experimental/LOAndroid3/src/java/org/mozilla/gecko/gfx/TileLayer.java @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public abstract class TileLayer extends Layer { bindAndSetGLParameters(); - // XXX TexSubImage2D is too broken to rely on on Adreno, and very slow + // XXX TexSubImage2D is too broken to rely on Adreno, and very slow // on other chipsets, so we always upload the entire buffer. IntSize bufferSize = mImage.getSize(); diff --git a/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.cxx b/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.cxx index d80d29ba46d4..5d0a18c91b75 100644 --- a/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.cxx +++ b/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.cxx @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SoundHandler::dispatchWithNotification(const css::util::URL& m_bError = false; m_xPlayer.set( avmedia::MediaWindow::createPlayer( aURL.Complete, aDescriptor.getUnpackedValueOrDefault(utl::MediaDescriptor::PROP_REFERRER(), OUString()) ), css::uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ); // OK- we can start async playing ... - // Count this request and initialize self-holder against dieing by uno ref count ... + // Count this request and initialize self-holder against dying by uno ref count ... m_xSelfHold = css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >(static_cast< ::cppu::OWeakObject* >(this), css::uno::UNO_QUERY); m_xPlayer->start(); m_aUpdateTimer.SetTimeout( 200 ); @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL SoundHandler::detect( css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::Property We use this information to callback our might existing listener. @seealso method dispatchWithNotification() - @return 0 everytime ... it doesn't matter for us. + @return 0 every time... it doesn't matter for us. @threadsafe yes *//*-*************************************************************************************************************/ IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SoundHandler, implts_PlayerNotify) diff --git a/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.hxx b/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.hxx index d41c033cb226..53c2f746a68f 100644 --- a/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.hxx +++ b/avmedia/source/framework/soundhandler.hxx @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ class SoundHandler : // interfaces bool m_bError; css::uno::Reference< css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > m_xFactory ; // global uno service factory to create new services - css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > m_xSelfHold ; // we must protect us against dieing during async(!) dispatch() call! + css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > m_xSelfHold ; // we must protect us against dying during async(!) dispatch() call! css::uno::Reference< css::media::XPlayer > m_xPlayer ; // uses avmedia player to play sounds... css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatchResultListener > m_xListener ; diff --git a/avmedia/source/opengl/oglframegrabber.cxx b/avmedia/source/opengl/oglframegrabber.cxx index 23e97f100444..f98b4e188cb7 100644 --- a/avmedia/source/opengl/oglframegrabber.cxx +++ b/avmedia/source/opengl/oglframegrabber.cxx @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ uno::Reference< css::graphic::XGraphic > SAL_CALL OGLFrameGrabber::grabFrame( do int nRet = gltf_renderer_get_bitmap(&pHandle, 1, (char*)pBuffer.get(), GL_BGRA); if( nRet != 0 ) { - SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occured while rendering to bitmap! Error code: " << nRet); + SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occurred while rendering to bitmap! Error code: " << nRet); return uno::Reference< css::graphic::XGraphic >(); } BitmapEx aBitmap = OpenGLHelper::ConvertBGRABufferToBitmapEx(pBuffer.get(), m_rHandle.viewport.width, m_rHandle.viewport.height); diff --git a/avmedia/source/opengl/oglplayer.cxx b/avmedia/source/opengl/oglplayer.cxx index 36f5e6874fa0..f8105133658c 100644 --- a/avmedia/source/opengl/oglplayer.cxx +++ b/avmedia/source/opengl/oglplayer.cxx @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ uno::Reference< media::XPlayerWindow > SAL_CALL OGLPlayer::createPlayerWindow( c releaseInputFiles(); if( nRet != 0 ) { - SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occured while setting up the scene! Error code: " << nRet); + SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occurred while setting up the scene! Error code: " << nRet); return uno::Reference< media::XPlayerWindow >(); } // The background color is white by default, but we need to separate the @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ uno::Reference< media::XFrameGrabber > SAL_CALL OGLPlayer::createFrameGrabber() releaseInputFiles(); if( nRet != 0 ) { - SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occured while setting up the scene! Error code: " << nRet); + SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occurred while setting up the scene! Error code: " << nRet); return uno::Reference< media::XFrameGrabber >(); } glClearColor(0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f); diff --git a/avmedia/source/opengl/oglwindow.cxx b/avmedia/source/opengl/oglwindow.cxx index 767844ddb5b4..2c9d40ad142e 100644 --- a/avmedia/source/opengl/oglwindow.cxx +++ b/avmedia/source/opengl/oglwindow.cxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OGLWindow::update() throw (css::uno::RuntimeException, std::except int nRet = gltf_prepare_renderer(&m_rHandle); if( nRet != 0 ) { - SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occured while preparing for rendering! Error code: " << nRet); + SAL_WARN("avmedia.opengl", "Error occurred while preparing for rendering! Error code: " << nRet); return; } gltf_renderer(&m_rHandle); diff --git a/basctl/source/basicide/baside2b.cxx b/basctl/source/basicide/baside2b.cxx index f8fb47f0a918..23b03e0dd61b 100644 --- a/basctl/source/basicide/baside2b.cxx +++ b/basctl/source/basicide/baside2b.cxx @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ void EditorWindow::HandleCodeCompletion() { if( i->tokenType == TT_WHITESPACE ) // a whitespace: stop; if there is no ws, it goes to the beginning of the line break; - if( i->tokenType == TT_IDENTIFIER || i->tokenType == TT_KEYWORDS ) // extract the identifers(methods, base variable) + if( i->tokenType == TT_IDENTIFIER || i->tokenType == TT_KEYWORDS ) // extract the identifiers(methods, base variable) /* an example: Dim aLocVar2 as com.sun.star.beans.PropertyValue * here, aLocVar2.Name, and PropertyValue's Name field is treated as a keyword(?!) * */ diff --git a/basctl/source/basicide/basides1.cxx b/basctl/source/basicide/basides1.cxx index b99426439eaf..35a329f8931e 100644 --- a/basctl/source/basicide/basides1.cxx +++ b/basctl/source/basicide/basides1.cxx @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ void Shell::ExecuteCurrent( SfxRequest& rReq ) SfxItemSet const& rArgs = *rReq.GetArgs(); // unfortunately I don't know the ID: sal_uInt16 nWhich = rArgs.GetWhichByPos( 0 ); - DBG_ASSERT( nWhich, "Wich fuer SearchItem ?" ); + DBG_ASSERT( nWhich, "Which for SearchItem?" ); SfxPoolItem const& rItem = rArgs.Get(nWhich); DBG_ASSERT(dynamic_cast<SvxSearchItem const*>(&rItem), "no searchitem!"); SvxSearchItem const& rSearchItem = static_cast<SvxSearchItem const&>(rItem); diff --git a/basic/source/classes/sb.cxx b/basic/source/classes/sb.cxx index 8c2155e610b4..c24828ae691e 100644 --- a/basic/source/classes/sb.cxx +++ b/basic/source/classes/sb.cxx @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ void StarBASIC::InitAllModules( StarBASIC* pBasicNotToInit ) } // compile modules first then RunInit ( otherwise there is // can be order dependency, e.g. classmodule A has a member - // of of type classmodule B and classmodule B hasn't been compiled yet ) + // of type classmodule B and classmodule B hasn't been compiled yet ) // Consider required types to init in right order. Class modules // that are required by other modules have to be initialized first. diff --git a/basic/source/classes/sbxmod.cxx b/basic/source/classes/sbxmod.cxx index 7d4ae675562b..aff857622a53 100644 --- a/basic/source/classes/sbxmod.cxx +++ b/basic/source/classes/sbxmod.cxx @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ const SbxObject* SbModule::FindType( const OUString& aTypeName ) const } -// From the code generator: deletion of images and the oposite of validation for entries +// From the code generator: deletion of images and the opposite of validation for entries void SbModule::StartDefinitions() { diff --git a/basic/source/comp/exprgen.cxx b/basic/source/comp/exprgen.cxx index bba9e88a8b35..4f42a4d103e4 100644 --- a/basic/source/comp/exprgen.cxx +++ b/basic/source/comp/exprgen.cxx @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ void SbiExprNode::Gen( RecursiveMode eRecMode ) // special treatment for WITH else if( (pWithParent_ = GetWithParent()) != NULL ) { - eOp = _ELEM; // .-Term in in WITH + eOp = _ELEM; // .-Term in WITH } else { diff --git a/basic/source/comp/loops.cxx b/basic/source/comp/loops.cxx index 1de4e1568d60..abd71e460ea2 100644 --- a/basic/source/comp/loops.cxx +++ b/basic/source/comp/loops.cxx @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ void SbiParser::Resume() { aGen.Gen( _RESUME, 0 ); break; - } // fall thru + } // fall through case SYMBOL: if( MayBeLabel() ) { @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ void SbiParser::Resume() aGen.Gen( _RESUME, nLbl ); Next(); break; - } // fall thru + } // fall through default: Error( SbERR_LABEL_EXPECTED ); } diff --git a/basic/source/inc/runtime.hxx b/basic/source/inc/runtime.hxx index 49fd3410784d..10b8be80146f 100644 --- a/basic/source/inc/runtime.hxx +++ b/basic/source/inc/runtime.hxx @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ public: SbiInstance* pNext; // instances chain // #31460 new concept for StepInto/Over/Out, - // Explaination see runtime.cxx at SbiInstance::CalcBreakCallLevel() + // explanation see runtime.cxx at SbiInstance::CalcBreakCallLevel() sal_uInt16 nCallLvl; sal_uInt16 nBreakCallLvl; void CalcBreakCallLevel( sal_uInt16 nFlags ); diff --git a/basic/source/runtime/runtime.cxx b/basic/source/runtime/runtime.cxx index a8a5e94b1759..81220f40cda5 100644 --- a/basic/source/runtime/runtime.cxx +++ b/basic/source/runtime/runtime.cxx @@ -3347,7 +3347,7 @@ void SbiRuntime::StepBASED( sal_uInt32 nOp1 ) SbxVariable* p1 = new SbxVariable; SbxVariableRef x2 = PopVar(); - // #109275 Check compatiblity mode + // #109275 Check compatibility mode bool bCompatible = ((nOp1 & 0x8000) != 0); sal_uInt16 uBase = static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nOp1 & 1); // Can only be 0 or 1 p1->PutInteger( uBase ); @@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@ SbxVariable* SbiRuntime::FindElement( SbxObject* pObj, sal_uInt32 nOp1, sal_uInt { // emulate pcode here StepARGC(); - // psuedo StepLOADSC + // pseudo StepLOADSC OUString sArg = aName.copy( 1, aName.getLength() - 2 ); SbxVariable* p = new SbxVariable; p->PutString( sArg ); diff --git a/basic/source/uno/namecont.cxx b/basic/source/uno/namecont.cxx index db22aef5a886..5c9126d6c3ef 100644 --- a/basic/source/uno/namecont.cxx +++ b/basic/source/uno/namecont.cxx @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ SfxLibrary* SfxLibraryContainer::getImplLib( const OUString& rLibraryName ) // Storing with password encryption -// Empty implementation, avoids unneccesary implementation in dlgcont.cxx +// Empty implementation, avoids unnecessary implementation in dlgcont.cxx bool SfxLibraryContainer::implStorePasswordLibrary( SfxLibrary*, const OUString&, const uno::Reference< embed::XStorage >&, diff --git a/bridges/source/cpp_uno/mingw_intel/callvirtualmethod.cxx b/bridges/source/cpp_uno/mingw_intel/callvirtualmethod.cxx index 2f6950ad7a49..ef86ad79e722 100644 --- a/bridges/source/cpp_uno/mingw_intel/callvirtualmethod.cxx +++ b/bridges/source/cpp_uno/mingw_intel/callvirtualmethod.cxx @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ // never happens at runtime), which in turn can throw exceptions, and (b) // callVirtualMethod is not inlined at its call site (so that any exceptions are // caught which are thrown from the instruction calling callVirtualMethod). [It -// is unclear how much of this comment is still relevent -- see the above +// is unclear how much of this comment is still relevant -- see the above // comment.] void CPPU_CURRENT_NAMESPACE::callVirtualMethod( void * pAdjustedThisPtr, sal_Int32 nVtableIndex, void * pRegisterReturn, diff --git a/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_intel/except.cxx b/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_intel/except.cxx index f433444dc8fd..d2b9d5c02c95 100644 --- a/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_intel/except.cxx +++ b/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_intel/except.cxx @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ int msci_filterCppException( // msvcr80.dll cleans up, different from former msvcrs // if (! rethrow): // though this unknown exception leaks now, no user-defined - // exception is ever thrown thru the binary C-UNO dispatcher + // exception is ever thrown through the binary C-UNO dispatcher // call stack. } else @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ int msci_filterCppException( } } // though this unknown exception leaks now, no user-defined exception - // is ever thrown thru the binary C-UNO dispatcher call stack. + // is ever thrown through the binary C-UNO dispatcher call stack. RuntimeException exc( "[msci_uno bridge error] unexpected " "C++ exception occurred!" ); uno_type_any_constructAndConvert( diff --git a/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_x86-64/except.cxx b/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_x86-64/except.cxx index 4d7e2e76b427..90147a7dd858 100644 --- a/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_x86-64/except.cxx +++ b/bridges/source/cpp_uno/msvc_win32_x86-64/except.cxx @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ int mscx_filterCppException( } } // though this unknown exception leaks now, no user-defined exception - // is ever thrown thru the binary C-UNO dispatcher call stack. + // is ever thrown through the binary C-UNO dispatcher call stack. RuntimeException exc( "[mscx_uno bridge error] unexpected " "C++ exception occurred!" ); uno_type_any_constructAndConvert( diff --git a/canvas/source/opengl/ogl_texturecache.hxx b/canvas/source/opengl/ogl_texturecache.hxx index dbc6c459dd1f..8fa14fe88d56 100644 --- a/canvas/source/opengl/ogl_texturecache.hxx +++ b/canvas/source/opengl/ogl_texturecache.hxx @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ namespace oglcanvas /** prune old entries from cache - Everytime this method is called, all cache entries are set + Every time this method is called, all cache entries are set to "old". If subsequently not used by getTexture(), they'll be entitled for expunge on the next prune() call. Resets statistic counters. diff --git a/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/res_LegendPosition.cxx b/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/res_LegendPosition.cxx index 179b9437b5e7..95088398d9b7 100644 --- a/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/res_LegendPosition.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/res_LegendPosition.cxx @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ void LegendPositionResources::writeToItemSet( SfxItemSet& rOutAttrs ) const IMPL_LINK( LegendPositionResources, PositionChangeHdl, RadioButton*, pRadio ) { - //for each radio click ther are coming two change events + //for each radio click there are coming two change events //first uncheck of previous button -> ignore that call //the second call gives the check of the new button if( pRadio && pRadio->IsChecked() ) diff --git a/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/tp_ChartType.cxx b/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/tp_ChartType.cxx index 0703e1d7a979..1ae7a691756a 100644 --- a/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/tp_ChartType.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/controller/dialogs/tp_ChartType.cxx @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void StackingResourceGroup::fillParameter( ChartTypeParameter& rParameter ) } IMPL_LINK( StackingResourceGroup, StackingChangeHdl, RadioButton*, pRadio ) { - //for each radio click ther are coming two change events + //for each radio click there are coming two change events //first uncheck of previous button -> ignore that call //the second call gives the check of the new button if( m_pChangeListener && pRadio && pRadio->IsChecked() ) diff --git a/chart2/source/controller/main/ChartController.cxx b/chart2/source/controller/main/ChartController.cxx index bed1daa3bc14..a9ff0c64798f 100644 --- a/chart2/source/controller/main/ChartController.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/controller/main/ChartController.cxx @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ChartController::queryClosing( } else { - //@ todo prepare to to closing model -> don't start any further hindering actions + //@ todo prepare to closing model -> don't start any further hindering actions } } diff --git a/cli_ure/source/climaker/climaker_emit.cxx b/cli_ure/source/climaker/climaker_emit.cxx index e1bebf20e078..ee7e2c944b9f 100644 --- a/cli_ure/source/climaker/climaker_emit.cxx +++ b/cli_ure/source/climaker/climaker_emit.cxx @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ System::String^ mapUnoPolymorphicName(System::String^ unoName) System::String ^ sParam = unoName->Substring(index, cur - index); //skip the comma cur++; - //the the index to the beginning of the next param + //the index to the beginning of the next param index = cur; builder->Append(mapUnoTypeName(sParam)); } diff --git a/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_data.cxx b/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_data.cxx index 201244357f9e..c1671d71a57e 100644 --- a/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_data.cxx +++ b/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_data.cxx @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ System::String^ mapPolymorphicName(System::String^ unoName, bool bCliToUno) System::String ^ sParam = unoName->Substring(index, cur - index); //skip the comma cur++; - //the the index to the beginning of the next param + //the index to the beginning of the next param index = cur; if (bCliToUno) { diff --git a/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_environment.cxx b/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_environment.cxx index 0bcf88a40699..ae673b2779ed 100644 --- a/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_environment.cxx +++ b/cli_ure/source/uno_bridge/cli_environment.cxx @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ System::Object^ Cli_environment::getRegisteredInterface(System::String^ oid, ret = m_objects[oid]; if (! ret) { - //try if if it is a proxy for a cli object + //try if it is a proxy for a cli object oid = createKey(oid, type); ret = m_objects[ oid ]; } diff --git a/comphelper/source/misc/proxyaggregation.cxx b/comphelper/source/misc/proxyaggregation.cxx index b6deaedbcb45..6a6739433cc1 100644 --- a/comphelper/source/misc/proxyaggregation.cxx +++ b/comphelper/source/misc/proxyaggregation.cxx @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ namespace comphelper Reference< XProxyFactory > xFactory = ProxyFactory::create( m_xContext ); // then the proxy itself - { // i36686 OJ: achieve the desctruction of the temporary -> otherwise it leads to _rRefCount -= 2 + { // i36686 OJ: achieve the destruction of the temporary -> otherwise it leads to _rRefCount -= 2 m_xProxyAggregate = xFactory->createProxy( _rxComponent ); } if ( m_xProxyAggregate.is() ) diff --git a/comphelper/source/property/propertycontainerhelper.cxx b/comphelper/source/property/propertycontainerhelper.cxx index ef2496839487..6269be8c0605 100644 --- a/comphelper/source/property/propertycontainerhelper.cxx +++ b/comphelper/source/property/propertycontainerhelper.cxx @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ bool OPropertyContainerHelper::convertFastPropertyValue( } Any* pPropContainer = NULL; - // the pointer to the any which holds the property value, no matter if located in the derived clas + // the pointer to the any which holds the property value, no matter if located in the derived class // or in out vector if (PropertyDescription::ltHoldMyself == aPos->eLocated) diff --git a/compilerplugins/clang/store/findoncontainer.cxx b/compilerplugins/clang/store/findoncontainer.cxx index f7db49d0f5b4..99efb9caab56 100644 --- a/compilerplugins/clang/store/findoncontainer.cxx +++ b/compilerplugins/clang/store/findoncontainer.cxx @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ // Look for places calling std::find on a standard container where it should be using the container find method, which // is more efficient. // -// This lives in /store because the implementation is a hack and is highly dependant on the inwards +// This lives in /store because the implementation is a hack and is highly dependent on the inwards // of the libc++ library on the machine it runs on. // diff --git a/compilerplugins/clang/store/rtlconstasciimacro.cxx b/compilerplugins/clang/store/rtlconstasciimacro.cxx index 482c9ade4201..d52a147db98f 100644 --- a/compilerplugins/clang/store/rtlconstasciimacro.cxx +++ b/compilerplugins/clang/store/rtlconstasciimacro.cxx @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ bool RtlConstAsciiMacro::VisitCXXConstructExpr( CXXConstructExpr* expr ) searchingForString = false; if( !suitableString ) return true; - // Seach for '(' (don't just remove a given length to handle possible whitespace). + // Search for '(' (don't just remove a given length to handle possible whitespace). const char* text = compiler.getSourceManager().getCharacterData( start ); const char* pos = text; while( *pos != '(' ) diff --git a/config_host.mk.in b/config_host.mk.in index 083e1d15e982..b507562b034d 100644 --- a/config_host.mk.in +++ b/config_host.mk.in @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # config variable for LibreOffice - # this file is intented to be able to be included in a Makefile + # this file is intended to be able to be included in a Makefile # and not to be sourced in a shell session # diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 0e928f6f7211..f090939b1d1f 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(extra-font, AC_ARG_ENABLE(online-update, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-online-update], [Enable the online update service that will check for new versions of - LibreOffice. By default, it is on on Windows and Mac, and off on Linux.]), + LibreOffice. By default, it is enabled on Windows and Mac, disabled on Linux.]), ,) AC_ARG_ENABLE(release-build, @@ -1429,10 +1429,10 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(library-bin-tar, the content of the config_host.mk file and the content of the top-level directory in core for that library If this option is enabled, then if such a tarfile exist, it will be untarred - isntead of the source tarfile, and the build step will be skipped for that + instead of the source tarfile, and the build step will be skipped for that library. If a proper tarfile does not exist, then the normal source-based - build is done for taht library and a proper binary tarfile is created + build is done for that library and a proper binary tarfile is created for the next time.]), ) @@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(macosx-sdk, see: http://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#technotes/tn2064/_index.html - for a detailled technical explanation of these variables + for a detailed technical explanation of these variables Note: MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET will be set to the value of 'min'. ], @@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ dnl Checks if ccache is available dnl =================================================================== if test "$enable_ccache" = "yes" -o \( "$enable_ccache" = "" -a "$enable_icecream" != "yes" \); then case "%$CC%$CXX%" in - # If $CC and/or $CXX already contain "ccache" (possibly suffixed with some verison number etc), + # If $CC and/or $CXX already contain "ccache" (possibly suffixed with some version number etc), # assume that's good then *%ccache[[-_' ']]*|*/ccache[[-_' ']]*) AC_MSG_NOTICE([ccache seems to be included in a pre-defined CC and/or CXX]) @@ -2841,7 +2841,7 @@ if test $_os = Darwin; then # http://stackoverflow.com/questions/13196291/difference-between-mac-developer-and-3rd-party-mac-developer-application # says that the "Mac Developer" certificate is useful just for self-testing. For distribution # outside the Mac App Store, use the "Developer ID Application" one, and for distribution in - # the App Store, the "3rd Party Mac Developer" one. I think it works best to the the + # the App Store, the "3rd Party Mac Developer" one. I think it works best to the # "Developer ID Application" one. identity=`security find-identity -p codesigning -v 2>/dev/null | grep 'Developer ID Application:' | $AWK '{print $2}' |head -1` @@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ if test "$_os" = "WINNT"; then WINDOWS_SDK_ACCEPTABLE_VERSIONS=$with_windows_sdk ;; *) - AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows SDK $with_windows_sdk is not known to work witn VS $MSVSVER]) + AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows SDK $with_windows_sdk is not known to work with VS $MSVSVER]) ;; esac fi @@ -8374,7 +8374,7 @@ if test "$with_system_curl" = "yes"; then if test -n "$CURL_PKG_ERRORS"; then AC_PATH_PROG(CURLCONFIG, curl-config) if test -z "$CURLCONFIG"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([curl developement files not found]) + AC_MSG_ERROR([curl development files not found]) fi CURL_LIBS=`$CURLCONFIG --libs` CURL_CFLAGS=$("$CURLCONFIG" --cflags | sed -e "s/-I/${ISYSTEM?}/g") diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/dindexnode.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/dindexnode.cxx index 5c278146c1a4..01f66a9aa859 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/dindexnode.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/dindexnode.cxx @@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ bool ONDXPage::Delete(sal_uInt16 nNodePos) ONDXNode ONDXPage::Split(ONDXPage& rPage) { - DBG_ASSERT(IsFull(), "Falsches Splitting"); - /* devide one page into two + DBG_ASSERT(IsFull(), "Incorrect Splitting"); + /* divide one page into two leaf: Page 1 is (n - (n/2)) Page 2 is (n/2) diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Connection.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Connection.cxx index dfda365d7970..137f4825df9f 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Connection.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Connection.cxx @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL Connection::isClosed( ) throw(SQLException, RuntimeException, { MutexGuard aGuard( m_aMutex ); - // just simple -> we are close when we are disposed taht means someone called dispose(); (XComponent) + // just simple -> we are close when we are disposed that means someone called dispose(); (XComponent) return Connection_BASE::rBHelper.bDisposed; } diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx index 5e672fdeb7d4..c2725a979120 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL ODatabaseMetaData::storesUpperCaseQuotedIdentifiers() } // ---- Unquoted Identifiers ------------------------------------------------- -// All unquoted identifers are stored upper case. +// All unquoted identifiers are stored upper case. sal_Bool SAL_CALL ODatabaseMetaData::supportsMixedCaseIdentifiers() throw(SQLException, RuntimeException, std::exception) { diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MNSFolders.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MNSFolders.cxx index ac22f7e0d1d3..aae88b5f8061 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MNSFolders.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MNSFolders.cxx @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ namespace if ( pProfileByEnv ) { sProductPath = OUString( pProfileByEnv, rtl_str_getLength( pProfileByEnv ), osl_getThreadTextEncoding() ); - // asume that this is fine, no further checks + // assume that this is fine, no further checks } else { diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MQueryHelper.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MQueryHelper.cxx index 686af4e09148..3d9a9aeed384 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MQueryHelper.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MQueryHelper.cxx @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ MQueryHelperResultEntry* MQueryHelper::getByIndex(sal_uInt32 nRow) { // Row numbers are from 1 to N, need to ensure this, and then - // substract 1 + // subtract 1 if ( nRow < 1 ) { return( NULL ); } diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MResultSet.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MResultSet.hxx index 7ae814ca79e4..6422c04bb742 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MResultSet.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/MResultSet.hxx @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ protected: ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::container::XNameAccess > m_xTableColumns; - ::std::vector<sal_Int32> m_aColMapping; // pos 0 is unused so we don't have to decrement 1 everytime + ::std::vector<sal_Int32> m_aColMapping; // pos 0 is unused so we don't have to decrement 1 every time ::std::vector<sal_Int32> m_aOrderbyColumnNumber; ::std::vector<TAscendingOrder> m_aOrderbyAscending; ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< OUString> m_aColumnNames; diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MConfigAccess.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MConfigAccess.cxx index a4d552fe02c3..c28ddc5e1d0e 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MConfigAccess.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MConfigAccess.cxx @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ extern "C" const sal_Char* SAL_CALL getHisDescription( void ) // Unfortunately, configuration access requires a XMultiServiceFactory - which the // mozilla side does not have. // So we create a "library-local" service factory here: Every need for a service -// factory can be fullfilled by this factory (similar to the get/setProcessServiceFactory +// factory can be fulfilled by this factory (similar to the get/setProcessServiceFactory // in comphelper). // This is halfway valid, as usually, the mozabdrv library is invoked from the mozab library // only. The latter contains the driver class (and only this class and nothing more), and @@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ extern "C" const sal_Char* SAL_CALL getHisDescription( void ) // which (by definition) can and should be used for all subsequent service requests. // And this is exactly what we're allowing with the following functions .... -/** _pFactory must point to an XMultiServiceFactory, which must be aquired once - for purpose of safely transfering it. The callee will release this interface +/** _pFactory must point to an XMultiServiceFactory, which must be acquired once + for purpose of safely transferring it. The callee will release this interface when it has stored the pointer somewhere else. */ extern "C" SAL_DLLPUBLIC_EXPORT void SAL_CALL setMozabServiceFactory( diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MResultSet.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MResultSet.hxx index 4ae7eb127963..dfebeff19882 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MResultSet.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/MResultSet.hxx @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ protected: ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::container::XNameAccess > m_xTableColumns; - ::std::vector<sal_Int32> m_aColMapping; // pos 0 is unused so we don't have to decrement 1 everytime + ::std::vector<sal_Int32> m_aColMapping; // pos 0 is unused so we don't have to decrement 1 every time ::std::vector<sal_Int32> m_aOrderbyColumnNumber; ::std::vector<TAscendingOrder> m_aOrderbyAscending; ::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< OUString> m_aColumnNames; diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx index ac22f7e0d1d3..aae88b5f8061 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ namespace if ( pProfileByEnv ) { sProductPath = OUString( pProfileByEnv, rtl_str_getLength( pProfileByEnv ), osl_getThreadTextEncoding() ); - // asume that this is fine, no further checks + // assume that this is fine, no further checks } else { diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_databasemetadata.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_databasemetadata.cxx index 6ae2d0c71c9c..de0200fe9174 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_databasemetadata.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_databasemetadata.cxx @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ sal_Int32 typeNameToDataType( const OUString &typeName, const OUString &typtype // sal_Int32 ret = com::sun::star::sdbc::DataType::DISTINCT; // map all unknown types to memo (longvarchar). This allows to show them in // string representation. Additionally, the edit-table-type-selection-box - // is not so unuseable anymore. + // is not so unusable anymore. sal_Int32 ret = com::sun::star::sdbc::DataType::LONGVARCHAR; if( typtype.equalsAscii( "b" ) ) { @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ static sal_Int32 seqContains( const Sequence< sal_Int32 > &seq, sal_Int32 value 6. INDEX_NAME string -> index name; NULL when TYPE is tableIndexStatistic 7. TYPE short -> index type: * 0 - this identifies table statistics that are returned - in conjuction with a table's index descriptions + in conjunction with a table's index descriptions * CLUSTERED - this is a clustered index * HASHED - this is a hashed index * OTHER - this is some other style of index diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_resultset.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_resultset.cxx index 2000eb6da1e7..0d47c4d0fe16 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_resultset.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_resultset.cxx @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ sal_Int32 ResultSet::findColumn( const OUString& columnName ) checkClosed(); sal_Int32 res = PQfnumber( m_result, OUStringToOString( columnName, (*m_ppSettings)->encoding ).getStr()); - /* PQfnumber reurn -1 for not found, which is waht we want - * otehr than that we use col number as 1-based not 0-based */ + /* PQfnumber reurn -1 for not found, which is what we want + * other than that we use col number as 1-based not 0-based */ if(res >= 0) { res += 1; diff --git a/connectivity/source/inc/java/lang/Object.hxx b/connectivity/source/inc/java/lang/Object.hxx index 67c362a0ac12..a154d102f523 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/inc/java/lang/Object.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/inc/java/lang/Object.hxx @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ namespace connectivity // The Java handle to this class jobject object; - // Class definiton + // Class definition // New in SJ2: static jclass theClass; // The class needs to be requested only once! diff --git a/connectivity/source/parse/sqliterator.cxx b/connectivity/source/parse/sqliterator.cxx index 1c03e35f3443..12846c9bf687 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/parse/sqliterator.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/parse/sqliterator.cxx @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ void OSQLParseTreeIterator::getSelect_statement(OSQLTables& _rTables,const OSQLP } else if ( SQL_ISRULE( pTableListElement, table_ref ) ) { - // Table refereneces can be made up of table names, table names (+),'('joined_table')'(+) + // Table references can be made up of table names, table names (+),'('joined_table')'(+) pTableName = pTableListElement->getChild(0); if( isTableNode( pTableName ) ) { // Found table names diff --git a/connectivity/source/parse/sqlnode.cxx b/connectivity/source/parse/sqlnode.cxx index eb2abedff3d2..37bfbdeda2a6 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/parse/sqlnode.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/parse/sqlnode.cxx @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ void OSQLParseNode::impl_parseNodeToString_throw(OUStringBuffer& rString, const { // skip field ++i; - // if the following node is the comparision operator'=', + // if the following node is the comparison operator'=', // we filter it as well if (SQL_ISRULE(this, comparison_predicate)) { @@ -2044,7 +2044,7 @@ void OSQLParseNode::eraseBraces(OSQLParseNode*& pSearchCondition) { OSQLParseNode* pRight = pSearchCondition->getChild(1); absorptions(pRight); - // if child is not a or or and tree then delete () around child + // if child is not an or and tree then delete () around child if(!(SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),boolean_term) || SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),search_condition)) || SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),boolean_term) || // and can always stand without () (SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),search_condition) && SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getParent(),search_condition))) @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ void OSQLParseNode::compress(OSQLParseNode *&pSearchCondition) { OSQLParseNode* pRight = pSearchCondition->getChild(1); compress(pRight); - // if child is not a or or and tree then delete () around child + // if child is not an or and tree then delete () around child if(!(SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),boolean_term) || SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),search_condition)) || (SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),boolean_term) && SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getParent(),boolean_term)) || (SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getChild(1),search_condition) && SQL_ISRULE(pSearchCondition->getParent(),search_condition))) diff --git a/cppuhelper/source/interfacecontainer.cxx b/cppuhelper/source/interfacecontainer.cxx index 0a0e251e689a..6c7166003686 100644 --- a/cppuhelper/source/interfacecontainer.cxx +++ b/cppuhelper/source/interfacecontainer.cxx @@ -250,8 +250,7 @@ sal_Int32 OInterfaceContainerHelper::removeInterface( const Reference<XInterface sal_Int32 i; for( i = 0; i < nLen; i++ ) { - // It is not valid to compare the Pointer direkt, but is is is much - // more faster. + // It is not valid to compare the pointer directly, but it's faster. if( pL[i].get() == rListener.get() ) { sequenceRemoveElementAt( *aData.pAsSequence, i ); diff --git a/cppuhelper/source/weak.cxx b/cppuhelper/source/weak.cxx index 57ae161f50ed..212a9be34775 100644 --- a/cppuhelper/source/weak.cxx +++ b/cppuhelper/source/weak.cxx @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ using namespace com::sun::star::uno; namespace cppu { -// due to static Reflection destruction from usr, ther must be a mutex leak (#73272#) +// due to static Reflection destruction from usr, there must be a mutex leak (#73272#) inline static Mutex & getWeakMutex() { static Mutex * s_pMutex = 0; diff --git a/crashrep/source/unx/main.cxx b/crashrep/source/unx/main.cxx index d70bb0e293e0..173e98e66997 100644 --- a/crashrep/source/unx/main.cxx +++ b/crashrep/source/unx/main.cxx @@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ static void WriteSOAPRequest( FILE *fp, char* report_filename, char* description fclose( fpin ); } -// nowhere g_szStackfile actualy populated with something -// so this endup trying to open "" which is ging to fail +// nowhere g_szStackfile is actually populated with something +// so this ends up trying to open "" which is going to fail // so what's the point ? #if 0 fpin = fopen( g_szStackFile, "r" ); diff --git a/dbaccess/qa/unit/embeddeddb_performancetest.cxx b/dbaccess/qa/unit/embeddeddb_performancetest.cxx index c326db65f809..662ed73d8023 100644 --- a/dbaccess/qa/unit/embeddeddb_performancetest.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/qa/unit/embeddeddb_performancetest.cxx @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ OUString getPrintableTimeValue(const TimeValue* pTimeValue) } /* - * The reccomended way to run this test is: + * The recommended way to run this test is: * 'SAL_LOG="" DBA_PERFTEST=YES make CppunitTest_dbaccess_embeddeddb_performancetest' * This blocks the unnecessary exception output and show only the performance data. * diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/ModelImpl.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/ModelImpl.hxx index 1c7d0d85ccab..847c02e925a7 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/ModelImpl.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/ModelImpl.hxx @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ public: - this is an automatism for data safety reasons. If you pass <TRUE/> here, committing the root storage is prevented for this particular call. - @return <TRUE/> if the storage could be commited, otherwise <FALSE/> + @return <TRUE/> if the storage could be committed, otherwise <FALSE/> */ bool commitEmbeddedStorage( bool _bPreventRootCommits = false ); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/datasettings.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/datasettings.hxx index 0a51ab47f3fc..6d86e1ce256a 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/datasettings.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/datasettings.hxx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ namespace dbaccess // ODataSettings_Base - a base class which implements the property member // for an object implementing the sdb::DataSettings // service -// the properties have to to be registered when used +// the properties have to be registered when used class ODataSettings_Base { public: diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/recovery/dbdocrecovery.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/recovery/dbdocrecovery.cxx index d19ecac84aaf..e49def107a85 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/recovery/dbdocrecovery.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/recovery/dbdocrecovery.cxx @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ namespace dbaccess Reference< XStorage > xComponentsStor( xRecoveryStorage->openStorageElement( SubComponentRecovery::getComponentsStorageName( eComponentType ), ElementModes::READ ), UNO_QUERY_THROW ); - // loop thru all components of this type + // loop through all components of this type for ( MapStringToCompDesc::const_iterator stor = map->second.begin(); stor != map->second.end(); ++stor diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/AsyncronousLink.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/AsyncronousLink.cxx index bf05ab0a3dd0..ac940d445283 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/AsyncronousLink.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/AsyncronousLink.cxx @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ IMPL_LINK(OAsyncronousLink, OnAsyncCall, void*, _pArg) { ::osl::MutexGuard aEventGuard( m_aEventSafety ); if (!m_nEventId) - // our destructor deleted the event just while we we're waiting for m_aEventSafety + // our destructor deleted the event just while we are waiting for m_aEventSafety // -> get outta here return 0; m_nEventId = 0; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/unodatbr.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/unodatbr.cxx index bda7e28640f8..001845bf8fbf 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/unodatbr.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/unodatbr.cxx @@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ SvTreeListEntry* SbaTableQueryBrowser::implAppendEntry( SvTreeListEntry* _pParen IMPL_LINK(SbaTableQueryBrowser, OnExpandEntry, SvTreeListEntry*, _pParent) { if (_pParent->HasChildren()) - // nothing to to ... + // nothing to do... return 1L; SvTreeListEntry* pFirstParent = m_pTreeView->getListBox().GetRootLevelParent(_pParent); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/generalpage.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/generalpage.cxx index 3a980d524231..1d79169e732d 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/generalpage.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/generalpage.cxx @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ namespace dbaui { // reset all locale data implSetCurrentType( OUString() ); - // this ensures that our type selection link will be called, even if the new is is the same as the + // this ensures that our type selection link will be called, even if the new one is the same as the // current one OGenericAdministrationPage::Reset(_rCoreAttrs); } diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/QueryTableView.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/QueryTableView.hxx index ef4174c19878..5bac4fb4d2b0 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/QueryTableView.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/QueryTableView.hxx @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ namespace dbaui // used by AddTabDlg to see if tables can still be added //virtual sal_Bool IsAddAllowed(); - /// announce new Connection and insert it, if not existant yet + /// announce new Connection and insert it, if not existing yet void NotifyTabConnection(const OQueryTableConnection& rNewConn, bool _bCreateUndoAction = true); /// @note the Handler receives a pointer to a TabWinsChangeNotification struct diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unodatbr.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unodatbr.hxx index b051d2e5a79b..cd15a2f5a200 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unodatbr.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unodatbr.hxx @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ namespace dbaui ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::sdbc::XConnection > connectWithStatus( const OUString& _rDataSourceName, - void* _pTreeListUserData // in rela a DBTreeListUserData*, but we do not know this class here .... + void* _pTreeListUserData // in reality a DBTreeListUserData*, but we do not know this class here... ); #if OSL_DEBUG_LEVEL > 0 diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/UITools.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/UITools.cxx index c192947b4880..ed5fb08aa3a5 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/UITools.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/UITools.cxx @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Reference< XPropertySet > createView( const OUString& _rName, const Reference< X xAppend->appendByDescriptor(xView); xView = NULL; - // we need to reget the view because after appending it it is no longer valid + // we need to reget the view because after appending it, it is no longer valid // but this time it isn't a view object it is a table object with type "VIEW" Reference<XTablesSupplier> xTabSup(_rxConnection,UNO_QUERY); Reference< XNameAccess > xTables; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/WCopyTable.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/WCopyTable.cxx index 9fc6725774fe..90657c0292e2 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/WCopyTable.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/misc/WCopyTable.cxx @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ Reference< XPropertySet > OCopyTableWizard::createTable() xAppend->appendByDescriptor(xTable); // xTable = NULL; - // we need to reget the table because after appending it it is no longer valid + // we need to reget the table because after appending it, it is no longer valid if(xTables->hasByName(m_sName)) xTables->getByName(m_sName) >>= xTable; else diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/ConnectionLine.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/ConnectionLine.cxx index 8fe389ce7a83..cdd075cac678 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/ConnectionLine.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/ConnectionLine.cxx @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Rectangle OConnectionLine::GetBoundingRect() const OTableWindow* pSourceWin = m_pTabConn->GetSourceWin(); const OTableWindow* pDestWin = m_pTabConn->GetDestWin(); - // line proceeds in in z-Form + // line proceeds in z-Form if( pSourceWin == pDestWin || std::abs(m_aSourceConnPos.X() - m_aDestConnPos.X()) > std::abs(m_aSourceDescrLinePos.X() - m_aDestDescrLinePos.X()) ) { aTopLeft.X() -= DESCRIPT_LINE_WIDTH; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx index e7a0a59a4efe..618593741dd5 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ void OJoinMoveTabWinUndoAct::TogglePosition() m_pTabWin->SetPosPixel(m_ptNextPosition - ptFrameScrollPos); - // it looks like ptFrameScrollPos is meaningless, then I it substract here and add it to ptNext, and - // next time I substract again ... - // AbetptFrameScrollPos could have changed next time ... + // it looks like ptFrameScrollPos is meaningless, then I substract it here and add it to ptNext, and + // next time I subtract again... + // AbetptFrameScrollPos could have changed next time... m_pOwner->EnsureVisible(m_pTabWin); m_ptNextPosition = ptNext; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TEditControl.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TEditControl.cxx index c2ca50ac7ce3..2b66dc046472 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TEditControl.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TEditControl.cxx @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ void OTableEditorCtrl::InsertNewRows( long nRow ) if( !nInsertRows ) nInsertRows = 1; GetUndoManager().AddUndoAction( new OTableEditorInsNewUndoAct(this, nRow, nInsertRows) ); - // Insert the number of of selected rows + // Insert the number of selected rows for( long i=nRow; i<(nRow+nInsertRows); i++ ) m_pRowList->insert( m_pRowList->begin()+i ,::boost::shared_ptr<OTableRow>(new OTableRow())); RowInserted( nRow, nInsertRows, true ); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableFieldDescWin.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableFieldDescWin.hxx index 8f1ef89bbaa0..4d56b8769ed0 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableFieldDescWin.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableFieldDescWin.hxx @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ namespace dbaui class OFieldDescGenWin; class OTableDesignHelpBar; class OFieldDescription; - // derivitive of TabPage is a trick of TH, + // derivative of TabPage is a trick of TH, // to notice a change in system colours class OTableFieldDescWin : public TabPage ,public IClipboardTest diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/unosqlmessage.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/unosqlmessage.cxx index 7ba1725b0b16..a0d66837630c 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/unosqlmessage.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/unosqlmessage.cxx @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL OSQLMessageDialog::convertFastPropertyValue( Any& _rConvertedV _rConvertedValue = aInfo.get(); return sal_True; - // always assume "modified", don't bother with with comparing the two values + // always assume "modified", don't bother with comparing the two values } default: return OSQLMessageDialogBase::convertFastPropertyValue(_rConvertedValue, _rOldValue, _nHandle, _rValue); diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_extlistbox.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_extlistbox.cxx index e9732ee90462..ab5e0494289f 100644 --- a/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_extlistbox.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_extlistbox.cxx @@ -1102,8 +1102,8 @@ void ExtensionBox_Impl::removeEntry( const uno::Reference< deployment::XPackage { long nPos = iIndex - m_vEntries.begin(); - // Entries mustn't removed here, because they contain a hyperlink control - // which can only be deleted when the thread has the solar mutex. Therefor + // Entries mustn't be removed here, because they contain a hyperlink control + // which can only be deleted when the thread has the solar mutex. Therefore // the entry will be moved into the m_vRemovedEntries list which will be // cleared on the next paint event m_vRemovedEntries.push_back( *iIndex ); diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_updateinstalldialog.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_updateinstalldialog.cxx index 501cdd04cc8a..871183f4f6b2 100644 --- a/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_updateinstalldialog.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/deployment/gui/dp_gui_updateinstalldialog.cxx @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ void UpdateInstallDialog::Thread::installExtensions() { OSL_ASSERT(curData.aUpdateSource.is()); //I am not sure if we should obtain the install properties and pass them into - //add extension. Currently it contains only "SUPPRESS_LICENSE". So it it could happen + //add extension. Currently it contains only "SUPPRESS_LICENSE". So it could happen //that a license is displayed when updating from the shared repository, although the //shared extension was installed using "SUPPRESS_LICENSE". css::beans::NamedValue prop("EXTENSION_UPDATE", css::uno::makeAny(OUString("1"))); diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_extensionmanager.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_extensionmanager.cxx index 8adba12ac067..72dab66b9231 100644 --- a/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_extensionmanager.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_extensionmanager.cxx @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ sal_Bool ExtensionManager::synchronize( catch (...) { //We catch the exception, so we can write the lastmodified file - //so we will no repeat this everytime OOo starts. + //so we will no repeat this every time OOo starts. OSL_FAIL("Extensions Manager: synchronize"); } OUString lastSyncBundled("$BUNDLED_EXTENSIONS_USER/lastsynchronized"); diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_manager.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_manager.cxx index 1529fb407ae5..a4eb6c6bde33 100644 --- a/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_manager.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/deployment/manager/dp_manager.cxx @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ void PackageManagerImpl::initActivationLayer( create_folder( 0, m_registrationData_expanded, xCmdEnv, true); dbName = m_registrationData_expanded + "/extensions.pmap"; } - // The data base can always be written because it it always in the user installation + // The data base can always be written because it is always in the user installation m_activePackagesDB.reset( new ActivePackages( dbName, false ) ); if (! m_readOnly && ! (m_context == "bundled")) @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ bool PackageManagerImpl::synchronizeAddedExtensions( rtl_UriEncodeIgnoreEscapes, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8); - //It it sufficient to check for the folder name, because when the administor + //It is sufficient to check for the folder name, because when the administor //installed the extension it was already checked if there is one with the //same identifier. const MatchTempDir match(titleEncoded); diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/registry/script/dp_script.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/registry/script/dp_script.cxx index cf1bc1f1683b..9fee2525eb58 100644 --- a/desktop/source/deployment/registry/script/dp_script.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/deployment/registry/script/dp_script.cxx @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ void BackendImpl::PackageImpl::processPackage_( //We cannot just call removeLibrary(name) because this could remove a //script which was added by an extension in a different repository. For //example, extension foo is contained in the bundled repository and then - //the user adds it it to the user repository. The extension manager will + //the user adds it to the user repository. The extension manager will //then register the new script and revoke the script from the bundled //extension. removeLibrary(name) would now remove the script from the //user repository. That is, the script of the newly added user extension does diff --git a/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx b/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx index 5f419f319029..78b5a71ec1d9 100644 --- a/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ migrations_vr MigrationImpl::readMigrationSteps(const OUString& rMigrationName) uno::Reference< XNameAccess > aMigrationAccess(getConfigAccess("org.openoffice.Setup/Migration/SupportedVersions"), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); uno::Reference< XNameAccess > xMigrationData( aMigrationAccess->getByName(rMigrationName), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ); - // get migration description from from org.openoffice.Setup/Migration + // get migration description from org.openoffice.Setup/Migration // and build vector of migration steps OUString aMigrationSteps( "MigrationSteps" ); uno::Reference< XNameAccess > theNameAccess(xMigrationData->getByName(aMigrationSteps), uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); diff --git a/desktop/test/deployment/update/readme.txt b/desktop/test/deployment/update/readme.txt index a7662b3fe1cf..efcba3206f33 100644 --- a/desktop/test/deployment/update/readme.txt +++ b/desktop/test/deployment/update/readme.txt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ For example .../update/updatefeed/udpate -The different test folders for the update are also commited in project extensions/www +The different test folders for the update are also committed in project extensions/www so that the files can be obtain via an URL. The structure and the contents is about the same as the content of desktop/test/deployment/udpate diff --git a/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleStaticTextBase.cxx b/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleStaticTextBase.cxx index 37a30c64af03..e6d52b9a5270 100644 --- a/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleStaticTextBase.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleStaticTextBase.cxx @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ namespace accessibility aRes += mpImpl->GetParagraph(i).getTextRange( 0, aEndIndex.nIndex ); } } - //According the the flag we marked before, we have to add "\n" at the beginning + //According to the flag we marked before, we have to add "\n" at the beginning //or at the end of the result string. if ( bStart ) { diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx b/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx index 8ed981618f45..612786fd386a 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.hxx @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ private: public: EditSelection(); // No constructor and destructor - // are automtically excecuted correctly! + // are automatically executed correctly! EditSelection( const EditPaM& rStartAndAnd ); EditSelection( const EditPaM& rStart, const EditPaM& rEnd ); diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx index b8dd439112d5..2a6b40017c06 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/eerdll.cxx @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ GlobalEditData::GlobalEditData() GlobalEditData::~GlobalEditData() { // Destroy DefItems... - // Or simply keep them, since at end of excecution?! + // Or simply keep them, since at end of execution?! if ( ppDefItems ) SfxItemPool::ReleaseDefaults( ppDefItems, EDITITEMCOUNT, true ); } diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx index 27c2ad9eee2b..3f030d1de1dd 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ void ImpEditEngine::SetText(const OUString& rText) // RemoveText deletes the undo list! EditPaM aStartPaM = RemoveText(); bool bUndoCurrentlyEnabled = IsUndoEnabled(); - // The text inserted manually can not be made reversable by the user + // The text inserted manually can not be made reversible by the user EnableUndo( false ); EditSelection aEmptySel( aStartPaM, aStartPaM ); diff --git a/editeng/source/misc/hangulhanja.cxx b/editeng/source/misc/hangulhanja.cxx index 5414ffa45f2d..a4c12e1262e1 100644 --- a/editeng/source/misc/hangulhanja.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/misc/hangulhanja.cxx @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ namespace editeng // according to FT we should not (yet) bother about Hangul/Hanja conversion here // - // aOffsets is needed in ReplaceUnit below in order to to find out + // aOffsets is needed in ReplaceUnit below in order to find out // exactly which characters are really changed in order to keep as much // from attributation for the text as possible. Sequence< sal_Int32 > aOffsets; diff --git a/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx b/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx index b58bd7c6dfd6..2444a604da57 100644 --- a/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ void SvxRTFParser::ReadAttr( int nToken, SfxItemSet* pSet ) { nStyleNo = -1 == nTokenValue ? 0 : sal_uInt16(nTokenValue); /* setze am akt. auf dem AttrStack stehenden Style die - I sit on akt. which is on the immiediate sytle AttrStack */ + I sit on akt. which is on the immediate style AttrStack */ // StyleNummer SvxRTFItemStackType* pAkt = aAttrStack.empty() ? 0 : aAttrStack.back(); if( !pAkt ) diff --git a/editeng/source/uno/unotext.cxx b/editeng/source/uno/unotext.cxx index 6463fe7de2a9..02a58047c340 100644 --- a/editeng/source/uno/unotext.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/uno/unotext.cxx @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ bool SvxUnoTextRangeBase::GoLeft(sal_Int16 nCount, bool Expand) throw() else { if ( !pForwarder ) - pForwarder = mpEditSource->GetTextForwarder(); // first here, it it is necessary... + pForwarder = mpEditSource->GetTextForwarder(); // first here, it is necessary... --nNewPar; nCount -= nNewPos + 1; diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx index 2da05bc68a93..e67cc77bd14a 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ uno::Sequence< beans::PropertyValue > GetValuableArgs_Impl( const uno::Sequence< { if ( aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "ComponentData" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "DocumentTitle" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "InteractionHandler" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "JumpMark" - // || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "Password" // makes no sence for embedded objects + // || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "Password" // makes no sense for embedded objects || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "Preview" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "ReadOnly" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "StartPresentation" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "RepairPackage" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "StatusIndicator" || aMedDescr[nInd].Name == "ViewData" @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ void OCommonEmbeddedObject::StoreDocToStorage_Impl( if ( !xTempStorage.is() ) throw uno::RuntimeException(); // TODO: - // object storage must be commited automatically + // object storage must be committed automatically xTempStorage->copyToStorage( xStorage ); } } @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OCommonEmbeddedObject::storeToEntry( const uno::Reference< embed:: bool bTryOptimization = false; for ( sal_Int32 nInd = 0; nInd < lObjArgs.getLength(); nInd++ ) { - // StoreVisualReplacement and VisualReplacement args have no sence here + // StoreVisualReplacement and VisualReplacement args have no sense here if ( lObjArgs[nInd].Name == "CanTryOptimization" ) lObjArgs[nInd].Value >>= bTryOptimization; } @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OCommonEmbeddedObject::storeAsEntry( const uno::Reference< embed:: bool bTryOptimization = false; for ( sal_Int32 nInd = 0; nInd < lObjArgs.getLength(); nInd++ ) { - // StoreVisualReplacement and VisualReplacement args have no sence here + // StoreVisualReplacement and VisualReplacement args have no sense here if ( lObjArgs[nInd].Name == "CanTryOptimization" ) lObjArgs[nInd].Value >>= bTryOptimization; } diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olecomponent.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olecomponent.cxx index 8e000702f98a..e57768c0ce0e 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olecomponent.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olecomponent.cxx @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ uno::Any SAL_CALL OleComponent::getTransferData( const datatransfer::DataFlavor& if ( FAILED( hr ) || !pDataObject ) throw io::IOException(); // TODO: transport error code - // The following optimization does not make much sence currently just because + // The following optimization does not make much sense currently just because // only one aspect is supported, and only three formats for the aspect are supported // and moreover it is not guarantied that the once returned format will be supported further // example - i52106 diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx index d3b0901d1a5c..04224514ced4 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ void OleEmbeddedObject::InsertVisualCache_Impl( const uno::Reference< io::XStrea if ( xTempOutStream.is() ) { // the OlePres stream must have additional header - // TODO/LATER: might need to be extended in future ( actually makes sence only for SO7 format ) + // TODO/LATER: might need to be extended in future (actually makes sense only for SO7 format) uno::Reference< io::XInputStream > xInCacheStream = xCachedVisualRepresentation->getInputStream(); if ( !xInCacheStream.is() ) throw uno::RuntimeException(); diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/msole/oleregister.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/msole/oleregister.cxx index d983f4b63f35..b82aa32b6523 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/msole/oleregister.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/msole/oleregister.cxx @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC_EXPORT void * SAL_CALL emboleobj_component_getFactory( OleEmbeddedObjectFactory::impl_staticGetSupportedServiceNames() ); } #ifdef WNT - // the following service makes sence only on windows + // the following service makes sense only on windows else if ( aImplName.equals( MSOLEDialogObjectCreator::impl_staticGetImplementationName() ) ) { xFactory= ::cppu::createOneInstanceFactory( reinterpret_cast< lang::XMultiServiceFactory*>( pServiceManager ), diff --git a/embeddedobj/test/Container1/EmbedContApp.java b/embeddedobj/test/Container1/EmbedContApp.java index 94a4e99e9367..b2a7d048336c 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/test/Container1/EmbedContApp.java +++ b/embeddedobj/test/Container1/EmbedContApp.java @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ public class EmbedContApp extends Applet { try { int nState = m_xEmbedObj.getCurrentState(); - // such a position change make sence only when object is + // such a position change make sense only when object is // either inplace or ui active if ( nState == EmbedStates.EMBED_INPLACE_ACTIVE || nState == EmbedStates.EMBED_UI_ACTIVE ) diff --git a/embedserv/source/embed/docholder.cxx b/embedserv/source/embed/docholder.cxx index 71ce91baa19f..3263c9b4b547 100644 --- a/embedserv/source/embed/docholder.cxx +++ b/embedserv/source/embed/docholder.cxx @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ HRESULT DocumentHolder::InPlaceActivate( if(m_xFrame.is()) m_xFrame->activate(); else { - // create frame and initialize it with with the created window + // create frame and initialize it with the created window m_xFrame = frame::Frame::create( comphelper::getComponentContext(m_xFactory) ); m_xFrame->initialize(m_xEditWindow); diff --git a/eventattacher/source/eventattacher.cxx b/eventattacher/source/eventattacher.cxx index 2ac41e9e7205..9d79da168c1b 100644 --- a/eventattacher/source/eventattacher.cxx +++ b/eventattacher/source/eventattacher.cxx @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Reference< XEventListener > EventAttacherImpl::attachListener // Sign in, Call the fitting addListener method // First Introspection, as the Methods can be analyzed in the same way - // For better perfomance it is implemented here again or make the Impl-Method + // For better performance it is implemented here again or make the Impl-Method // of the Introspection configurable for this purpose. Reference< XIntrospection > xIntrospection = getIntrospection(); if( !xIntrospection.is() ) @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ Sequence< Reference<XEventListener> > EventAttacherImpl::attachListeners( // Sign in, Call the fitting addListener method // First Introspection, as the Methods can be analyzed in the same way - // For better perfomance it is implemented here again or make the Impl-Method + // For better performance it is implemented here again or make the Impl-Method // of the Introspection configurable for this purpose. Reference< XIntrospection > xIntrospection = getIntrospection(); if( !xIntrospection.is() ) @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ void EventAttacherImpl::removeListener // Sign off, Call the fitting removeListener method // First Introspection, as the Methods can be analyzed in the same way - // For better perfomance it is implemented here again or make the Impl-Method + // For better performance it is implemented here again or make the Impl-Method // of the Introspection configurable for this purpose. Reference< XIntrospection > xIntrospection = getIntrospection(); if( !xIntrospection.is() ) diff --git a/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx b/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx index 3f1f91c2d0ef..2f165addf0cf 100644 --- a/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace dbp // no need to initialize the list of radios here // (we're the only one affecting this special setting, so it will be in the same state as last time this - // page was commited) + // page was committed) implCheckMoveButtons(); } diff --git a/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx b/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx index aaeb614e5f97..cb7ee0bd63a7 100644 --- a/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ Any IUnknownWrapper_Impl::invokeWithDispIdComTlb(FuncDesc& aFuncDesc, } //In a property put operation a property value is a named argument (DISPID_PROPERTYPUT). //Therefore the number of named arguments is increased by one. - //Although named, the argument is not named in a actual language, such as Basic, + //Although named, the argument is not named in an actual language, such as Basic, //therefore it is never a com.sun.star.bridge.oleautomation.NamedArgument if (aFuncDesc->invkind == DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT || aFuncDesc->invkind == DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF) @@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ void IUnknownWrapper_Impl::buildComTlbIndex() "ITypeInfo::GetFuncDesc failed."; } - //If we create an Object in JScript and a a property then it + //If we create an Object in JScript and a property then it //has VARDESC instead of FUNCDESC for (long i = 0; i < typeAttr->cVars; i++) { diff --git a/extensions/source/ole/unoconversionutilities.hxx b/extensions/source/ole/unoconversionutilities.hxx index 6b7afe377f08..b263dbed3b21 100644 --- a/extensions/source/ole/unoconversionutilities.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/ole/unoconversionutilities.hxx @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ bool UnoConversionUtilities<T>::convertValueObject( const VARIANTARG *var, Any& if(SUCCEEDED( spDisp->QueryInterface( __uuidof( IJScriptValueObject), reinterpret_cast<void**> (&spValue)))) { - ret = true; // is is a ValueObject + ret = true; // is a ValueObject //If it is an out - param then it does not need to be converted. In/out and // in params does so. if (SUCCEEDED(hr= spValue->IsOutParam( &varBool))) diff --git a/external/glm/Wshadow-unix.patch b/external/glm/Wshadow-unix.patch index be4af10f9896..47a34a77b086 100644 --- a/external/glm/Wshadow-unix.patch +++ b/external/glm/Wshadow-unix.patch @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ diff -ur glm.org/glm/core/type_vec1.hpp glm/glm/core/type_vec1.hpp + GLM_FUNC_DECL tvec1(tref1<T> const & r_);
//////////////////////////////////////
- // Convertion scalar constructors
+ // Conversion scalar constructors
- //! Explicit converions (From section 5.4.1 Conversion and scalar constructors of GLSL 1.30.08 specification)
+ //! Explicit conversions (From section 5.4.1 Conversion and scalar constructors of GLSL 1.30.08 specification)
template <typename U>
- GLM_FUNC_DECL explicit tvec1(U const & s);
+ GLM_FUNC_DECL explicit tvec1(U const & s_);
diff --git a/external/glm/Wshadow-windows.patch b/external/glm/Wshadow-windows.patch index c6c9c6585782..fa8c28446c44 100644 --- a/external/glm/Wshadow-windows.patch +++ b/external/glm/Wshadow-windows.patch @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ diff -ur glm.org/glm/core/type_vec1.hpp glm/glm/core/type_vec1.hpp + GLM_FUNC_DECL tvec1(tref1<T> const & r_); ////////////////////////////////////// - // Convertion scalar constructors + // Conversion scalar constructors //! Explicit converions (From section 5.4.1 Conversion and scalar constructors of GLSL 1.30.08 specification) template <typename U> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ diff -ur glm.org/glm/core/type_vec1.hpp glm/glm/core/type_vec1.hpp + GLM_FUNC_DECL explicit tvec1(U const & s_); ////////////////////////////////////// - // Convertion vector constructors + // Conversion vector constructors @@ -121,19 +121,19 @@ GLM_FUNC_DECL tvec1<T> & operator= (tvec1<U> const & v); diff --git a/external/languagetool/README b/external/languagetool/README index 72d70412b641..1a33382f7c3a 100644 --- a/external/languagetool/README +++ b/external/languagetool/README @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Style and grammar checker for various languages written in Java, from [http://www.languagetool.org/] Shipping this is a compile-time option for LibreOffice, but our -downloadable builds use the light-weight lightproof grammer checker -instead to avoid the Java bootstrapping performance issues.
\ No newline at end of file +downloadable builds use the light-weight lightproof grammar checker +instead to avoid the Java bootstrapping performance issues. diff --git a/external/libexttextcat/README b/external/libexttextcat/README index c35b88f013bc..5aceab363a5f 100644 --- a/external/libexttextcat/README +++ b/external/libexttextcat/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ N-Gram-Based Text Categorization library This guesses the language that input text is written in. Fundamentally -an adaption of of wiseguys libtextcat extended to be UTF-8 aware. +an adaption of wiseguys libtextcat extended to be UTF-8 aware. It is hosted at: [http://cgit.freedesktop.org/libreoffice/libexttextcat/] diff --git a/external/mysqlcppconn/patches/cmake.patch b/external/mysqlcppconn/patches/cmake.patch index 79fe064fc8e6..a856c213076a 100644 --- a/external/mysqlcppconn/patches/cmake.patch +++ b/external/mysqlcppconn/patches/cmake.patch @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ diff --recursive -u UnpackedTarball/mysqlcppconn.origin/CMakeLists.txt UnpackedT - ENDIF(STLPORT_INCLUDE_DIR) - - # We want to set the inclusion of the library globally -- ADD_DEFINITIONS(-library=stlport4) # Not a macro defintion, but CMake manual says I can!! ;) +- ADD_DEFINITIONS(-library=stlport4) # Not a macro definition, but CMake manual says I can!! ;) - SET(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -library=stlport4") - SET(CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS} -library=stlport4") - SET(CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS} -library=stlport4") diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/basecontainer.cxx b/filter/source/config/cache/basecontainer.cxx index cbf6e4685a67..e34b71d03522 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/cache/basecontainer.cxx +++ b/filter/source/config/cache/basecontainer.cxx @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ void BaseContainer::impl_initFlushMode() if (!m_pFlushCache) m_pFlushCache = m_rCache->clone(); if (!m_pFlushCache) - throw css::uno::RuntimeException( "Cant create write copy of internal used cache on demand.", + throw css::uno::RuntimeException( "Can not create write copy of internal used cache on demand.", static_cast< OWeakObject* >(this)); // <- SAFE } @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ void SAL_CALL BaseContainer::flush() if (!m_pFlushCache) throw css::lang::WrappedTargetRuntimeException( - "Cant guarantee cache consistency. Special flush container does not exists!", + "Can not guarantee cache consistency. Special flush container does not exists!", static_cast< OWeakObject* >(this), css::uno::Any()); diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.cxx b/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.cxx index 2fc5cfb4935f..a1c37c5bc996 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.cxx +++ b/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.cxx @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ void FilterCache::impl_flushByList(const css::uno::Reference< css::container::XN // special case. no exception - but not a valid item => set must be finalized or mandatory! // Reject flush operation by throwing an exception. At least one item couldnt be flushed. if (!xItem.is()) - throw css::uno::Exception("Cant add item. Set is finalized or mandatory!", + throw css::uno::Exception("Can not add item. Set is finalized or mandatory!", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >()); CacheItemList::const_iterator pItem = rCache.find(sItem); @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ void FilterCache::impl_flushByList(const css::uno::Reference< css::container::XN // special case. no exception - but not a valid item => it must be finalized or mandatory! // Reject flush operation by throwing an exception. At least one item couldnt be flushed. if (!xItem.is()) - throw css::uno::Exception("Cant change item. Its finalized or mandatory!", + throw css::uno::Exception("Can not change item. Its finalized or mandatory!", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >()); CacheItemList::const_iterator pItem = rCache.find(sItem); @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > FilterCache::impl_openConfig(EConfig } break; - default : throw css::uno::Exception("These configuration node isnt supported here for open!", 0); + default : throw css::uno::Exception("These configuration node is not supported here for open!", 0); } { @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ void FilterCache::impl_validateAndOptimize() (!bReferencedByHandler) ) { - sLog.append("Warning\t:\t" "The type \"" + sType + "\" isnt used by any filter, loader or content handler.\n"); + sLog.append("Warning\t:\t" "The type \"" + sType + "\" is not used by any filter, loader or content handler.\n"); ++nWarnings; } } @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ void FilterCache::impl_interpretDataVal4Filter(const OUString& sValue, sal_Int32 nOrder = sValue.toInt32(); if (nOrder > 0) { - SAL_WARN( "filter.config", "FilterCache::impl_interpretDataVal4Filter()\nCant move Order value from filter to type on demand!"); + SAL_WARN( "filter.config", "FilterCache::impl_interpretDataVal4Filter()\nCan not move Order value from filter to type on demand!"); _FILTER_CONFIG_LOG_2_("impl_interpretDataVal4Filter(%d, \"%s\") ... OK", (int)eType, _FILTER_CONFIG_TO_ASCII_(rItem).getStr()) } } @@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ CacheItem FilterCache::impl_readOldItem(const css::uno::Reference< css::containe css::uno::Reference< css::container::XNameAccess > xItem; xSet->getByName(sItem) >>= xItem; if (!xItem.is()) - throw css::uno::Exception("Cant read old item.", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >()); + throw css::uno::Exception("Can not read old item.", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >()); CacheItem aItem; aItem[PROPNAME_NAME] <<= sItem; @@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ CacheItem FilterCache::impl_readOldItem(const css::uno::Reference< css::containe (lData.size()<1 ) ) { - throw css::uno::Exception( "Cant read old item property DATA.", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >()); + throw css::uno::Exception( "Can not read old item property DATA.", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >()); } sal_Int32 nProp = 0; diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.hxx b/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.hxx index c992424b591f..883ced96e553 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.hxx +++ b/filter/source/config/cache/filtercache.hxx @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ class FilterCache : public BaseLock @param eOption regulate, which properties of the requested item should be read. - See defintion of EReadOption for further information. + See definition of EReadOption for further information. @throw [css::uno::Exception] if an unrecoverable error occurs inside this operation. diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx index 370f7cf980d3..4919fbaa1372 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx +++ b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ OUString TypeDetection::impl_askUserForTypeAndFilterIfAllowed(utl::MediaDescript // Dont distrub the user for "non existing files - means empty URLs" or // if we was forced to detect a stream. // Reason behind: We must be sure to ask user for "unknown contents" only ... - // and not for "missing files". Especialy if detection is done by a stream only + // and not for "missing files". Especially if detection is done by a stream only // we can't check if the stream points to an "existing content"! if ( (sURL.isEmpty() ) || // "non existing file" ? diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.hxx b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.hxx index 82f383aecdd8..c5c99d6ca16c 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.hxx +++ b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.hxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: @descr It steps over all flat detected types (given by the parameter lFlatTypes), try it and search for most suitable one. The specified MediaDescriptor will be patched, so it contain - the right values everytime. Using of any deep detection service + the right values every time. Using of any deep detection service can be enabled/disabled. And last but not least: If the results wont be really clear (because a flat detected type has no deep detection service), a "sugested" type name will be returned as "rLastChance". diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/epict/epict.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/epict/epict.cxx index 69407f6b4a82..993e1d36d67a 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/epict/epict.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/epict/epict.cxx @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Polygon PictWriter::PolyPolygonToPolygon(const tools::PolyPolygon & rPolyPoly) // At first we look for a point in aPoly1 (referenced by nBestIdx1) and a // point in aPoly2 (referenced by nBestid2), which are as close together as // possible. Because this is following square complexity and therefore some - // pictures would need infinite time to export, we limit the the number of test + // pictures would need infinite time to export, we limit the number of test // by the number of 1000 and cancel the search if necessary preliminarily. // The result of this will not be wrong but rather not so beautiful. nCountdownTests=1000; diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/idxf/dxfvec.hxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/idxf/dxfvec.hxx index ca84a1a9ba77..b75c25479c03 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/idxf/dxfvec.hxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/idxf/dxfvec.hxx @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public: // Transformation of a relative vector (so no translation) bool TransCircleToEllipse(double fRadius, double & rEx, double & rEy) const; - // Attemp to transform a circle (in xy plane) so that it results + // Attempt to transform a circle (in xy plane) so that it results // in an aligned ellipse. If the does not work because a ellipse of // arbitrary position would be created, sal_False is returned. // (The center point will not be transformed, use Transform(..)) diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ios2met/ios2met.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ios2met/ios2met.cxx index 80ea97be4496..2116ac10ca00 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ios2met/ios2met.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ios2met/ios2met.cxx @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ void OS2METReader::ReadArc(bool bGivenPos) // now we still need the radius in x and y direction: r=sqrt(q*q*(x1-cx)*(x1-cx)+p*p*(y1-cy)*(y1-cy)); rx=r/q; ry=r/p; - // We now have to find out how the the starting and the end point + // We now have to find out how the starting and the end point // have to be chosen so that point no. 2 lies inside the drawn arc: w1=fmod((atan2(x1-cx,y1-cy)-atan2(x2-cx,y2-cy)),6.28318530718); if (w1<0) w1+=6.28318530718; w3=fmod((atan2(x3-cx,y3-cy)-atan2(x2-cx,y2-cy)),6.28318530718); if (w3<0) w3+=6.28318530718; @@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ void OS2METReader::ReadImageData(sal_uInt16 nDataID, sal_uInt16 nDataLen) break; case 0xfe92: { // Image Data - // At the latest we now need the temprary BMP file and + // At the latest we now need the temporary BMP file and // inside this file we need the header and the palette. if (p->pBMP==NULL) { p->pBMP=new SvMemoryStream(); diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx index f0b635393e8c..6cd2c4141533 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ const CCIHuffmanTableEntry CCIUncompTable[CCIUncompTableSize]={ // To make sure that the Huffman tables do not contain errors they were entered // from two different sources (Phew) and compared. // Since an error could creep in to the source code while maintaining it -// (e.g. an accidentaly key press in the editor) the tables are listed twice +// (e.g. an accidental key press in the editor) the tables are listed twice // and are compared during runtime. (If the comparison fails CCIDcompressor // throws an error) The whole thing may appear insane, but an error within the // tables would otherwise be really hard to discover and it's very unlikely that diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx index 7eecc3f1c2c1..466faf62ae22 100644 --- a/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx +++ b/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx @@ -3260,7 +3260,7 @@ bool SvxMSDffManager::SeekToRec( SvStream& rSt, sal_uInt16 nRecId, sal_uLong nMa bool SvxMSDffManager::SeekToRec2( sal_uInt16 nRecId1, sal_uInt16 nRecId2, sal_uLong nMaxFilePos, DffRecordHeader* pRecHd, sal_uLong nSkipCount ) const { bool bRet = false; - sal_uLong nFPosMerk = rStCtrl.Tell(); // remember FilePos for conditionally later restauration + sal_uLong nFPosMerk = rStCtrl.Tell(); // remember FilePos for conditionally later restoration DffRecordHeader aHd; do { @@ -5951,7 +5951,7 @@ bool SvxMSDffManager::GetShapeGroupContainerData( SvStream& rSt, nReadSpGrCont += nLength; } while( nReadSpGrCont < nLenShapeGroupCont ); - // possition the steam correctly + // position the stream correctly rSt.Seek( nStartShapeGroupCont + nLenShapeGroupCont ); return true; } @@ -5970,7 +5970,7 @@ bool SvxMSDffManager::GetShapeContainerData( SvStream& rSt, sal_uLong nLenShapePropTbl = 0; sal_uLong nReadSpCont = 0; - // Store file offset of the shape containers or respectivly the group(!). + // Store file offset of the shape containers or respectively the group(!). sal_uLong nStartOffs = (ULONG_MAX > nPosGroup) ? nPosGroup : nStartShapeCont - DFF_COMMON_RECORD_HEADER_SIZE; SvxMSDffShapeInfo aInfo( nStartOffs ); @@ -6983,7 +6983,7 @@ com::sun::star::uno::Reference < com::sun::star::embed::XEmbeddedObject > SvxMS // needs the correct visarea // If pName is set this is an own embedded object, it should have the correct size internally - // TODO/LATER: it might make sence in future to set the size stored in internal object + // TODO/LATER: it might make sense in future to set the size stored in internal object if( !pName && ( sStarName == "swriter" || sStarName == "scalc" ) ) { MapMode aMapMode( VCLUnoHelper::UnoEmbed2VCLMapUnit( xObj->getMapUnit( nViewAspect ) ) ); diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx index 944514f192eb..4cc9956a3c4a 100644 --- a/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx +++ b/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrEscherImport::ProcessObj( SvStream& rSt, DffObjData& rObjData, voi } } } - if ( pRet ) // sj: #i38501#, and and taking care of connections to group objects + if ( pRet ) // sj: #i38501#, and taking care of connections to group objects { if ( rObjData.nSpFlags & SP_FBACKGROUND ) { @@ -6379,7 +6379,7 @@ PPTTextObj::PPTTextObj( SvStream& rIn, SdrPowerPointImport& rSdrPowerPointImport { DffRecordHeader aClientTextBoxHd( *rSdrPowerPointImport.maShapeRecords.Current() ); sal_uInt32 nTextRulerAtomOfs = 0; // case of zero -> this atom may be found in aClientDataContainerHd; - // case of -1 -> ther is no atom of this kind + // case of -1 -> there is no atom of this kind // else -> this is the fileofs where we can get it // checkout if this is a referenced diff --git a/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx b/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx index a71e4700350b..ca9d4953d35a 100644 --- a/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx +++ b/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx @@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ bool SVGFilter::implExportPage( const OUString & sPageId, } // insert the </g> closing tag related to the Background } - // In case we are dealing with a master page we need to to group all its shapes + // In case we are dealing with a master page we need to group all its shapes // into a group element, this group will make up the so named "background objects" if( bMaster ) { @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ bool SVGFilter::implCreateObjects() #ifdef ENABLE_EXPORT_CUSTOM_SLIDE_BACKGROUND // TODO complete the implementation for exporting custom background for each slide // implementation status: - // - hatch stroke color is set to 'none' so the hatch is not visible, why ? + // - hatch stroke color is set to 'none' so the hatch is not visible, why? // - gradient look is not really awesome, too few colors are used; // - stretched bitmap, gradient and hatch are not exported only once // and then referenced in case more than one slide uses them. diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/common/table_of_content.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/common/table_of_content.xsl index d299c912955f..a9db7f922af7 100644 --- a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/common/table_of_content.xsl +++ b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/common/table_of_content.xsl @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Scenarios tabstops 1) style:type of style:tab-stop is 'right' and earlier tabStop is not right - -> Earlier text-nodes and following text-nodes, will be put into an inner table, with two TD first aligned left, with proceding textnodes, the latter aligned right. + -> Earlier text-nodes and following text-nodes, will be put into an inner table, with two TD first aligned left, with preceding textnodes, the latter aligned right. 2) style:type is 'right' and earlier tabStop is right -> following text-nodes, will be put into a right aligned TD diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl index 3ecde5e377c0..32f0ffe7666f 100644 --- a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl +++ b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ <xsl:element name="{$elementName}"> <xsl:choose> <!-- in ODF borders of paragraphs will be merged by default. Merging means the adjactend paragraphs are building a unit, - where only the first and the last will have have a border to the surrounding (top / bottom border) + where only the first and the last will have a border to the surrounding (top / bottom border) <xsl:variable name="precedingParagraphStyle" select="preceding-sibling::*[1][name() = 'text:p']/@text:style-name"/> <xsl:variable name="followingParagraphStyle" select="following-sibling::*[1][name() = 'text:p']/@text:style-name"/> --> diff --git a/filter/source/xsltdialog/xmlfiltersettingsdialog.cxx b/filter/source/xsltdialog/xmlfiltersettingsdialog.cxx index e3deef39b010..2153d115a7a4 100644 --- a/filter/source/xsltdialog/xmlfiltersettingsdialog.cxx +++ b/filter/source/xsltdialog/xmlfiltersettingsdialog.cxx @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ void XMLFilterSettingsDialog::onClose() bool XMLFilterSettingsDialog::Notify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt ) { - // Because of of tab control first call the base class. + // Because of tab control first call the base class. bool nRet = ModelessDialog::Notify( rNEvt ); if ( !nRet ) { diff --git a/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx b/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx index f2fe4fa7f6e8..7d3402b1c42f 100644 --- a/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx +++ b/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ namespace XSLT OUString udStyleSheet = rel2abs(msUserData[5]); // read source data - // we are especialy interested in the output stream + // we are especially interested in the output stream // since that is where our xml-writer will push the data // from it's data-source interface OUString aName, sURL; @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ namespace XSLT } } - // for the DocumentHandler implementation, we just proxy the the + // for the DocumentHandler implementation, we just proxy the // events to the XML writer that we created upon the output stream // that was provided by the XMLFilterAdapter void diff --git a/forms/source/component/EventThread.cxx b/forms/source/component/EventThread.cxx index ac891c553efa..8e09f47d68a2 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/EventThread.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/EventThread.cxx @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void OComponentEventThread::run() { MutexRelease aReleaseOnce(m_aMutex); - // Because a queryHardRef can throw an Exception, it shoudln't be called when + // Because a queryHardRef can throw an Exception, it should not be called when // the mutex is locked. Reference<XControl> xControl; if ( xControlAdapter.is() ) diff --git a/forms/source/component/GroupManager.cxx b/forms/source/component/GroupManager.cxx index d25a6db85edb..8f6a40f2bfc4 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/GroupManager.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/GroupManager.cxx @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void OGroup::RemoveComponent( const Reference<XPropertySet>& rxElement ) /* * By removing the GroupComp the insertion position has become invalid. - * We do not to change it here, however, because its passed on continously + * We do not to change it here, however, because its passed on continuously * and ascending distinctively. */ } diff --git a/forms/source/component/ImageControl.cxx b/forms/source/component/ImageControl.cxx index 193d69b2bf43..22d2c5aedf4d 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/ImageControl.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/ImageControl.cxx @@ -791,8 +791,8 @@ void OImageControlControl::implClearGraphics( bool _bForce ) // the ImageURL is already empty, so simply setting a new empty one would not suffice // (since it would be ignored) xSet->setPropertyValue( PROPERTY_IMAGE_URL, makeAny( OUString( "private:emptyImage" ) ) ); - // (the concrete URL we're passing here doens't matter. It's important that - // the model cannot resolve it to a a valid resource describing an image stream + // (the concrete URL we're passing here doesn't matter. It's important that + // the model cannot resolve it to a valid resource describing an image stream } xSet->setPropertyValue( PROPERTY_IMAGE_URL, makeAny( OUString() ) ); diff --git a/forms/source/component/ListBox.cxx b/forms/source/component/ListBox.cxx index 2d42a979432c..11de5a7dcdf6 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/ListBox.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/ListBox.cxx @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ namespace frm { Any aReturn; - // by definition, multiple selected entries are transfered as NULL if the + // by definition, multiple selected entries are transferred as NULL if the // binding does not support string lists if ( _rSelectSequence.getLength() <= 1 ) { diff --git a/forms/source/xforms/NameContainer.hxx b/forms/source/xforms/NameContainer.hxx index f1a473f2e1f2..7d1b63bece01 100644 --- a/forms/source/xforms/NameContainer.hxx +++ b/forms/source/xforms/NameContainer.hxx @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ protected: T getItem( const OUString& rName ) { - OSL_ENSURE( hasItem( rName ), "can't get non-existant item" ); + OSL_ENSURE( hasItem( rName ), "can't get non-existent item" ); return maItems[ rName ]; } diff --git a/fpicker/source/office/iodlg.cxx b/fpicker/source/office/iodlg.cxx index 74b612f40ed1..c862a7899a6c 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/office/iodlg.cxx +++ b/fpicker/source/office/iodlg.cxx @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SvtFileDialog, OpenHdl_Impl, void*, pVoid ) // OpenHdl called from URLBox; travelling through the list of URLs should not cause an opening return 0; // MBA->PB: seems to be called never ?! - // get the URL from from the edit field ( if not empty ) + // get the URL from the edit field ( if not empty ) if ( !pThis->_pImp->_pEdFileName->GetText().isEmpty() ) { OUString aText = pThis->_pImp->_pEdFileName->GetText(); diff --git a/framework/inc/dispatch/closedispatcher.hxx b/framework/inc/dispatch/closedispatcher.hxx index dfbf6bf6eca2..192e2e8ffd1e 100644 --- a/framework/inc/dispatch/closedispatcher.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/dispatch/closedispatcher.hxx @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ class CloseDispatcher : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper2< before (e.g. by calling implts_closeView()! Otherwise e.g. the XController->suspend() - call isnt made and no UI warn the user about - loosing document changes. Because the + call is not made and no UI warn the user about + losing document changes. Because the frame is closed .... @return [bool] @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ class CloseDispatcher : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper2< /** @short calls XDesktop->terminate(). @descr No office code has to be called - afterwards! Because the process is dieing ... + afterwards! Because the process is dying... The only exception is a might be registered listener at this instance here. Because he should know, that such things will happen :-) diff --git a/framework/inc/dispatch/oxt_handler.hxx b/framework/inc/dispatch/oxt_handler.hxx index b32a53e21c68..999c2ddb06c3 100644 --- a/framework/inc/dispatch/oxt_handler.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/dispatch/oxt_handler.hxx @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ class Oxt_Handler : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper3< osl::Mutex m_mutex; css::uno::Reference< css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory > m_xFactory; /// global uno service factory to create new services - css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > m_xSelfHold; /// we must protect us against dieing during async(!) dispatch() call! + css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > m_xSelfHold; /// we must protect us against dying during async(!) dispatch() call! css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatchResultListener > m_xListener; }; // class Oxt_Handler diff --git a/framework/inc/helper/vclstatusindicator.hxx b/framework/inc/helper/vclstatusindicator.hxx index 634c66a5b1f5..4a68b79d8271 100644 --- a/framework/inc/helper/vclstatusindicator.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/helper/vclstatusindicator.hxx @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class VCLStatusIndicator : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper1< css::task::XStatusIn /** shows the progress. - @attention This member isnt synchronized using our own mutex! + @attention This member is not synchronized using our own mutex! Its guarded by the solarmutex only. Otherwise we have to lock two of them, which can force a deadlock ... */ diff --git a/framework/inc/jobs/job.hxx b/framework/inc/jobs/job.hxx index 6b5ff39c9b1d..7f01fec6a0b5 100644 --- a/framework/inc/jobs/job.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/jobs/job.hxx @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ class Job : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper3< indicates in which state the internal job currently exist. We can use this information to throw any suitable veto exception - to prevent the environment against dieing or suppress superflous dispose() + to prevent the environment against dying or suppress superflous dispose() calls at the job. */ ERunState m_eRunState; diff --git a/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx b/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx index 19a6df5800f9..40d349ceefab 100644 --- a/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ class Desktop : private cppu::BaseMutex, bool impl_closeFrames(bool bAllowUI); // debug methods - // (should be private everytime!) + // (should be private every time!) private: @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ class Desktop : private cppu::BaseMutex, /// see dispose() for further information! // variables - // (should be private everytime!) + // (should be private every time!) private: diff --git a/framework/inc/threadhelp/gate.hxx b/framework/inc/threadhelp/gate.hxx index 04c6ce72745d..422d629a2df8 100644 --- a/framework/inc/threadhelp/gate.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/threadhelp/gate.hxx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace framework{ As a special feature you can open the gate a little bit by sing openGap(). Then all currently waiting threads are running immediately - but new ones are blocked! - @attention To prevent us against wrong using, the default ctor, copy ctor and the =operator are maked private! + @attention To prevent us against wrong using, the default ctor, copy ctor and the =operator are marked private! @implements IGate @base IGate diff --git a/framework/inc/threadhelp/transactionguard.hxx b/framework/inc/threadhelp/transactionguard.hxx index 81930e2683c7..83cc30150193 100644 --- a/framework/inc/threadhelp/transactionguard.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/threadhelp/transactionguard.hxx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace framework{ It's possible too, to enable automatically throwing of some exceptions for illegal transaction requests ... e.g. interface call for already disposed objects. - @attention To prevent us against wrong using, the default ctor, copy ctor and the =operator are maked private! + @attention To prevent us against wrong using, the default ctor, copy ctor and the =operator are marked private! @devstatus draft *//*-*************************************************************************************************************/ class TransactionGuard : private boost::noncopyable diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/AutoSave.java b/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/AutoSave.java index dd50de5741d3..33effb441304 100644 --- a/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/AutoSave.java +++ b/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/AutoSave.java @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ public class AutoSave { m_aLog.log(Protocol.TYPE_WARNING , "got CloseVetoException on calling doc.close()." ); m_aLog.log(Protocol.TYPE_WARNING_INFO, "Please check the reason for that more in detail." ); - m_aLog.log(Protocol.TYPE_WARNING_INFO, "A message like \"Cant close while saving.\" was intended and doesn't show an error!"); + m_aLog.log(Protocol.TYPE_WARNING_INFO, "A message like \"Can not close while saving.\" was intended and doesn't show an error!"); m_aLog.log(Protocol.TYPE_WARNING_INFO, exVeto.getMessage()); } diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/framework/recovery/RecoveryTest.java b/framework/qa/complex/framework/recovery/RecoveryTest.java index 463f748ba206..cfb767790b6d 100644 --- a/framework/qa/complex/framework/recovery/RecoveryTest.java +++ b/framework/qa/complex/framework/recovery/RecoveryTest.java @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ public class RecoveryTest extends ComplexTestCase { Rectangle posSize = new Rectangle(); Random rand = new Random(); - // Random integers that range from from 0 to n + // Random integers that range from 0 to n posSize.X = rand.nextInt(windowMaxPosition.x + 1); posSize.Y = rand.nextInt(windowMaxPosition.y + 1); diff --git a/framework/source/accelerators/keymapping.cxx b/framework/source/accelerators/keymapping.cxx index 188609b8eb87..03d0189a34e9 100644 --- a/framework/source/accelerators/keymapping.cxx +++ b/framework/source/accelerators/keymapping.cxx @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ sal_uInt16 KeyMapping::mapIdentifierToCode(const OUString& sIdentifier) sal_uInt16 nCode = 0; if (!KeyMapping::impl_st_interpretIdentifierAsPureKeyCode(sIdentifier, nCode)) throw css::lang::IllegalArgumentException( - "Cant map given identifier to a valid key code value.", + "Can not map given identifier to a valid key code value.", css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >(), 0); diff --git a/framework/source/classes/menumanager.cxx b/framework/source/classes/menumanager.cxx index 519c795fa3a7..0abb09306d2a 100644 --- a/framework/source/classes/menumanager.cxx +++ b/framework/source/classes/menumanager.cxx @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( MenuManager, Activate, Menu *, pMenu ) OUString aCommand( m_aMenuItemCommand ); if (m_aMenuItemCommand.matchIgnoreAsciiCase(UNO_COMMAND)) { - // Remove protocol part from command so we can use an easier comparision method + // Remove protocol part from command so we can use an easier comparison method aCommand = aCommand.copy(RTL_CONSTASCII_LENGTH(UNO_COMMAND)); } diff --git a/framework/source/dispatch/dispatchprovider.cxx b/framework/source/dispatch/dispatchprovider.cxx index c1b8da31ad9b..c45661996016 100644 --- a/framework/source/dispatch/dispatchprovider.cxx +++ b/framework/source/dispatch/dispatchprovider.cxx @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > DispatchProvider::implts_queryFrame // I.IV) "_beamer" // Special sub frame of a top frame only. Search or create it. ... OK it's currently a little bit HACKI. - // Only the sfx (means the controller) can create it it. + // Only the sfx (means the controller) can create it. else if (sTargetName==SPECIALTARGET_BEAMER) { diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx index 1d4f13aabfb6..8244b1f57d59 100644 --- a/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx +++ b/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ namespace framework void cancel( const Reference< XInterface >& i_context ) { m_caughtException <<= RuntimeException( - OUString( "Concurrency error: an ealier operation on the stack failed." ), + OUString( "Concurrency error: an earlier operation on the stack failed." ), i_context ); m_finishCondition.set(); diff --git a/framework/source/helper/statusindicatorfactory.cxx b/framework/source/helper/statusindicatorfactory.cxx index b0b5f3d9c060..5067a66217de 100644 --- a/framework/source/helper/statusindicatorfactory.cxx +++ b/framework/source/helper/statusindicatorfactory.cxx @@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ void StatusIndicatorFactory::implts_makeParentVisibleIfAllowed() } } - // Ok the window should be made visible ... because it isnt currently visible. - // BUT ..! + // Ok the window should be made visible... because it is not currently visible. + // BUT..! // We need a Hack for our applications: They get her progress from the frame directly // on saving documents. Because there is no progress set on the MediaDescriptor. // But that's wrong. In case the document was opened hidden, they should not use any progress .-( diff --git a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx index 95367eb745b1..ae598dfbc6e1 100644 --- a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx +++ b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ public: This value is set to a default value "UNKNWON_CONTENT", which force an internal check, if this content is loadable or not. But may this check was already made by the caller of this method and - passing this information to this LoadEnv instance can supress this + passing this information to this LoadEnv instance can suppress this might expensive check. That can be useful in case this information is needed outside too, to decide if its necessary to create some resources for this load @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ private: for the detected content type (must be done before by calling impl_detectTypeAndFilter()). Because such handler does not depend from a real target frame, location of such frame will be - supressed here. + suppressed here. In case handle failed all new created resources will be removed before a suitable exception is thrown. (Excepting a RuntimeException occurrence!) @@ -524,29 +524,29 @@ private: css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > impl_searchRecycleTarget() throw(LoadEnvException, css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception); - /** @short because showing of a frame is needed more than once ... + /** @short because showing of a frame is needed more than once... it's implemented as an separate method .-) - @descr Note: Showing of a frame is bound to a special feature ... + @descr Note: Showing of a frame is bound to a special feature... a) If we recycle any existing frame, we must bring it to front. - Showing of such frame isnt needed really .. because we recycle + Showing of such frame is not needed really.. because we recycle visible frames only! b) If the document was already shown (e.g. by our progress implementation) - we do nothing here. The reason behind: The document was already shown .. - and it was already make a top window ... + we do nothing here. The reason behind: The document was already shown... + and it was already make a top window... If the user activated another frame inbetween (because loading needed some time) it's not allowed to disturb the user again. Then the frame must resists in the background. - c) If the frame was not shown before ... but loading of a visible document into this frame - was finished ... we need both actions: setVisible() and toFront(). + c) If the frame was not shown before... but loading of a visible document into this frame + was finished... we need both actions: setVisible() and toFront(). @param xWindow points to the container window of a frame. @param bForceToFront - if it's set to sal_False ... showing of the window is done more intelligent. + if it's set to sal_False... showing of the window is done more intelligent. setVisible() is called only if the window was not shown before. This mode is needed by b) and c) - If it's set to sal_True ... both actions has to be done: setVisible(), toFront()! + If it's set to sal_True... both actions has to be done: setVisible(), toFront()! This mode is needed by a) */ void impl_makeFrameWindowVisible(const css::uno::Reference< css::awt::XWindow >& xWindow , diff --git a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/targethelper.hxx b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/targethelper.hxx index d0c960df754d..f982d02df824 100644 --- a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/targethelper.hxx +++ b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/targethelper.hxx @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ class TargetHelper and the value must not a well known special target. @param sName - the new frame name, which sould be checked. + the new frame name, which should be checked. */ static bool isValidNameForFrame(const OUString& sName); }; diff --git a/framework/source/inc/pattern/window.hxx b/framework/source/inc/pattern/window.hxx index 7ff8d45dfaa7..8779aa28476c 100644 --- a/framework/source/inc/pattern/window.hxx +++ b/framework/source/inc/pattern/window.hxx @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ static bool isTopWindow(const css::uno::Reference< css::awt::XWindow >& xWindow) { // Note: Toolkit interface XTopWindow sometimes is used by real VCL-child-windows also .-) // Be sure that these window is really a "top system window". - // Attention ! Checking Window->GetParent() isnt the right approach here. + // Attention ! Checking Window->GetParent() is not the right approach here. // Because sometimes VCL create "implicit border windows" as parents even we created // a simple XWindow using the toolkit only .-( SolarMutexGuard aSolarGuard; diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx index 28f9e79c1638..50934c96ff7b 100644 --- a/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx +++ b/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::NamedValue > Job::impl_generateJobArgs( /*IN*/ c JobData::EMode eMode = m_aJobCfg.getMode(); // Create list of environment variables. This list must be part of the - // returned structure everytimes ... but some of its members are opetional! + // returned structure every time... but some of its members are opetional! css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::NamedValue > lEnvArgs(1); lEnvArgs[0].Name = "EnvType"; lEnvArgs[0].Value <<= m_aJobCfg.getEnvironmentDescriptor(); @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::NamedValue > Job::impl_generateJobArgs( /*IN*/ c @short analyze the given job result and change the job configuration @descr Note: Some results can be handled only, if this job has a valid configuration! For "not configured jobs" (means pure services) they can be ignored. - But these cases are handled by our JobData member. We can call it everytime. + But these cases are handled by our JobData member. We can call it every time. It does the right things automatically. E.g. if the job has no configuration ... it does nothing during setJobConfig()! @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ void Job::impl_reactForJobResult( /*IN*/ const css::uno::Any& aResult ) at the global desktop instance. That will hold us alive and additional we get the information, if the office wish to shutdown. If then an internal job - is running we will have the chance to supress that + is running we will have the chance to suppress that by throwing a veto exception. If our internal wrapped job finished his work, we can release this listener connection. diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/jobexecutor.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/jobexecutor.cxx index e4dfbb06138c..8f6243f6c396 100644 --- a/framework/source/jobs/jobexecutor.cxx +++ b/framework/source/jobs/jobexecutor.cxx @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef cppu::WeakComponentImplHelper4< @short implements a job executor, which can be triggered from any code @descr It uses the given trigger event to locate any registered job service inside the configuration and execute it. Of course it controls the - liftime of such jobs too. + lifetime of such jobs too. */ class JobExecutor : private cppu::BaseMutex, public Base { diff --git a/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx b/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx index 9102d73e26fc..1bf2f1098b64 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ public: /* FINAL STATES */ - /// the Auto/Emergency saved document isnt useable any longer + /// the Auto/Emergency saved document is not useable any longer E_DAMAGED = 64, - /// the Auto/Emergency saved document isnt really up-to-date (some changes can be missing) + /// the Auto/Emergency saved document is not really up-to-date (some changes can be missing) E_INCOMPLETE = 128, /// the Auto/Emergency saved document was processed successfully E_SUCCEDED = 512 @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ public: sal_Int32 DocumentState; /** Because our applications not ready for concurrent save requests at the same time, - we have supress our own AutoSave for the moment, a document will be already saved + we have suppress our own AutoSave for the moment, a document will be already saved by others. */ bool UsedForSaving; @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ public: OUString AppModule; // e.g. com.sun.star.text.TextDocument - used to identify app module OUString FactoryService; // the service to create a document of the module OUString RealFilter; // real filter, which was used at loading time - OUString DefaultFilter; // supports saving of the default format without loosing data + OUString DefaultFilter; // supports saving of the default format without losing data OUString Extension; // file extension of the default filter OUString Title; // can be used as "DisplayName" on every recovery UI! css::uno::Sequence< OUString > @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ private: @descr ... but only keys related to the AutoSave mechanism. Means: State and Timer intervall. - E.g. the recovery list isnt adressed here. + E.g. the recovery list is not addressed here. @throw [com.sun.star.uno.RuntimeException] if config could not be opened or readed successfully! @@ -964,14 +964,14 @@ private: a) An external progress is provided by our CrashSave or Recovery dialog. b) We must create our own progress e.g. for an AutoSave c) Sometimes our application filters dont use the progress - provided by the MediaDescriptor. They uses the Frame everytime to create + provided by the MediaDescriptor. They use the Frame every time to create it's own progress. So we implemented a HACK for these and now we set an InterceptedProgress there for the time WE use this frame for loading/storing documents .-) @param xNewFrame must be set only in case WE create a new frame (e.g. for loading documents on session restore or recovery). Then search for a frame using rInfo.Document must - be supressed and xFrame must be preferred instead .-) + be suppressed and xFrame must be preferred instead .-) @param rInfo used e.g. to find the frame corresponding to a document. @@ -1006,10 +1006,10 @@ private: void st_impl_removeFile(const OUString& sURL); /** try to remove ".lock" file from disc if office will be terminated - not using the offical way .-) + not using the official way .-) This method has to be handled "optional". So every error inside - has to be ignored ! This method CANT FAIL ... it can forget something only .-) + has to be ignored ! This method CAN NOT FAIL ... it can forget something only .-) */ void st_impl_removeLockFile(); }; @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ static const sal_Int32 GIVE_UP_RETRY = 1; // in // enable the following defines in case you wish to simulate a full disc for debug purposes .-) -// this define throws everytime a document is stored or a configuration change +// this define throws every time a document is stored or a configuration change // should be flushed an exception ... so the special error handler for this scenario is triggered // #define TRIGGER_FULL_DISC_CHECK @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ class CacheLockGuard private: // holds the outside calli alive, so it's shared resources - // are valid everytimes + // are valid every time css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > m_xOwner; // mutex shared with outside calli ! @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AutoRecovery::dispatch(const css::util::URL& // This can be done immediately ... must not been done asynchronous. if ((eNewJob & AutoRecovery::E_DISABLE_AUTORECOVERY) == AutoRecovery::E_DISABLE_AUTORECOVERY) { - // it's important to set a flag internally, so AutoRecovery will be supressed - even if it's requested. + // it's important to set a flag internally, so AutoRecovery will be suppressed - even if it's requested. m_eJob |= eNewJob; implts_stopTimer(); implts_stopListening(); @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AutoRecovery::notifyEvent(const css::document::EventObject& aEvent implts_updateModifiedState(xDocument); } /* at least one document starts saving process => - Our application code isn't ready for multiple save requests + Our application code is not ready for multiple save requests at the same time. So we have to suppress our AutoSave feature for the moment, till this other save requests will be finished. */ @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AutoRecovery::changesOccurred(const css::util::ChangesEvent& aEven // Note: This call stops the timer and starts it again. // But it checks the different timer states internally and - // may be supress the restart! + // may be suppress the restart! implts_updateTimer(); } @@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_specifyDefaultFilterAndExtension(AutoRecovery::TDocume if (rInfo.AppModule.isEmpty()) { throw css::uno::RuntimeException( - "Cant find out the default filter and its extension, if no application module is known!", + "Can not find out the default filter and its extension, if no application module is known!", static_cast< css::frame::XDispatch* >(this)); } @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_specifyAppModuleAndFactory(AutoRecovery::TDocumentInfo { ENSURE_OR_THROW2( !rInfo.AppModule.isEmpty() || rInfo.Document.is(), - "Cant find out the application module nor its factory URL, if no application module (or a suitable) document is known!", + "Can not find out the application module nor its factory URL, if no application module (or a suitable) document is known!", *this ); css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XModuleManager2 > xManager = ModuleManager::create(m_xContext); @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG(AutoRecovery, implts_timerExpired) bool bAllowUserIdleLoop = true; AutoRecovery::ETimerType eSuggestedTimer = implts_saveDocs(bAllowUserIdleLoop, false); - // If timer isn't used for "short callbacks" (means polling + // If timer is not used for "short callbacks" (means polling // for special states) ... reset the handle state of all // cache items. Such handle state indicates, that a document // was already saved during the THIS(!) AutoSave session. @@ -2547,7 +2547,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_registerDocument(const css::uno::Reference< css::frame /* SAFE */ { osl::MutexGuard g(cppu::WeakComponentImplHelperBase::rBHelper.rMutex); - // create a new cache entry ... this document isn't known. + // create a new cache entry ... this document is not known. ++m_nIdPool; aNew.ID = m_nIdPool; SAL_WARN_IF(m_nIdPool<0, "fwk", "AutoRecovery::implts_registerDocument(): Overflow of ID pool detected."); @@ -2877,8 +2877,8 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_prepareSessionShutdown() if implts_registerDocument() was called. So we have to check a second time, if this property is set .... Best place doing so is to check it immeditaly before saving - and supressingd saving the document then. - Of course removing the corresponding cache entry isn't an option. + and suppressingd saving the document then. + Of course removing the corresponding cache entry is not an option. Because it would disturb iteration over the cache ! So we ignore such documents only ... Hopefully next time they are not inserted in our cache. @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_saveOneDoc(const OUString& // for make hyperlinks working lNewArgs[utl::MediaDescriptor::PROP_DOCUMENTBASEURL()] <<= OUString(); - // try to save this document as a new temp file everytimes. + // try to save this document as a new temp file every time. // Mark AutoSave state as "INCOMPLETE" if it failed. // Because the last temp file is to old and does not include all changes. Reference< XDocumentRecovery > xDocRecover(rInfo.Document, css::uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW); @@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_saveOneDoc(const OUString& rInfo.DocumentState |= AutoRecovery::E_INCOMPLETE; } - // make sure the progress isn't referred any longer + // make sure the progress is not referred any longer impl_forgetProgress(rInfo, lNewArgs, css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame >()); // try to remove the old temp file. @@ -4259,7 +4259,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::impl_establishProgress(const AutoRecovery::TDocumentInfo& // So we use a two step mechanism: // 1) we set the progress inside the MediaDescriptor, which will be provided to the filter // 2) and we set a special Frame property, which overwrites the normal behaviour of Frame::createStatusIndicator .-) - // But we supress 2) in case we uses an internal progress. Because then it doesn't matter + // But we suppress 2) in case we uses an internal progress. Because then it doesn't matter // if our applications make it wrong. In such case the internal progress resists at the same frame // and there is no need to forward progress activities to e.g. an outside dialog .-) if ( diff --git a/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx b/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx index bde7706c825f..6f8b013e2fc6 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::lang::XComponent > SAL_CALL Desktop::loadComponentFrom /*-************************************************************************************************************ @interface XTasksSupplier @short get access to create enumerations of our taskchildren - @descr Direct children of desktop are tasks everytime. + @descr Direct children of desktop are tasks every time. Call these method to could create enumerations of it. But; Don't forget - you will be the owner of returned object and must release it! @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > SAL_CALL Desktop::findFrame( const OUS // But we ust break further searches if target was already found. // Order of using flags is fix: SELF - CHILDREN - SIBLINGS - PARENT // TASK and CREATE are handled special. - // But note: Such flags are not valid for the desktop - especialy SIBLINGS or PARENT. + // But note: Such flags are not valid for the desktop - especially SIBLINGS or PARENT. // II.I) SELF // Check for right name. If it's the searched one return ourself - otherwise @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > SAL_CALL Desktop::findFrame( const OUS // II.II) TASKS // This is a special flag. Normally it regulate search inside tasks and forbid access to parent trees. // But the desktop exists outside such task trees. They are our sub trees. So the desktop implement - // a special feature: We use it to start search on our direct children only. That means we supress + // a special feature: We use it to start search on our direct children only. That means we suppress // search on ALL child frames. May that can be useful to get access on opened document tasks // only without filter out all non really required sub frames ... // Used helper method on our container doesn't create any frame - it's a search only. @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Desktop::disposing() @interface XComponent @short add/remove listener for dispose events @descr Add an event listener to this object, if you wish to get information - about our dieing! + about our dying! You must releas ethis listener reference during your own disposing() method. @attention Our container is threadsafe himeslf. So we don't need any lock here. @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Desktop::handle( const css::uno::Reference< css::task::XInteractio TransactionGuard aTransaction( m_aTransactionManager, E_HARDEXCEPTIONS ); // Don't check incoming request! - // If somewhere starts interaction without right parameter - he maked something wrong. + // If somewhere starts interaction without right parameter - he made something wrong. // loadComponentFromURL() waits for thjese event - otherwise it yield for ever! // get packed request and work on it first diff --git a/framework/source/services/frame.cxx b/framework/source/services/frame.cxx index 1ac2e80ad111..74a146a181ab 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/frame.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/frame.cxx @@ -547,10 +547,10 @@ void Frame::initListeners() // Safe impossible cases // We can't work without these helpers! - SAL_WARN_IF( !xDispatchProvider.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): Slowest slave for dispatch- and interception helper isn't valid. XDispatchProvider, XDispatch, XDispatchProviderInterception are not full supported!" ); - SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xDispatchHelper.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): Interception helper isn't valid. XDispatchProvider, XDispatch, XDispatchProviderInterception are not full supported!" ); - SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xFramesHelper.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): Frames helper isn't valid. XFrames, XIndexAccess and XElementAcces are not supported!" ); - SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xDropTargetListener.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): DropTarget helper isn't valid. Drag and drop without functionality!" ); + SAL_WARN_IF( !xDispatchProvider.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): Slowest slave for dispatch- and interception helper is not valid. XDispatchProvider, XDispatch, XDispatchProviderInterception are not full supported!" ); + SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xDispatchHelper.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): Interception helper is not valid. XDispatchProvider, XDispatch, XDispatchProviderInterception are not full supported!" ); + SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xFramesHelper.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): Frames helper is not valid. XFrames, XIndexAccess and XElementAcces are not supported!" ); + SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xDropTargetListener.is(), "fwk", "Frame::Frame(): DropTarget helper is not valid. Drag and drop without functionality!" ); // establish notifies for changing of "disabled commands" configuration during runtime m_aCommandOptions.EstablisFrameCallback(this); @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Frame::~Frame() As result of this operation we return the new created component or nothing, if loading failed. @param "sURL" , URL, which represant the content @param "sTargetFrameName" , name of target frame or special value like "_self", "_blank" ... - @param "nSearchFlags" , optional arguments for frame search, if target isn't a special one + @param "nSearchFlags" , optional arguments for frame search, if target is not a special one @param "lArguments" , optional arguments for loading @return A valid component reference, if loading was successfully. A null reference otherwise. @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Frame::setActiveFrame( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFra } // If last active frame was active ... - // but new one isn't it ... + // but new one is not it ... // ... set it as active one. if ( ( eActiveState == E_ACTIVE ) && @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Frame::initialize( const css::uno::Reference< css::awt::XWindow >& if ( m_xContainerWindow.is() ) throw css::uno::RuntimeException( - "Frame::initialized() is called more than once, which isnt useful nor allowed.", + "Frame::initialized() is called more than once, which is not useful nor allowed.", static_cast< css::frame::XFrame* >(this)); // Look for rejected calls first! @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > SAL_CALL Frame::findFrame( const OUStr // II.III) TASKS // This is a special flag. It regulate search on this task tree only or allow search on // all other ones (which are sibling trees of us) too. - // Upper search must stop at this frame if we are the topest one and the TASK flag isn't set + // Upper search must stop at this frame if we are the topest one and the TASK flag is not set // or we can ignore it if we have no valid parent. if ( @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > SAL_CALL Frame::findFrame( const OUStr // II.III.I) SIBLINGS // Search on all our direct siblings - means all children of our parent. - // Use this flag in combination with TASK. We must supress such upper search if + // Use this flag in combination with TASK. We must suppress such upper search if // user has not set it and if we are a top frame. // Attention: Don't forward this request to our parent as a findFrame() call. // In such case we must protect us against recursive calls. @@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::task::XStatusIndicator > SAL_CALL Frame::createStatusI @param "aURL" , URL for loading @param "sTargetFrameName" , name of target frame - @param "nSearchFlags" , additional flags to regulate search if sTargetFrameName isn't clear + @param "nSearchFlags" , additional flags to regulate search if sTargetFrameName is not clear @return css::uno::Reference to dispatch handler. @onerror A null reference is returned. @@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > SAL_CALL Frame::queryDispatch( cons { const char UNO_PROTOCOL[] = ".uno:"; - // Don't check incoming parameter here! Our helper do it for us and it isn't a good idea to do it more than ones! + // Don't check incoming parameter here! Our helper do it for us and it is not a good idea to do it more than ones! // But look for rejected calls! TransactionGuard aTransaction( m_aTransactionManager, E_HARDEXCEPTIONS ); @@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > SAL_CALL Frame::queryDispatch( cons *//*-*****************************************************************************************************/ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > > SAL_CALL Frame::queryDispatches( const css::uno::Sequence< css::frame::DispatchDescriptor >& lDescriptor ) throw( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) { - // Don't check incoming parameter here! Our helper do it for us and it isn't a good idea to do it more than ones! + // Don't check incoming parameter here! Our helper do it for us and it is not a good idea to do it more than ones! // But look for rejected calls! TransactionGuard aTransaction( m_aTransactionManager, E_HARDEXCEPTIONS ); @@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Frame::removeActionLock() throw( css::uno::RuntimeException, std:: { SolarMutexGuard g; - SAL_WARN_IF( m_nExternalLockCount<=0, "fwk", "Frame::removeActionLock(): Frame isn't locked! Possible multithreading problem detected." ); + SAL_WARN_IF( m_nExternalLockCount<=0, "fwk", "Frame::removeActionLock(): Frame is not locked! Possible multithreading problem detected." ); --m_nExternalLockCount; } @@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ void Frame::implts_checkSuicide() aReadLock.clear(); /* } SAFE */ // force close and deliver owner ship to source of possible throwed veto exception - // Attention: Because this method isn't designed to throw such exception we must suppress + // Attention: Because this method is not designed to throw such exception we must suppress // it for outside code! try { @@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ void Frame::implts_checkSuicide() void Frame::impl_setCloser( /*IN*/ const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame2 >& xFrame , /*IN*/ bool bState ) { - // Note: If start module isn't installed - no closer has to be shown! + // Note: If start module is not installed - no closer has to be shown! if (!SvtModuleOptions().IsModuleInstalled(SvtModuleOptions::E_SSTARTMODULE)) return; diff --git a/framework/source/services/modulemanager.cxx b/framework/source/services/modulemanager.cxx index 7d3716c4bb5a..7a3cee7dcc1f 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/modulemanager.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/modulemanager.cxx @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL ModuleManager::identify(const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::X if (sModule.isEmpty()) throw css::frame::UnknownModuleException( - OUString("Cant find suitable module for the given component."), + OUString("Can not find suitable module for the given component."), static_cast< ::cppu::OWeakObject* >(this)); return sModule; diff --git a/framework/source/services/pathsettings.cxx b/framework/source/services/pathsettings.cxx index f82fc248a2a3..e248e77ba083 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/pathsettings.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/pathsettings.cxx @@ -649,9 +649,9 @@ PathSettings::PathInfo PathSettings::impl_readNewFormat(const OUString& sPath) css::beans::Property aInfo = xInfo->getAsProperty(); bool bFinalized = ((aInfo.Attributes & css::beans::PropertyAttribute::READONLY ) == css::beans::PropertyAttribute::READONLY ); - // Note: Till we support finalized / mandatory on our API more in detail we handle - // all states simple as READONLY ! But because all really needed paths are "mandatory" by default - // we have to handle "finalized" as the real "readonly" indicator . + // Note: 'till we support finalized/mandatory on our API more in detail we handle + // all states simple as READONLY! But because all really needed paths are "mandatory" by default + // we have to handle "finalized" as the real "readonly" indicator. aPathVal.bIsReadonly = bFinalized; } @@ -665,8 +665,8 @@ void PathSettings::impl_storePath(const PathSettings::PathInfo& aPath) css::uno::Reference< css::container::XNameAccess > xCfgNew = fa_getCfgNew(); css::uno::Reference< css::container::XNameAccess > xCfgOld = fa_getCfgOld(); - // try to replace path-parts with well known and uspported variables. - // So an office can be moved easialy to another location without loosing + // try to replace path-parts with well known and supported variables. + // So an office can be moved easialy to another location without losing // it's related paths. PathInfo aResubstPath(aPath); impl_subst(aResubstPath, true); @@ -687,9 +687,9 @@ void PathSettings::impl_storePath(const PathSettings::PathInfo& aPath) ::comphelper::ConfigurationHelper::flush(xCfgNew); - // remove the whole path from the old configuration ! + // remove the whole path from the old configuration! // Otherwise we can't make sure that the diff between new and old configuration - // on loading time really represent an user setting !!! + // on loading time really represents a user setting!!! // Check if the given path exists inside the old configuration. // Because our new configuration knows more than the list of old paths ... ! @@ -846,11 +846,11 @@ css::uno::Sequence< sal_Int32 > PathSettings::impl_mapPathName2IDList(const OUSt // Attention: The default set of IDs is fix and must follow these schema. // Otherwhise the outside code ant work for new added properties. - // Why ? + // Why? // The outside code must fire N events for every changed property. // And the knowing about packaging of variables of the structure PathInfo - // follow these group IDs ! But if such ID isnt in the range of [0..IDGROUP_COUNT] - // the outside can't determine the right group ... and cant fire the right events .-) + // follow these group IDs! But if such ID is not in the range of [0..IDGROUP_COUNT] + // the outside can't determine the right group ... and can not fire the right events .-) css::uno::Sequence< sal_Int32 > lIDs(IDGROUP_COUNT); lIDs[0] = IDGROUP_OLDSTYLE; diff --git a/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx b/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx index 3a55a2dd324a..be0b8a2bee3d 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ enum PreDefVariable PREDEFVAR_PROGURL, PREDEFVAR_USERURL, PREDEFVAR_WORKDIRURL, - // New variable of hierachy service (#i32656#) + // New variable of hierarchy service (#i32656#) PREDEFVAR_BASEINSTURL, PREDEFVAR_USERDATAURL, PREDEFVAR_BRANDBASEURL, @@ -1260,13 +1260,13 @@ void SubstitutePathVariables::SetPredefinedPathVariables() m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_INSTPATH ] = m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[PREDEFVAR_BRANDBASEURL]; m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_INSTURL ] = m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_INSTPATH ]; m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_INST ] = m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_INSTPATH ]; - // New variable of hierachy service (#i32656#) + // New variable of hierarchy service (#i32656#) m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_BASEINSTURL ]= m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_INSTPATH ]; // Set $(user), $(userpath), $(userurl) m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_USERURL ] = m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_USERPATH ]; m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_USER ] = m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_USERPATH ]; - // New variable of hierachy service (#i32656#) + // New variable of hierarchy service (#i32656#) m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_USERDATAURL ]= m_aPreDefVars.m_FixedVar[ PREDEFVAR_USERPATH ]; // Detect the program directory diff --git a/framework/source/uiconfiguration/uicategorydescription.cxx b/framework/source/uiconfiguration/uicategorydescription.cxx index a2c69479a20b..f7dd8196d4a4 100644 --- a/framework/source/uiconfiguration/uicategorydescription.cxx +++ b/framework/source/uiconfiguration/uicategorydescription.cxx @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ ConfigurationAccess_UICategory::ConfigurationAccess_UICategory( const OUString& m_bConfigAccessInitialized( false ), m_bCacheFilled( false ) { - // Create configuration hierachical access name + // Create configuration hierarchical access name m_aConfigCategoryAccess += aModuleName; m_aConfigCategoryAccess += CONFIGURATION_CATEGORY_ELEMENT_ACCESS; diff --git a/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx b/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx index fccd75f18409..bc2747b6ae6d 100644 --- a/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx +++ b/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ - short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ + short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks through separate pointers */ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ #ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ case 72: { yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : EndExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; break;} } - /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ + /* the action file gets copied in place of this dollarsign */ yyvsp -= yylen; yyssp -= yylen; diff --git a/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/isolang.cxx b/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/isolang.cxx index 8e1ac7e930ec..f1bfb18f161d 100644 --- a/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/isolang.cxx +++ b/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/isolang.cxx @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ static IsoLanguageCountryEntry const aImplIsoLangEntries[] = { LANGUAGE_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN, "pnb", "PK", 0 }, { LANGUAGE_PUNJABI_ARABIC_LSO, "pnb", "" , 0 }, { LANGUAGE_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN, "lah", "PK", kSAME }, // macrolanguage code, earlier preferred 'lah' over 'pa' for Western Panjabi, now there is 'pnb' - { LANGUAGE_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN, "pa", "PK", kSAME }, // MS maps this to 'pa-Arab-PK', but 'pa'='pan' Eastern Panjabi is not used in PK, only in IN + { LANGUAGE_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN, "pa", "PK", kSAME }, // MS maps this to 'pa-Arab-PK', but 'pa'='pan' Eastern Panjabi is not used in PK, only in { LANGUAGE_SINDHI_PAKISTAN, "sd", "PK", kSAME }, // Arabic script { LANGUAGE_SINDHI, "sd", "IN", 0 }, // TODO: there's Deva(nagari) and Arab(ic) script, MS maps this to 'sd-Deva-IN' { LANGUAGE_BELARUSIAN, "be", "BY", 0 }, diff --git a/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/langid.pl b/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/langid.pl index c9d248d5041a..ffbadeff0beb 100755 --- a/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/langid.pl +++ b/i18nlangtag/source/isolang/langid.pl @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ sub main() } } # If the string given is of the form xx-yy lookup a language,country pair - # to obtain the define identifier. xx and yy themselfs may be regexps. + # to obtain the define identifier. xx and yy may themselves be regexps. # xx- is a short form for 'xx-.*' and -yy a short form for '.*-yy' # Note that -Latn for '.*-Latn' also works, accidentally. if ($grepdef =~ /^(.*)-$/) { diff --git a/i18nlangtag/source/languagetag/languagetag.cxx b/i18nlangtag/source/languagetag/languagetag.cxx index 74a31b84e399..3db9aad72ba5 100644 --- a/i18nlangtag/source/languagetag/languagetag.cxx +++ b/i18nlangtag/source/languagetag/languagetag.cxx @@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ bool LanguageTag::isValidBcp47( const OUString& rString, OUString* o_pCanonicali LanguageTag makeLanguageTagFromAppleLanguageId(AppleLanguageId nLanguage) { - //map the simple ones via LanguageTypes, and the hard ones explictly + //map the simple ones via LanguageTypes, and the hard ones explicitly LanguageType nLang(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW); switch (nLanguage) diff --git a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/README b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/README index f1a05c9b5b29..65c1f46a1c1b 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/README +++ b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/README @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ done, regression tests added: #i107843# em-dash/en-dash breakiterator fix for spell checking #i103552# Japanese word for 'shutdown' added to ja.dic #i113785# ligatures for spell checking will no longer break words -An opening quote should not be counted as a word by word count tool (regression test in in writer) +An opening quote should not be counted as a word by word count tool (regression test in writer) fdo#31271 wrong line break with ( #i89042# word count fix (regression test is in writer) #i58513# add break iterator rules for Finish diff --git a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/line.txt b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/line.txt index c45841e5e3af..9521c833fe74 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/line.txt +++ b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/data/line.txt @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ $CM+; $AL_FOLLOW $CM+ / ( [$BK $CR $LF $NL $ZW {eof}] | $SP+ $CM+ $SP | - $SP+ $CM* ([^$OP $CM $SP] | [$AL {eof}])); # if LB 14 will match, need to surpress this break. + $SP+ $CM* ([^$OP $CM $SP] | [$AL {eof}])); # if LB 14 will match, need to suppress this break. # LB14 says OP SP* x . # becomes OP SP* x AL # becomes OP SP* x CM+ AL_FOLLOW diff --git a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/gendict.cxx b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/gendict.cxx index 71eb9ec31f7c..a779981af698 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/gendict.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/gendict.cxx @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static sal_Int64 existMarkOffset = 0; /Documentation/DevGuide/OfficeDev/Implementing_a_New_Locale - 27/01/2011) */ -// C-standard garantees that static variables are automatically initialized to 0 +// C-standard guarantees that static variables are automatically initialized to 0 static sal_uInt8 exists[0x2000]; static sal_uInt32 charArray[0x10000]; diff --git a/i18npool/source/calendar/calendar_gregorian.cxx b/i18npool/source/calendar/calendar_gregorian.cxx index df713c14ab40..a634c5225f89 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/calendar/calendar_gregorian.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/calendar/calendar_gregorian.cxx @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ Calendar_gregorian::getDisplayStringImpl( sal_Int32 nCalendarDisplayCode, sal_In switch( nCalendarDisplayCode ) { case CalendarDisplayCode::SHORT_MONTH: value += 1; // month is zero based - // fall thru + // fall through case CalendarDisplayCode::SHORT_DAY: sprintf(aStr, "%d", value); // #100211# - checked break; diff --git a/i18npool/source/characterclassification/cclass_unicode_parser.cxx b/i18npool/source/characterclassification/cclass_unicode_parser.cxx index 299a0f5c5cff..48b25fda158b 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/characterclassification/cclass_unicode_parser.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/characterclassification/cclass_unicode_parser.cxx @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ void cclass_Unicode::parseText( ParseResult& r, const OUString& rText, sal_Int32 break; case ssGetWordFirstChar : eState = ssGetWord; - // fall thru + // fall through case ssGetWord : { if ( nMask & TOKEN_WORD ) diff --git a/i18npool/source/localedata/data/locale.dtd b/i18npool/source/localedata/data/locale.dtd index ed10682a8b61..f0f90ac7e861 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/localedata/data/locale.dtd +++ b/i18npool/source/localedata/data/locale.dtd @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ java -cp <your_path>/XMLValidator.jar org.unicode.cldr.util.XMLValidator your_data.xml - A second possiblity is: + A second possibility is: - temporarily (!) change the DOCTYPE of your file to read (all on one line) <!DOCTYPE Locale SYSTEM "http://cgit.freedesktop.org/libreoffice/core/plain/i18npool/source/localedata/data/locale.dtd"> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ <!-- The LC_FORMAT element contains number format codes and may actually appear - twice (with the second ocurrence named LC_FORMAT_1). One section is + twice (with the second occurrence named LC_FORMAT_1). One section is mandatory and MUST contain at least all required format codes formatindex="0" to formatindex="47", MUST NOT contain formatindex 48 and 49, and MAY contain other format codes. See below ATTLIST FormatElement @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ * Formatindex="44" uses no hour code but 100th seconds and the Time100SecSeparator. * Formatindex="45" uses both [HH] hour code and 100th seconds to be - able to edit such time values without loosing information. + able to edit such time values without losing information. Of usage="CURRENCY": formatindices 12, 13, 14, 15, 17 with [$xxx-yyy] notation must use the diff --git a/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx b/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx index 7b5fe6e0518e..d2c0571758a1 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx @@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ int WLevDistance::WLD( const sal_Unicode* cString, sal_Int32 nStringLen ) for ( sal_Int32 i=1; i <= nStringLen; i++, nDelCnt += nDelR0 ) { if ( cString[i-1] == c ) - nP = 0; // Replace from this postion with 0 + nP = 0; // Replace from this position with 0 // Deletion to determine the Pattern + Replace npDistance[i] = nDelCnt + nP; if ( bSplitCount ) { if ( nReplacePos < 0 && nP ) - { // this Postion will be replaced + { // this Position will be replaced nRepS++; nReplacePos = i; } diff --git a/include/basebmp/bitmapdevice.hxx b/include/basebmp/bitmapdevice.hxx index d4230ca0fb01..600eabe548ff 100644 --- a/include/basebmp/bitmapdevice.hxx +++ b/include/basebmp/bitmapdevice.hxx @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ public: @param rDamage Object implementing the IBitmapDeviceDamageTracker interface - - everytime some area of the surface gets clobbered, that object + every time some area of the surface gets clobbered, that object gets notified. */ void setDamageTracker( const IBitmapDeviceDamageTrackerSharedPtr& rDamage ); diff --git a/include/basic/sbxdef.hxx b/include/basic/sbxdef.hxx index d9f3b97e49ea..3f10ecab01e6 100644 --- a/include/basic/sbxdef.hxx +++ b/include/basic/sbxdef.hxx @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ inline SbxFlagBits& operator&= (SbxFlagBits& lhs, SbxFlagBits rhs) #define SBXCR_SBX 0x20584253 // SBX(blank) -// List of predefined SBX-IDs. New SBX-IDs must be precisly defined so that +// List of predefined SBX-IDs. New SBX-IDs must be precisely defined so that // they are unique within the Stream and appropriate Factory. #define SBXID_VALUE 0x4E4E // NN: SbxValue diff --git a/include/canvas/base/graphicdevicebase.hxx b/include/canvas/base/graphicdevicebase.hxx index 16f6ca129aaf..19d34d9883b1 100644 --- a/include/canvas/base/graphicdevicebase.hxx +++ b/include/canvas/base/graphicdevicebase.hxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ namespace canvas @tpl Mutex Lock strategy to use. Defaults to using the - DisambiguationHelper-provided lock. Everytime one of the methods is + DisambiguationHelper-provided lock. Every time one of the methods is entered, an object of type Mutex is created with m_aMutex as the sole parameter, and destroyed again when the method scope is left. diff --git a/include/canvas/propertysethelper.hxx b/include/canvas/propertysethelper.hxx index dada480e0b0d..d555cfcd9208 100644 --- a/include/canvas/propertysethelper.hxx +++ b/include/canvas/propertysethelper.hxx @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ namespace canvas XPropertySet methods, and take care of UNO XInterface and lock handling by yourself. - The core responsibility of this this class is the name/value + The core responsibility of this class is the name/value mapping for property sets. */ class CANVASTOOLS_DLLPUBLIC PropertySetHelper diff --git a/include/com/sun/star/uno/Type.h b/include/com/sun/star/uno/Type.h index eb35313e1baf..2d64c9438fd1 100644 --- a/include/com/sun/star/uno/Type.h +++ b/include/com/sun/star/uno/Type.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ enum UnoType_NoAcquire UNO_TYPE_NO_ACQUIRE }; -/** C++ class representing an IDL meta type. This class is used to represent a a type, +/** C++ class representing an IDL meta type. This class is used to represent a type, i.e. a type name and its type class. Internally the type holds a C type description reference of the runtime. You can obtain a full type description of a type by calling member function getDescription(). diff --git a/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx b/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx index 26a81bfa167e..ab2c5c83dcc1 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ namespace comphelper // own overridables /** notify an accessible event which has been translated (if necessary) - <p>Usually, you derive your clas from both OAccessibleContextWrapperHelper and XAccessibleEventBroadcaster, + <p>Usually, you derive your class from both OAccessibleContextWrapperHelper and XAccessibleEventBroadcaster, and simply call all your XAccessibleEventListener with the given event.</p> <p>The mutex of the BroadcastHelper passed to the instance's ctor is <em>not</em> locked when calling diff --git a/include/comphelper/implbase_var.hxx b/include/comphelper/implbase_var.hxx index dd9f8b9f48c9..cc771b337aee 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/implbase_var.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/implbase_var.hxx @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public: ::com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and ::com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting ::com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting ::com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as diff --git a/include/comphelper/storagehelper.hxx b/include/comphelper/storagehelper.hxx index 35255ada5185..8c10a4fd7ce4 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/storagehelper.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/storagehelper.hxx @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public: static bool PathHasSegment( const OUString& aPath, const OUString& aSegment ); - // Methods to allow easy use of hierachical names inside storages + // Methods to allow easy use of hierarchical names inside storages static ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::embed::XStorage > GetStorageAtPath( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::embed::XStorage > &xStorage, diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx index f430adab2fac..4180c9d63db5 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase10.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase10.hxx index fb033e221d37..25477c5fff03 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase10.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase10.hxx @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase11.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase11.hxx index 9f1deefc1ad8..24f3de212dfb 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase11.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase11.hxx @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase12.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase12.hxx index b78ed6563ac7..1b977c472885 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase12.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase12.hxx @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase13.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase13.hxx index 8d8efa2593f1..b99d62cfb5cc 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase13.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase13.hxx @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase2.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase2.hxx index 87d981ddc7f6..b76305facae3 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase2.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase2.hxx @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase3.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase3.hxx index fb49dc9becd6..6f97475ea4e1 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase3.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase3.hxx @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase4.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase4.hxx index 2674b292f575..af064bd85454 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase4.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase4.hxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase6.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase6.hxx index c64a866109ce..7a85bedfee91 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase6.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase6.hxx @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase7.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase7.hxx index 17240c5f5c21..9594a2786249 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase7.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase7.hxx @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase8.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase8.hxx index c2c3620f7489..d0168ea97699 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase8.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase8.hxx @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/implbase9.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/implbase9.hxx index 28eda609b6a4..c429ba7e5401 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/implbase9.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/implbase9.hxx @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakObject). @derive Inherit from this class giving your interface(s) to be implemented as template argument(s). @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ namespace cppu }; /** Implementation helper implementing interfaces com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider and com::sun::star::uno::XInterface which supports weak mechanism to be held weakly - (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (supporting com::sun::star::uno::XWeak through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). In addition, it supports also aggregation meaning object of this class can be aggregated - (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation thru ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). + (com::sun::star::uno::XAggregation through ::cppu::OWeakAggObject). If a delegator is set (this object is aggregated), then incoming queryInterface() calls are delegated to the delegator object. If the delegator does not support the demanded interface, it calls queryAggregation() on its aggregated objects. diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation3d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation3d.hxx index c2105b4ae000..81ffbc318592 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation3d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation3d.hxx @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer @param rProjection A part of the 3D ViewTransformation, the Camera to Device transformation which transforms coordinates to a [0.0 .. 1.0] device range in X,Y and Z. Z may be used - as source for for Z-Buffers. This transformation may be e.g. a parallell projection, + as source for Z-Buffers. This transformation may be e.g. a parallell projection, but also a perspective one and thus may use the last line of the matrix. @param rDeviceToView diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx index 53bfbba1e17a..42d586ee0a68 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer This is by purpose, this base class shall not be incarnated and be used directly as a XPrimitive2D. - Is is derived from boost::noncopyable to make clear that a primitive is a read-only + It is derived from boost::noncopyable to make clear that a primitive is a read-only instance and copying or changing values is not intended. The idea is to hold all data needed for visualisation of this primitive in unchangeable form. diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx index 9998633e2256..a160ba2dd1c4 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer it also contains a discrete border size (aka Pixels) which will be added if used. This makes it a view-dependent primitive. It also gets a filled background and the decomposition will try to create a graphic representation - if te content (defined by the URL), e.g. a still frome for animated stuff. + if the content (defined by the URL), e.g. a still frame for animated stuff. */ class DRAWINGLAYER_DLLPUBLIC MediaPrimitive2D : public BufferedDecompositionPrimitive2D { diff --git a/include/editeng/AccessibleContextBase.hxx b/include/editeng/AccessibleContextBase.hxx index 2467558ec202..3584ca7602e1 100644 --- a/include/editeng/AccessibleContextBase.hxx +++ b/include/editeng/AccessibleContextBase.hxx @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ struct MutexOwner {mutable ::osl::Mutex maMutex;}; /** @descr This base class provides an implementation of the - AccessibleContext service. Appart from the + AccessibleContext service. Apart from the <type>XXAccessible<type> and XAccessibleContextContext interfaces it supports the XServiceInfo interface. */ @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ private: ::com::sun::star::accessibility::XAccessible> mxParent; /** Description of this object. This is not a constant because it can - be set from the outside. Furthermore, it changes according the the + be set from the outside. Furthermore, it changes according to the draw page's display mode. */ OUString msDescription; diff --git a/include/editeng/svxacorr.hxx b/include/editeng/svxacorr.hxx index f227ff3db738..a885dd7acaaa 100644 --- a/include/editeng/svxacorr.hxx +++ b/include/editeng/svxacorr.hxx @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public: bool GetPrevAutoCorrWord( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const OUString& rTxt, sal_Int32 nPos, OUString& rWord ) const; - // Search for or or the words in the replacement table. + // Search for the words in the replacement table. // rText - check in this text the words of the list // rStt - the detected starting position // nEnd - to check position - as of this item forward diff --git a/include/editeng/unoedsrc.hxx b/include/editeng/unoedsrc.hxx index 4f52c50e1b8e..2bfe5746b0ed 100644 --- a/include/editeng/unoedsrc.hxx +++ b/include/editeng/unoedsrc.hxx @@ -371,10 +371,10 @@ public: Index of paragraph to query line length in @param nIndex[0 .. m-1] - Index of of the chara in the paragraph text + Index of the char in the paragraph text @returns [0 .. k-1] - The line number of the chara in the paragraph + The line number of the char in the paragraph */ virtual sal_Int32 GetLineNumberAtIndex( sal_Int32 nPara, sal_Int32 nIndex ) const = 0; diff --git a/include/filter/msfilter/svxmsbas.hxx b/include/filter/msfilter/svxmsbas.hxx index 6f7b5b51e2e5..22853fbe95db 100644 --- a/include/filter/msfilter/svxmsbas.hxx +++ b/include/filter/msfilter/svxmsbas.hxx @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ public: sal_uLong SaveOrDelMSVBAStorage( bool bSaveInto, const OUString& rStorageName ); // check if the MS-VBA-Storage exist in the RootStorage of the DocShell. - // If it exist, then return the WarningId for loosing the information. + // If it exist, then return the WarningId for losing the information. static sal_uLong GetSaveWarningOfMSVBAStorage( SfxObjectShell &rDocS ); static OUString GetMSBasicStorageName(); diff --git a/include/jvmfwk/framework.h b/include/jvmfwk/framework.h index e791a1fea3eb..7abf3e1c9195 100644 --- a/include/jvmfwk/framework.h +++ b/include/jvmfwk/framework.h @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ JVMFWK_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL jfw_freeJavaInfo(JavaInfo *pInfo); <code>rtl_uString</code> members is determined by the respective comparison function (see <code>OUString::equals</code>). - Similiarly the equality of the <code>sal_Sequence</code> is + Similarly the equality of the <code>sal_Sequence</code> is also determined by a comparison function (see <code>rtl::ByteSequence::operator ==</code>). </p> <p> @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ JVMFWK_DLLPUBLIC sal_Bool SAL_CALL jfw_areEqualJavaInfo( /** determines if a Java Virtual Machine is already running. <p>As long as the office and the JREs only support one - Virtual Machine per process the Java settings, particulary the + Virtual Machine per process the Java settings, particularly the selected Java, are not effective immediately after changing when a VM has already been running. That is, if a JRE A was used to start a VM and then a JRE B is selected, then JRE B will only be used diff --git a/include/osl/file.hxx b/include/osl/file.hxx index 630785432ad9..07773b826048 100644 --- a/include/osl/file.hxx +++ b/include/osl/file.hxx @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ public: /** Constructor. @param nMask - Set of flags decribing the demanded information. + Set of flags describing the demanded information. */ VolumeInfo( sal_uInt32 nMask ) @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ public: /** Constructor. @param nMask - Set of flags decribing the demanded information. + Set of flags describing the demanded information. */ FileStatus(sal_uInt32 nMask) : _nMask(nMask) diff --git a/include/osl/pipe_decl.hxx b/include/osl/pipe_decl.hxx index 280916e5f107..0c0430ebb518 100644 --- a/include/osl/pipe_decl.hxx +++ b/include/osl/pipe_decl.hxx @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public: inline oslPipeError SAL_CALL accept(StreamPipe& Connection); - /** Delivers a constant decribing the last error for the pipe system. + /** Delivers a constant describing the last error for the pipe system. @return ENONE if no error occurred, invalid_PipeError if an unknown (unmapped) error occurred, otherwise an enum describing the error. diff --git a/include/osl/process.h b/include/osl/process.h index 78a937bacfe9..205e6da1692c 100644 --- a/include/osl/process.h +++ b/include/osl/process.h @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC oslProcess SAL_CALL osl_getProcess( oslProcessIdentifier Ident); -/** Free the specified proces-handle. +/** Free the specified process-handle. @param Process [in] */ SAL_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL osl_freeProcessHandle( @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC oslProcessError SAL_CALL osl_getProcessWorkingDir( /** Get the locale the process is currently running in. The unix implementation caches the value it returns, so if you have to change the locale - your are running in, you will have to use osl_setProcessLocale therefor. + your are running in, you will have to use osl_setProcessLocale @param ppLocale [out] a pointer that receives the currently selected locale structure @see osl_setProcessLocale diff --git a/include/osl/socket.h b/include/osl/socket.h index f8ec7862b03d..dc958ef654b1 100644 --- a/include/osl/socket.h +++ b/include/osl/socket.h @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC oslSocketType SAL_CALL osl_getSocketType( SAL_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL osl_getLastSocketErrorDescription( oslSocket Socket, rtl_uString **strError); -/** returns a constant decribing the last error for the socket system. +/** returns a constant describing the last error for the socket system. @return <code>osl_Socket_E_NONE</code> if no error occurred, <code>osl_invalid_SocketError</code> if an unknown (unmapped) error occurred, otherwise an enum describing the error. diff --git a/include/osl/socket_decl.hxx b/include/osl/socket_decl.hxx index 08b505febff7..ae700c47453c 100644 --- a/include/osl/socket_decl.hxx +++ b/include/osl/socket_decl.hxx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ namespace osl */ inline SocketAddr(oslSocketAddr Addr); - /** tcpip-specif constructor. + /** tcpip-specific constructor. @param strAddrOrHostName strAddrOrHostName hostname or dotted ip-number of the network interface, the socket shall be created on. @param nPort tcp-ip port number @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ namespace osl inline bool SAL_CALL setHostname( const ::rtl::OUString &sDottedIpOrHostname ); /** Returns the port number of the address. - @return the port in host-byte order or or OSL_INVALID_PORT on errors. + @return the port in host-byte order or OSL_INVALID_PORT on errors. */ inline sal_Int32 SAL_CALL getPort() const; diff --git a/include/sfx2/docfile.hxx b/include/sfx2/docfile.hxx index ff3a91938bf9..4dd66dbf86a1 100644 --- a/include/sfx2/docfile.hxx +++ b/include/sfx2/docfile.hxx @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ public: SAL_DLLPRIVATE bool SignContents_Impl( bool bScriptingContent, const OUString& aODFVersion, bool bHasValidDocumentSignature ); - // the following two methods must be used and make sence only during saving currently + // the following two methods must be used and make sense only during saving currently // TODO/LATER: in future the signature state should be controlled by the medium not by the document // in this case the methods will be used generally, and might need to be renamed SAL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt16 GetCachedSignatureState_Impl(); diff --git a/include/sfx2/msg.hxx b/include/sfx2/msg.hxx index fe9248eeab4f..fe79550d1ec7 100644 --- a/include/sfx2/msg.hxx +++ b/include/sfx2/msg.hxx @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public: sal_uInt16 nMasterSlotId; // Enum-Slot for example Which-Id sal_uInt16 nValue; // Value, in case of Enum-Slot - SfxExecFunc fnExec; // Function to be excecuted + SfxExecFunc fnExec; // Function to be executed SfxStateFunc fnState; // Function for Status const SfxType* pType; // SfxPoolItem-Type (Status) diff --git a/include/sfx2/shell.hxx b/include/sfx2/shell.hxx index 05c5e48418c8..7615858864b0 100644 --- a/include/sfx2/shell.hxx +++ b/include/sfx2/shell.hxx @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ inline void SfxShell::SetPool #define SFX_VISIBILITY_FULLSCREEN 0x2000 #define SFX_VISIBILITY_CLIENT 0x4000 #define SFX_VISIBILITY_SERVER 0x8000 -#define SFX_VISIBILITY_NOCONTEXT 0xFFFF // Always visable +#define SFX_VISIBILITY_NOCONTEXT 0xFFFF // Always visible #endif diff --git a/include/svl/filerec.hxx b/include/svl/filerec.hxx index e7a0a6d91810..6b8b2c3f1673 100644 --- a/include/svl/filerec.hxx +++ b/include/svl/filerec.hxx @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ private: * 'ScanRecordType()' method can recognise it - but further processing * is impossible. * - * The 3 bytes in postion 2 to 4 normally contain the size of the + * The 3 bytes in position 2 to 4 normally contain the size of the * record without the pre-tag and the size field itself, * so the remaining size after the 4 byte header. * diff --git a/include/svl/itemset.hxx b/include/svl/itemset.hxx index aab9fb7224f2..5cb28c262103 100644 --- a/include/svl/itemset.hxx +++ b/include/svl/itemset.hxx @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ inline void SfxItemSet::SetParent( const SfxItemSet* pNew ) class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxAllItemSet: public SfxItemSet -// Handles all Ranges. Ranges are automatically modified by puting items. +// Handles all Ranges. Ranges are automatically modified by putting items. { SfxVoidItem aDefault; diff --git a/include/svl/urihelper.hxx b/include/svl/urihelper.hxx index bd90e68fd9ef..7bfee23f6638 100644 --- a/include/svl/urihelper.hxx +++ b/include/svl/urihelper.hxx @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ normalizedMakeRelative( @param uriReference a URI reference, passed to normalizedMakeRelative - @return if the XUriReference returnd by normalizedMakeRelative is empty, + @return if the XUriReference returned by normalizedMakeRelative is empty, uriReference is returned unmodified; otherwise, the result of calling - XUriReference::getUriReference on the XUriReference returnd by + XUriReference::getUriReference on the XUriReference returned by normalizedMakeRelative is returned @exception std::bad_alloc if an out-of-memory condition occurs diff --git a/include/svl/zforlist.hxx b/include/svl/zforlist.hxx index 092ccd679abf..9fc560c4d532 100644 --- a/include/svl/zforlist.hxx +++ b/include/svl/zforlist.hxx @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ public: void ResetDefaultSystemCurrency(); // Called by SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl::Notify if the system locale's - // date acceptence patterns change. + // date acceptance patterns change. void InvalidateDateAcceptancePatterns(); // Replace the SYSTEM language/country format codes. Called upon change of diff --git a/include/svtools/svlbitm.hxx b/include/svtools/svlbitm.hxx index 07751290ed55..9661460bf1b0 100644 --- a/include/svtools/svlbitm.hxx +++ b/include/svtools/svlbitm.hxx @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public: Image& GetImage(SvBmp nIndex) { return aBmps[(int)nIndex]; } void SetDefaultImages( const Control* pControlForSettings = NULL ); - // set images acording to the color scheeme of the Control + // set images according to the color scheeme of the Control // pControlForSettings == NULL: settings are taken from Application bool HasDefaultImages( void ) const; }; diff --git a/include/svtools/tabbar.hxx b/include/svtools/tabbar.hxx index f076d8f51eeb..bd3894803435 100644 --- a/include/svtools/tabbar.hxx +++ b/include/svtools/tabbar.hxx @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ QueryDrop - Dieser Handler wird von StarView immer dann gerufen, wenn Drop - Im Drop-Handler muessen dann die Pages verschoben werden, oder die neuen Pages eingefuegt werden. Die entsprechende - Drop-Postion kann mit ShowDropPos() ermittelt werden. + Drop-Position kann mit ShowDropPos() ermittelt werden. Folgende Methoden werden fuer Drag and Drop gebraucht und muessen von den Handlern gerufen werden: diff --git a/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx b/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx index 6586d59e23d8..631de968f58f 100644 --- a/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx +++ b/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ namespace com { namespace sun { namespace star { namespace frame { /** A reference to a smart tag action An action service can support various actions. Therefore an ActionReference - consists of a reference to the service and and index. + consists of a reference to the service and index. */ struct ActionReference { diff --git a/include/svx/charthelper.hxx b/include/svx/charthelper.hxx index 33ffa3201414..56627cc12aec 100644 --- a/include/svx/charthelper.hxx +++ b/include/svx/charthelper.hxx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ public: /// Use chart's XUpdatable::update() to update values. static void updateChart( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XModel >& rXModel, bool bHardUpdate ); - // try to access rXModel in case of a chart to to get the chart content + // try to access rXModel in case of a chart to get the chart content // as sequence of primitives. Return range of primitives (chart size) in rRange; // it will be used to embed the chart to the SdrObject transformation. This // allows to define possible distances between chart and SDrObject bounds here diff --git a/include/svx/dbaexchange.hxx b/include/svx/dbaexchange.hxx index 801f3eccc3a6..5c5cba8bb8e4 100644 --- a/include/svx/dbaexchange.hxx +++ b/include/svx/dbaexchange.hxx @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ namespace svx //= ODataAccessObjectTransferable - /** class for transfering data access objects (tables, queries, statements ...) + /** class for transferring data access objects (tables, queries, statements ...) */ class SVX_DLLPUBLIC ODataAccessObjectTransferable : public TransferableHelper { @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ namespace svx //= OMultiColumnTransferable - /** class for transfering multiple columns + /** class for transferring multiple columns */ class SVX_DLLPUBLIC OMultiColumnTransferable : public TransferableHelper { diff --git a/include/svx/fmsrcimp.hxx b/include/svx/fmsrcimp.hxx index 99d3c4204827..6a5c23991f37 100644 --- a/include/svx/fmsrcimp.hxx +++ b/include/svx/fmsrcimp.hxx @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ private: SVX_DLLPRIVATE void fillControlTexts(const InterfaceArray& arrFields); // three methods implementing a complete search loop (null/not null, wildcard, SearchText) - // (they all have some code in common, but with this solution we have do do a distinction only once per search (before + // (they all have some code in common, but with this solution we have to do a distinction only once per search (before // starting the loop), not in every loop step SVX_DLLPRIVATE SEARCH_RESULT SearchSpecial(bool _bSearchForNull, sal_Int32& nFieldPos, FieldCollection::iterator& iterFieldLoop, const FieldCollection::iterator& iterBegin, const FieldCollection::iterator& iterEnd); diff --git a/include/svx/pageitem.hxx b/include/svx/pageitem.hxx index 87d936b7f03b..76260ebcad6b 100644 --- a/include/svx/pageitem.hxx +++ b/include/svx/pageitem.hxx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ enum SvxPageUsage /* This item describes a page attribute (name of the template, enumeration, -portait or landscape, layout) +portrait or landscape, layout) */ class SVX_DLLPUBLIC SvxPageItem: public SfxPoolItem diff --git a/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx b/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx index fe6742afaa05..a681186e9116 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #define SDRSEARCH_WITHTEXT 0x0040 /* Just objects with text */ #define SDRSEARCH_TESTTEXTAREA 0x0080 /* The textarea of objects with text (TextEditHit) */ #define SDRSEARCH_BACKWARD 0x0100 /* Backwards search */ -#define SDRSEARCH_NEXT 0x0200 /* Search starts behind the transfered object/point/... */ +#define SDRSEARCH_NEXT 0x0200 /* Search starts behind the transferred object/point/... */ #define SDRSEARCH_MARKED 0x0400 /* Just marked objects/points/... */ #define SDRSEARCH_PASS2BOUND 0x0800 /* In case of empty search results, then 2nd. try with BoundRectHit */ #define SDRSEARCH_PASS3NEAREST 0x1000 /* In case of empty search results, then new 3rd. Try with NearestBoundRectHit */ @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ public: // Entering (Editing) of a maybe marked object group. If there are several // object groups marked, the most upper group is selected. After that - // all member objects of the group are directly accessable. All other + // all member objects of the group are directly accessible. All other // objects may not be processed in the meantime (until the next // LeaveGroup()). With markings which overlaps pages, every page is processed // separately. The method returns sal_True, if at least one group was entered. diff --git a/include/svx/svdobj.hxx b/include/svx/svdobj.hxx index 2645e78b5778..0f8fa44706f2 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdobj.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdobj.hxx @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ public: // - without any connection to any node, // - or connected on one end to a node, while the other end is not connected, // - or connected on both ends with exactly one node each. - // The edge is listener for its upto two nodes. + // The edge is listener for its up to two nodes. // Whenever a node is moved or resized, all its connected edges follow. // This is also true for SetGluePoint()... on the node. // On the other hand, moving/resizing an edge breaks the connection. diff --git a/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx b/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx index 4c6dbb34b87f..16082753669b 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ public: // | | 8mm // | | // Pt1============# Pt2-- <----reference edge (from Pt1 to Pt2) -// # # |___ <-excess length of the auxiliary dimention line(s) +// # # |___ <-excess length of the auxiliary dimension line(s) // # #=========# // # objected to be dimensioned # // #=======================# diff --git a/include/svx/svdpage.hxx b/include/svx/svdpage.hxx index 21fbc352f1fc..712079df259e 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdpage.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdpage.hxx @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ public: private: class WeakSdrObjectContainerType; - /// This list, if it exists, defines the navigation order. It it does + /// This list, if it exists, defines the navigation order. If it does /// not exist then maList defines the navigation order. ::boost::scoped_ptr<WeakSdrObjectContainerType> mpNavigationOrder; diff --git a/include/svx/sxmbritm.hxx b/include/svx/sxmbritm.hxx index dc7c394c1ac9..5566d9215ccf 100644 --- a/include/svx/sxmbritm.hxx +++ b/include/svx/sxmbritm.hxx @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ // dimension line below the reference edge // for dimensioning the lower edge of the object -// (redundant to turn the referece edge through 180deg + +// (redundant to turn the reference edge through 180deg + // TextUpsideDown, but easily operated) // laesst sich auch draggen, indem man den Masslinienabstand // (SdrMeasureLineDistItem) ueber die Bezugskante hinwegdraggt diff --git a/include/tools/fontenum.hxx b/include/tools/fontenum.hxx index f72c331544f4..be64956c15ab 100644 --- a/include/tools/fontenum.hxx +++ b/include/tools/fontenum.hxx @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ typedef sal_uInt16 FontEmphasisMark; #define EMPHASISMARK_POS_ABOVE ((FontEmphasisMark)0x1000) #define EMPHASISMARK_POS_BELOW ((FontEmphasisMark)0x2000) -// Only for compability +// Only for compatibility #define EMPHASISMARK_DOTS_ABOVE (EMPHASISMARK_DOT | EMPHASISMARK_POS_ABOVE) #define EMPHASISMARK_DOTS_BELOW (EMPHASISMARK_DOT | EMPHASISMARK_POS_BELOW) #define EMPHASISMARK_SIDE_DOTS (EMPHASISMARK_ACCENT | EMPHASISMARK_POS_ABOVE) diff --git a/include/tools/rtti.hxx b/include/tools/rtti.hxx index 92555a26c326..013552c66f79 100644 --- a/include/tools/rtti.hxx +++ b/include/tools/rtti.hxx @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ inline const T1* rttiCast(const T2* pObj, const TypeId& rTypeId) { #define HAS_BASE( T, pObj ) \ ( pObj && (pObj)->IsA( TYPE(T) ) ) -/** Check whether a pointer is targetting and object of type T. */ +/** Check whether a pointer is targeting an object of type T. */ #define IS_TYPE(T,pObj) \ ( pObj && (pObj)->Type() == TYPE(T) ) diff --git a/include/tools/simplerm.hxx b/include/tools/simplerm.hxx index 65cd47b818e9..2674386210ca 100644 --- a/include/tools/simplerm.hxx +++ b/include/tools/simplerm.hxx @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public: */ OUString ReadString( sal_uInt32 nId ); - /** checks whether a certain resource is availble + /** checks whether a certain resource is available @param _resourceType the type of the resource to check. Currently, only RSC_STRING (strings) and RSC_RESOURCE (blobs) are supported, for every other type, <FALSE/> will be returned. diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/interceptedinteraction.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/interceptedinteraction.hxx index 4de6df963672..99f81f072004 100644 --- a/include/ucbhelper/interceptedinteraction.hxx +++ b/include/ucbhelper/interceptedinteraction.hxx @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ class UCBHELPER_DLLPUBLIC InterceptedInteraction : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper public: - /** @short implements the default handling of this class .... + /** @short implements the default handling of this class... or can be overwritten by any derived class. @descr If no further class is derived from this one @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ class UCBHELPER_DLLPUBLIC InterceptedInteraction : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper If this method was overwritten by a derived implementation -> the new implementation has to do everything by itself. Of course it can access all members/helpers and work with it. - But the default implementation isnt used automatically then. + But the default implementation is not used automatically then. @param xRequest the interaction request, which should be intercepted. diff --git a/include/unotools/configvaluecontainer.hxx b/include/unotools/configvaluecontainer.hxx index 8c84678dbc43..d83e814f16ac 100644 --- a/include/unotools/configvaluecontainer.hxx +++ b/include/unotools/configvaluecontainer.hxx @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace utl @param _rxORB specifies the service factory which should be used to access the configuration @param _rAccessSafety - As this class is intented to manipulate objects it does not hold itself (see the various + As this class is intended to manipulate objects it does not hold itself (see the various registerXXX methods), it needs to guard these access for muti threading safety.<br/> The mutex given here is locked whenever such an access occurs. @param _pConfigLocation diff --git a/include/unotools/textsearch.hxx b/include/unotools/textsearch.hxx index ea53a358d09e..d13ec3f4d419 100644 --- a/include/unotools/textsearch.hxx +++ b/include/unotools/textsearch.hxx @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ public: ~TextSearch(); /* search in the (selected) text the search string: - rScrTxt - the text, in in which we search + rScrTxt - the text, in which we search pStart - start position for the search pEnde - end position for the search diff --git a/include/vbahelper/vbahelper.hxx b/include/vbahelper/vbahelper.hxx index 0d272005787f..d4a0de15ea36 100644 --- a/include/vbahelper/vbahelper.hxx +++ b/include/vbahelper/vbahelper.hxx @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ public: static sal_Int32 FieldInList( const css::uno::Sequence< OUString >& SearchList, const OUString& SearchString ); }; -// really just a a place holder to ease the porting pain +// really just a place holder to ease the porting pain class VBAHELPER_DLLPUBLIC DebugHelper { public: diff --git a/include/vcl/texteng.hxx b/include/vcl/texteng.hxx index bb4a1039af5e..6c52b91040d4 100644 --- a/include/vcl/texteng.hxx +++ b/include/vcl/texteng.hxx @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ protected: TextPaM SplitContent( sal_uLong nNode, sal_uInt16 nSepPos ); TextPaM ConnectContents( sal_uLong nLeftNode ); - // adjust PaM's and selections that were transfered to the API to a valid range + // adjust PaM's and selections that were transferred to the API to a valid range void ValidateSelection( TextSelection& rSel ) const; void ValidatePaM( TextPaM& rPaM ) const; diff --git a/include/xmloff/xmlstyle.hxx b/include/xmloff/xmlstyle.hxx index 369892520ab3..1d757b8145fc 100644 --- a/include/xmloff/xmlstyle.hxx +++ b/include/xmloff/xmlstyle.hxx @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ public: /** if this method returns true, its parent styles context should not add it to its container.<br> Transient styles can't be accessed from its - parent SvXMLStylesContext after theyre imported and + parent SvXMLStylesContext after they are imported and the methods CreateAndInsert(), CreateAndInsertLate() and Finish() will not be called. The default return value is false diff --git a/instsetoo_native/inc_ooohelppack/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt b/instsetoo_native/inc_ooohelppack/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt index 00b48103a390..789a6d5d979b 100644 --- a/instsetoo_native/inc_ooohelppack/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt +++ b/instsetoo_native/inc_ooohelppack/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ CreateFolder Component_ N Component 1 Identifier Foreign key into the Compone CreateFolder Directory_ N Directory 1 Identifier Primary key, could be foreign key into the Directory table. CustomAction Action N Identifier Primary key, name of action, normally appears in sequence table unless private use. CustomAction Source Y CustomSource The table reference of the source of the code. -CustomAction Target Y Formatted Excecution parameter, depends on the type of custom action +CustomAction Target Y Formatted Execution parameter, depends on the type of custom action CustomAction Type N 1 32767 The numeric custom action type, consisting of source location, code type, entry, option flags. Dialog Attributes Y 0 2147483647 A 32-bit word that specifies the attribute flags to be applied to this dialog. Dialog Control_Cancel Y Control 2 Identifier Defines the cancel control. Hitting escape or clicking on the close icon on the dialog is equivalent to pushing this button. diff --git a/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt b/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt index d937499fe089..4f3830d3bc3c 100644 --- a/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt +++ b/instsetoo_native/inc_openoffice/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ CreateFolder Component_ N Component 1 Identifier Foreign key into the Compone CreateFolder Directory_ N Directory 1 Identifier Primary key, could be foreign key into the Directory table. CustomAction Action N Identifier Primary key, name of action, normally appears in sequence table unless private use. CustomAction Source Y CustomSource The table reference of the source of the code. -CustomAction Target Y Formatted Excecution parameter, depends on the type of custom action +CustomAction Target Y Formatted Execution parameter, depends on the type of custom action CustomAction Type N 1 32767 The numeric custom action type, consisting of source location, code type, entry, option flags. Dialog Attributes Y 0 2147483647 A 32-bit word that specifies the attribute flags to be applied to this dialog. Dialog Control_Cancel Y Control 2 Identifier Defines the cancel control. Hitting escape or clicking on the close icon on the dialog is equivalent to pushing this button. diff --git a/instsetoo_native/inc_sdkoo/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt b/instsetoo_native/inc_sdkoo/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt index 00b48103a390..789a6d5d979b 100644 --- a/instsetoo_native/inc_sdkoo/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt +++ b/instsetoo_native/inc_sdkoo/windows/msi_templates/_Validat.idt @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ CreateFolder Component_ N Component 1 Identifier Foreign key into the Compone CreateFolder Directory_ N Directory 1 Identifier Primary key, could be foreign key into the Directory table. CustomAction Action N Identifier Primary key, name of action, normally appears in sequence table unless private use. CustomAction Source Y CustomSource The table reference of the source of the code. -CustomAction Target Y Formatted Excecution parameter, depends on the type of custom action +CustomAction Target Y Formatted Execution parameter, depends on the type of custom action CustomAction Type N 1 32767 The numeric custom action type, consisting of source location, code type, entry, option flags. Dialog Attributes Y 0 2147483647 A 32-bit word that specifies the attribute flags to be applied to this dialog. Dialog Control_Cancel Y Control 2 Identifier Defines the cancel control. Hitting escape or clicking on the close icon on the dialog is equivalent to pushing this button. diff --git a/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/adapter/OutputStreamToXOutputStreamAdapter.java b/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/adapter/OutputStreamToXOutputStreamAdapter.java index 087a4a53dd89..3f6f15325da8 100644 --- a/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/adapter/OutputStreamToXOutputStreamAdapter.java +++ b/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/adapter/OutputStreamToXOutputStreamAdapter.java @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ import com.sun.star.io.XOutputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; /** The <code>OutputStreamToXOutputStreamAdapter</code> wraps - a a UNO <code>XOutputStream</code> into a Java <code>OutputStream</code> + an UNO <code>XOutputStream</code> into a Java <code>OutputStream</code> object in a Java. This allows users to access an <code>OutputStream</code> as if it were an <code>XOutputStream</code>. */ diff --git a/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/helper/MultiTypeInterfaceContainer.java b/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/helper/MultiTypeInterfaceContainer.java index 10a39694d9dc..25c0ff997001 100644 --- a/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/helper/MultiTypeInterfaceContainer.java +++ b/javaunohelper/com/sun/star/lib/uno/helper/MultiTypeInterfaceContainer.java @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ public class MultiTypeInterfaceContainer // equals. For example: // Type a= new Type(XInterface.class); // Type b= new Type(XInterface.class); - // Allthough a != b , the map interprets both as being the same. + // Although a != b , the map interprets both as being the same. InterfaceContainer cont= map.get(ckey); if (cont != null) { diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java index bcec03010b02..ef07674dcf34 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ public class JavaLoader implements XImplementationLoader, * * <p>The <code>JavaLoader</code> tries to load the class first. If a * loacation URL is given the RegistrationClassFinder is used to load the - * class. Otherwise the class is loaded thru the Class.forName method.</p> + * class. Otherwise the class is loaded through the Class.forName method.</p> * * <p>To get the factory the inspects the class for the optional static member * functions __getServiceFactory resp. getServiceFactory (DEPRECATED).</p> diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java index 6bb0bf5f90e2..54c53493d2c6 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ public class ServiceManager implements XMultiServiceFactory, } /** - * Provides an enumeration of of all factorys for a specified service. + * Provides an enumeration of all factories for a specified service. * * @param serviceName name of the requested service. * @return an enumeration for service name. diff --git a/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/sunversion.cxx b/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/sunversion.cxx index 504c16c9e0e6..09833e106c89 100644 --- a/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/sunversion.cxx +++ b/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/sunversion.cxx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ SunVersion::SunVersion(const char * szVer): } -/**Format major.minor.maintainance_update +/**Format major.minor.maintenance_update */ bool SunVersion::init(const char *szVersion) { @@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ bool SunVersion::init(const char *szVersion) else if ( ! (nPartPos == 0) // prevents: ".4.1", "..1", part must start with digit && ( - //separators after maintainance (1.4.1_01, 1.4.1-beta, or1.4.1 + //separators after maintenance (1.4.1_01, 1.4.1-beta, or 1.4.1) ((pCur == pEnd || *pCur == '_' || *pCur == '-') && (nPart == 2 )) || - //separators between major-minor and minor-maintainance + //separators between major-minor and minor-maintenance (nPart < 2 && *pCur == '.') ) && ( //prevent 1.4.0. 1.4.0- @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ bool SunVersion::operator > (const SunVersion& ver) const return false; } } - //major.minor.maintainance_update are equal. test for a trailing char + //major.minor.maintenance_update are equal. Test for a trailing char if (m_nUpdateSpecial > ver.m_nUpdateSpecial) { return true; diff --git a/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.cxx b/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.cxx index 46f39113a7f4..1a2173dd3c4c 100644 --- a/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.cxx +++ b/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.cxx @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ void bubbleSortVersion(vector<rtl::Reference<VendorBase> >& vec) } catch (MalformedVersionException & ) { - //The second version is invalid, therefore it is regardes less. + //The second version is invalid, therefore it regards less. nCmp = 1; } } diff --git a/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.hxx b/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.hxx index 7b1830909566..0f0bf04f2619 100644 --- a/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.hxx +++ b/jvmfwk/plugins/sunmajor/pluginlib/util.hxx @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ rtl::Reference<VendorBase> getJREInfoByPath(const OUString& path); first if the path corresponds to one of the VendorBase::getHome path already contained in vecInfo. Only if there is no such entry, then the other getJREInfoByPath is called. Again the created VendorBase is compared to - those contained in vecInfos. If it it not in there then it's added. + those contained in vecInfos. If it is not in there then it's added. @return true a VendorBase was created and added to the end of vecInfos. diff --git a/jvmfwk/source/elements.hxx b/jvmfwk/source/elements.hxx index 28abbaef7291..d81874d426cd 100644 --- a/jvmfwk/source/elements.hxx +++ b/jvmfwk/source/elements.hxx @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ private: /** creates settings file and fills it with default values. When this function is called then it creates the - settings file at the possition determined by the bootstrap parameters + settings file at the position determined by the bootstrap parameters (UNO_JAVA_JFW_USER_DATA, UNO_JAVA_JFW_SHARED_DATA) and m_layer, unless the file already exists (see createSettingsDocument). diff --git a/jvmfwk/source/framework.cxx b/jvmfwk/source/framework.cxx index a604164bd741..00b6f99c3090 100644 --- a/jvmfwk/source/framework.cxx +++ b/jvmfwk/source/framework.cxx @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ javaFrameworkError SAL_CALL jfw_startVM( //check if JAVA is disabled //If Java is enabled, but it was disabled when this process was started // then no preparational work, such as setting the LD_LIBRARY_PATH, was - //done. Therefore if a JRE needs it it must not be started. + //done. Therefore if a JRE needs it, it must not be started. if (g_bEnabledSwitchedOn && (aInfo->nRequirements & JFW_REQUIRE_NEEDRESTART)) return JFW_E_NEED_RESTART; diff --git a/linguistic/source/lngsvcmgr.cxx b/linguistic/source/lngsvcmgr.cxx index 259dd8feb04f..32a417ac8156 100644 --- a/linguistic/source/lngsvcmgr.cxx +++ b/linguistic/source/lngsvcmgr.cxx @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ void LngSvcMgrListenerHelper::DisposeAndClear( const lang::EventObject &rEvtObj RemoveLngSvcEvtBroadcaster( xRef ); } - // remove refernce to this object hold by the dictionary-list + // remove reference to this object hold by the dictionary-list if (xDicList.is()) { xDicList->removeDictionaryListEventListener( diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpframelayout.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpframelayout.cxx index 21e601dc5eb1..5edc34d94b2e 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpframelayout.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpframelayout.cxx @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ void LwpFrame::ApplyWrapType(XFFrameStyle *pFrameStyle) enumXFWrap eWrap = enumXFWrapNone; switch(m_pLayout->GetWrapType()) { - case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_AROUND: //fall throught + case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_AROUND: //fall through case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_IRREG_BIGGEST: { //In SODC, if Optimal wrap type is used and the distance between the frame object @@ -282,19 +282,19 @@ void LwpFrame::ApplyWrapType(XFFrameStyle *pFrameStyle) } break; } - case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_LEFT: //fall throught + case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_LEFT: //fall through case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_IRREG_LEFT: { eWrap = enumXFWrapLeft; break; } - case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_RIGHT: //fall throught + case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_RIGHT: //fall through case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_IRREG_RIGHT: { eWrap = enumXFWrapRight; break; } - case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_BOTH: //fall throught + case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_BOTH: //fall through case LwpPlacableLayout::LAY_WRAP_IRREG_BOTH: { eWrap = enumXFWrapParallel; @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void LwpFrame::ApplyPosType(XFFrameStyle* pFrameStyle) sal_uInt8 nType = m_pLayout->GetRelativeType(); switch(nType) { - case LwpLayoutRelativityGuts::LAY_PARENT_RELATIVE://fall throught + case LwpLayoutRelativityGuts::LAY_PARENT_RELATIVE://fall through case LwpLayoutRelativityGuts::LAY_CONTENT_RELATIVE: { //anchor to page, frame and cell @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ void LwpFrame::ParseAnchorType(XFFrame *pXFFrame) sal_uInt8 nType = m_pLayout->GetRelativeType(); switch(nType) { - case LwpLayoutRelativityGuts::LAY_PARENT_RELATIVE://fall throught + case LwpLayoutRelativityGuts::LAY_PARENT_RELATIVE://fall through case LwpLayoutRelativityGuts::LAY_CONTENT_RELATIVE: { //anchor to page, frame and cell @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ void LwpFrame::ParseAnchorType(XFFrame *pXFFrame) double offset = 0; //because of the different feature between Word Pro and SODC, I simulate the vertical base offset - //between anchor and frame orgin using the font height. + //between anchor and frame origin using the font height. //LwpPara* pPara = static_cast<LwpPara*>(m_pLayout->GetPosition()->obj()); rtl::Reference<XFFont> pFont = m_pLayout->GetFont(); if(pFont.is()) diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfribsection.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfribsection.cxx index 5cf7a1c0db4b..388f9307343c 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfribsection.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfribsection.cxx @@ -286,8 +286,8 @@ bool LwpMasterPage::RegisterMasterPage(LwpFrib* pFrib) //bSectionColumns = sal_True; break; } - case LwpLayout::StartOnNextPage: //fall throught - case LwpLayout::StartOnOddPage: //fall throught + case LwpLayout::StartOnNextPage://fall through + case LwpLayout::StartOnOddPage: //fall through case LwpLayout::StartOnEvenPage: { LwpStory* pStory = static_cast<LwpStory*>(m_pPara->GetStoryID().obj().get()); diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx index b452ff8f9f14..0c5c78d30701 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ double LwpMiddleLayout::GetWidth() return GetGeometryWidth(); } /** -* @descr: Get layout orgin point +* @descr: Get layout origin point * */ LwpPoint LwpMiddleLayout::GetOrigin() diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpobjstrm.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpobjstrm.cxx index 312ae67bc3f7..8eb8d431fc70 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpobjstrm.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpobjstrm.cxx @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ sal_uInt16 LwpObjectStream::DecompressBuffer(sal_uInt8* pDst, sal_uInt8* pSrc, s *pDst++ = 0; DstSize++; - // fall thru into next case! + // fall through into next case! case 0xC0: // 1 - 64 bytes of non-zero diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbase64.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbase64.hxx index 23bdeb5074c6..7e2ba54bb39d 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbase64.hxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbase64.hxx @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ /** * @brief * Base64 algorithm implementation. - * I only implements encode funtion now,i'll add decode if needed later. + * I only implements encode function now, i'll add decode if needed later. * http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3548.html. */ diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/JobsAddon/Addons.xcu b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/JobsAddon/Addons.xcu index ed49d733cfca..e9b9976d312e 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/JobsAddon/Addons.xcu +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/JobsAddon/Addons.xcu @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </prop> <prop oor:name="Title" oor:type="xs:string"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="en-US">AsyncJob (ALIAS)...</value> <value xml:lang="de">AsyncJob (ALIAS) ...</value> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ </prop> <prop oor:name="Title" oor:type="xs:string"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="en-US">AsyncJob (EVENT)...</value> <value xml:lang="de">AsyncJob (EVENT) ...</value> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ </prop> <prop oor:name="Title" oor:type="xs:string"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="en-US">AsyncJob (SERVICE)...</value> <value xml:lang="de">AsyncJob (SERVICE) ...</value> diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_cpp/Addons.xcu b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_cpp/Addons.xcu index a6a19855e7f9..350b24e554ba 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_cpp/Addons.xcu +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_cpp/Addons.xcu @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <value/> </prop> <prop oor:name="Title" oor:type="xs:string"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">Über Add-On Beispiel</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">About Add-On Example</value> diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_java/Addons.xcu b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_java/Addons.xcu index 5eefadb45fac..bf2e26fc54f5 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_java/Addons.xcu +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_java/Addons.xcu @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <value/> </prop> <prop oor:name="Title" oor:type="xs:string"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">Über Add-On Beispiel</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">About Add-On Example</value> diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java index f831d63fa86c..5674657915f3 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ public class DataAwareness extends DocumentBasedExample implements XPropertyChan createButton( 58, 63, 13, "reload", "reload", FormFeature.ReloadForm ); - // create a sub for for the sales + // create a sub form for the sales // for this, first create a sub form and bind it to the SALES table XIndexContainer xSalesForm = m_document.createSubForm( m_xMasterForm, "Sales" ); diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java index 0ce02128ca79..3f86aeff0581 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public class CustomizeView extends JPanel /** * ctor - * It initialize an instance of this clas only. + * It initialize an instance of this class only. */ private ClickListener( String sURL , String sProp , diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java index deaccb5db44f..850fb236b553 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, return; } - // deregistration will be done everytime ... + // deregistration will be done every time... // But may it's not necessary to establish a new registration! // Don't look for ignoring actions - it was done already inside original frameAction() call! boolean bRegister = false; diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusListener.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusListener.java index 6fbf3c7afe72..02fc79d337e9 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusListener.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusListener.java @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ class StatusListener implements com.sun.star.frame.XStatusListener, return; } // Don't look for ignoring actions - it was done already inside original frameAction() call! - // deregistration as status listener will be done here everytime - but registration only, if necessary! + // deregistration as status listener will be done here every time - but registration only, if necessary! boolean bRegister = false; switch(aEvent.Action.getValue()) { diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/FilterOptions.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/FilterOptions.java index dbefb717b0f4..d821313ca00d 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/FilterOptions.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/FilterOptions.java @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ public class FilterOptions /** * with this method it's possible for the outside filter to decide * if he can use this FilterOptions really or not. - * That means especialy if necessary streams are available or not. + * That means especially if necessary streams are available or not. */ public boolean isValid() { diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/TypeDetection.xcu b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/TypeDetection.xcu index f63eda4a0123..c2eb32ef20c1 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/TypeDetection.xcu +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/AsciiFilter/TypeDetection.xcu @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <value>true</value> </prop> <prop oor:name="UIName" oor:type="xs:string"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="en-US">ASCII Replace</value> <value xml:lang="de">ASCII Konvertierung</value> diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilterDetection/filterdetect.cxx b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilterDetection/filterdetect.cxx index b32031329210..f81b7dd83e8c 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilterDetection/filterdetect.cxx +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilterDetection/filterdetect.cxx @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL FilterDetect::detect(Sequence< PropertyValue >& aArguments ) } // flatxml starts with an office:document element. this element - // conatains a clas="..." attribute by which we can deduct the + // conatains a class="..." attribute by which we can deduct the // type of document that is to be loaded // WARNING: diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx index 712cda6292ee..cd87a7e2b951 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ sal_Bool XFlatXml::exporter( return sal_True; } -// for the DocumentHandler implementation, we just proxy the the +// for the DocumentHandler implementation, we just proxy the // events to the XML writer that we created upon the output stream // that was provided by the XMLFilterAdapter void XFlatXml::startDocument() throw (SAXException,RuntimeException){ diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXmlFilter_cpp.xcu b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXmlFilter_cpp.xcu index 0090b1d62e33..74c68504746d 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXmlFilter_cpp.xcu +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXmlFilter_cpp.xcu @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Calc</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Calc</value> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Draw</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Draw</value> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Impress</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Impress</value> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Writer</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Writer</value> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Matser</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Master</value> diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_java/FlatXmlFilter_java.xcu b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_java/FlatXmlFilter_java.xcu index 50e30b0272d3..8bb6e23501e3 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_java/FlatXmlFilter_java.xcu +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_java/FlatXmlFilter_java.xcu @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Calc</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Calc</value> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Draw</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Draw</value> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Impress</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Impress</value> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Writer</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Writer</value> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ <prop oor:name="FilterService"><value>com.sun.star.comp.Writer.XmlFilterAdaptor</value></prop> <prop oor:name="TemplateName"/> <prop oor:name="UIName"> - <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. It it is not necessary. --> + <!-- The x-no-translate entry is a marker to prevent l10n tooling from translation. If it is not necessary. --> <value xml:lang="x-no-translate"></value> <value xml:lang="de">DevGuide FlatXML Master</value> <value xml:lang="en-US">DevGuide FlatXML Master</value> diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/UCB/ResourceManager.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/UCB/ResourceManager.java index 26f19c0e7150..26154f07c1ae 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/UCB/ResourceManager.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/UCB/ResourceManager.java @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public class ResourceManager { } if ( m_newTitle == null || m_newTitle.equals( "" )) { - m_newTitle = "transfered-resource-" + System.currentTimeMillis(); + m_newTitle = "transferred-resource-" + System.currentTimeMillis(); } if ( m_transOperation == null || m_transOperation.equals( "" )) { @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ public class ResourceManager { System.out.println( "Usage: ResourceManager -url=... -targetFolderURL=... -newTitle=... -transOper=... -workdir=..." ); System.out.println( - "Defaults: -url=<currentdir>/data/data.txt> -targetFolderURL=<workdir> -newTitle=transfered-resource-<uniquepostfix> -transOper=copy -workdir=<currentdir>"); + "Defaults: -url=<currentdir>/data/data.txt> -targetFolderURL=<workdir> -newTitle=transferred-resource-<uniquepostfix> -transOper=copy -workdir=<currentdir>"); System.out.println( "\nExample : -url=file:///temp/MyFile.txt -targetFolderURL=file:///test/ -newTitle=RenamedFile.txt -transOper=copy " ); } diff --git a/odk/examples/java/Text/HardFormatting.java b/odk/examples/java/Text/HardFormatting.java index 6ed8296fa500..559c9b98fb16 100644 --- a/odk/examples/java/Text/HardFormatting.java +++ b/odk/examples/java/Text/HardFormatting.java @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public class HardFormatting { String sMyText = "A very short paragraph for illustration only"; - // you can travel with the cursor throught the text document. + // you can travel with the cursor through the text document. // you travel only at the model, not at the view. The cursor that you can // see on the document doesn't change the position com.sun.star.text.XTextCursor xTextCursor = null; @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public class HardFormatting { xPropertySet = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( com.sun.star.beans.XPropertySet.class, xTextRange); - // create a paragraph cursor to travel throught the paragraphs + // create a paragraph cursor to travel through the paragraphs com.sun.star.text.XParagraphCursor xParagraphCursor = null; xParagraphCursor = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( com.sun.star.text.XParagraphCursor.class, xTextRange); diff --git a/odk/examples/java/Text/StyleInitialization.java b/odk/examples/java/Text/StyleInitialization.java index be65e05bf6fa..ea5191ebb227 100644 --- a/odk/examples/java/Text/StyleInitialization.java +++ b/odk/examples/java/Text/StyleInitialization.java @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public class StyleInitialization { String sMyText = "A very short paragraph for illustration only"; - // you can travel with the cursor throught the text document. + // you can travel with the cursor through the text document. // you travel only at the model, not at the view. The cursor that you can // see on the document doesn't change the position com.sun.star.text.XTextCursor xTextCursor = null; @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public class StyleInitialization { // END: 'Style basics' Section from the Tutorial - // There are two way to travel throught the paragraphs, with a + // There are two way to travel through the paragraphs, with a // paragraph cursor, or a enumeration. // You find both ways in this example diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/accessibility/AccessibleTextType.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/accessibility/AccessibleTextType.idl index f17c3c36a74e..17871d1a5377 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/accessibility/AccessibleTextType.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/accessibility/AccessibleTextType.idl @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ constants AccessibleTextType /** Single word. <p>Indicates that single words are used. The definition of what a - word is is implementation and language/locale dependent. While in + word is, is implementation and language/locale dependent. While in English a word is ended by a space or a special character like a comma or a period, this is not necessarily true in other languages.</p> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ constants AccessibleTextType /** Single sentence. <p>Indicates that single sentences are used. The definition of what - a sentence is is implementation and language/locale dependent. + a sentence is, is implementation and language/locale dependent. While in English a sentence is ended by a period, this is not necessarily true in other languages.</p> */ @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ constants AccessibleTextType /** Single paragraph. <p>Indicates that single paragraphs are used. The definition of - what a paragraph is is implementation and language/locale + what a paragraph is, is implementation and language/locale dependent.</p> */ const short PARAGRAPH = 4; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/OleDragSource.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/OleDragSource.idl index 7eb9c1a7c457..c72c2521bcac 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/OleDragSource.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/OleDragSource.idl @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ published service OleDragSource <p>TODO: specify how such a machine id should look like.</p> The second parameter is a window handle of the native windows window. - Is is passed as an unsigned long. + It is passed as an unsigned long. */ interface com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/deployment/XPackageRegistry.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/deployment/XPackageRegistry.idl index 3ab2a2c64256..2c46a5f1890b 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/deployment/XPackageRegistry.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/deployment/XPackageRegistry.idl @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ interface XPackageRegistry was removed by the setup and a user later starts OOo. Then the user data may still contain all registration data of that extension, but the actual extension files do not exist anymore. The registration data must - then be cleaned of all the remains of that extension. To to that one + then be cleaned of all the remains of that extension. To do that one creates an XPackage object on behalf of that extension and calls XPackage::revokePakage(). The parameter <code>removed</code> indicates this case. The returned object may not diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/EmptyUndoStackException.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/EmptyUndoStackException.idl index 8ad131104db6..305c831a0079 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/EmptyUndoStackException.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/EmptyUndoStackException.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module document { /** is raised when an operation is attemption at an XUndoManager which requires a non-empty stack - of undo actions, and this requirement is not fullfilled. + of undo actions, and this requirement is not fulfilled. @since OOo 3.4 */ exception EmptyUndoStackException : ::com::sun::star::util::InvalidStateException diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/NoSuchFilterRequest.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/NoSuchFilterRequest.idl index f61b7abda062..cafedad74ed1 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/NoSuchFilterRequest.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/NoSuchFilterRequest.idl @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module document { <p> If during loading time the filter can't be detected and wasn't given at calling time, a possible com::sun::star::task::InteractionHandler will be used. - (it's a a part of used MediaDescriptor) + (it's a part of used MediaDescriptor) Such "NoSuchFilterRequest" will be used then to start right interaction on that to get a decision which filter should be used for given URL. A possible continuation of type XInteractionFilterSelect will transport this decision back to diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/UndoContextNotClosedException.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/UndoContextNotClosedException.idl index fb26efdffd7f..29313e2a79f8 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/UndoContextNotClosedException.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/UndoContextNotClosedException.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module document { /** is thrown when an operation is attempted at an XUndoManager which requires all undo - contexts to be closed, but this requirement is not fullfilled. + contexts to be closed, but this requirement is not fulfilled. @since OOo 3.4 */ exception UndoContextNotClosedException : ::com::sun::star::util::InvalidStateException diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/XInteractionFilterSelect.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/XInteractionFilterSelect.idl index ea9960cd4fec..19c752a2f083 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/XInteractionFilterSelect.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/XInteractionFilterSelect.idl @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module document { <p> If during loading time the filter can't be detected and wasn't given at calling time, a possible com::sun::star::task::InteractionHandler will be used. - (it's a a part of used MediaDescriptor) + (it's a part of used MediaDescriptor) A NoSuchFilterRequest will be used then to start right interaction on that to get a decision which filter should be used for given URL. A possible continuation of that can be this XInteractionFilterSelect. It will transport the decision back to diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationController.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationController.idl index fc2c5f990c15..80ebff92119a 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationController.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationController.idl @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ interface XConfigurationController getRequestedConfiguration() methods this allows the saving and restoring of configurations. However, the given configuration can have other origins then these methods.</p> - <p>The given configuration is transformed into a list of of change + <p>The given configuration is transformed into a list of change requests so that the resulting requested configuration equals the given configuration. This has the advantage that not only the resource activations and deactivations but all configuration diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationControllerRequestQueue.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationControllerRequestQueue.idl index 3313af621f40..2c3125c1c63a 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationControllerRequestQueue.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/drawing/framework/XConfigurationControllerRequestQueue.idl @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ interface XConfigurationControllerRequestQueue requestResourceDeactivation() methods.</p> @param xRequest The configuration change represented by this request object must only - be commited to the configuration when the + be committed to the configuration when the com::sun::star::drawing::framework::XConfigurationChangeRequest::execute() method of the xRequest object is called. */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/Storage.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/Storage.idl index 63100d6d21d5..0382670f95f0 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/Storage.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/Storage.idl @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ published service Storage In case a storage object is disposed all the elements ( substorages and substreams ) retrieved from the object are disposed. If the storage was opened in - read-write mode all non-commited changes will be lost. + read-write mode all non-committed changes will be lost. </p> </dd> <dt>interface XStorage</dt> @@ -226,11 +226,11 @@ published service Storage /** allows to commit or revert changes that were done for the storage. <p> - If a storage is commited all changes made to it will be integrated to - its parent storage. This is recursive process, so the last commited + If a storage is committed all changes made to it will be integrated to + its parent storage. This is recursive process, so the last committed storage should be the root one. For the package based storages commit of a root storage also means flashing to the related medium. If - a storage is not commited, no changes for it or its child elements + a storage is not committed, no changes for it or its child elements will be stored. </p> */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl index 57fcae482e79..6ebcf2e6269d 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl @@ -162,14 +162,14 @@ published service StorageStream <p> The property value `TRUE` means that the stream will become encrypted after the closest storage in the parent hierarchy, that has common - storage password, is commited. + storage password, is committed. `FALSE` - the stream will not react to commit of such a storage. </p> <p> In case stream is not encrypted and the property is set to `TRUE`, the stream will stay non-encrypted until the closest storage - in the parent hierarchy, that has common storage password, is commited. + in the parent hierarchy, that has common storage password, is committed. On the commit the stream will be encrypted with the common storage password. If there is no such storage in the hierarchy the stream will not be encrypted at all. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ published service StorageStream <p> In case stream is encrypted one and the value is set to `TRUE` the stream becomes non-encrypted until the common storage password - holder is commited. The data about previously set password ( if any ) + holder is committed. The data about previously set password ( if any ) will be removed and the stream can be accessed as non-encrypted stream. </p> */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/XSubmit.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/XSubmit.idl index 3ec4a4008b84..acb935bd1e0e 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/XSubmit.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/XSubmit.idl @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ published interface XSubmit: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface /** submits the component's data to a specified target. @param aControl - the control whose data is to be be submitted + the control whose data is to be submitted @param aMouseEvt the event which triggered the submit, if it was a mouse event diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/BindableDatabaseListBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/BindableDatabaseListBox.idl index d181d359cd66..3b02e46f51ab 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/BindableDatabaseListBox.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/BindableDatabaseListBox.idl @@ -43,18 +43,18 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module form { module binding { The value will represent the value of the selected entry (taken from ValueList or read from BoundColumn). If more than one entry is selected, - `NULL` will be transfered. + `NULL` will be transferred. In other words, the SelectedValue property.</li> <li><em>sequences of long integers</em>: When used, the integers in the sequence will represent the indexes of the selected entries of the list box.</li> <li><em>long integer value</em>: When used, the value will represent the index of the selected entry. - If no entry is selected, -1 will be transfered. If more than one entry is selected, `NULL` - will be transfered.</li> + If no entry is selected, -1 will be transferred. If more than one entry is selected, `NULL` + will be transferred.</li> <li><em>sequences of strings</em>: When used, the strings in the sequence present the texts of the selected entries of the list box.</li> <li><em>string values</em>: When used. the value will represent the text of the selected entry. - If no entry is selected, an empty string will be transfered. If more than one entry is selected, - `NULL` will be transfered.</li> + If no entry is selected, an empty string will be transferred. If more than one entry is selected, + `NULL` will be transferred.</li> </ol></p> @see com::sun::star::form::binding::XValueBinding::supportsType diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XListEntrySink.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XListEntrySink.idl index aa4a80e87b5d..ed5926b1a4ea 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XListEntrySink.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XListEntrySink.idl @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module form { module binding { interface XListEntrySource; -/** specifies support for indirect manipulation of of a string list +/** specifies support for indirect manipulation of a string list */ interface XListEntrySink : com::sun::star::uno::XInterface { diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseComboBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseComboBox.idl index 5e231f3ef656..64711a452ce2 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseComboBox.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseComboBox.idl @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ published service DatabaseComboBox a decision must be made how to deal with empty strings.<br/> This is controlled by #ConvertEmptyToNull.</p> - <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be commited, this is + <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be committed, this is converted into `NULL`, else it is written as empty string.</p> */ [property] boolean ConvertEmptyToNull; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseFormattedField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseFormattedField.idl index f3b6d4554f86..42b6d5be7e4c 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseFormattedField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseFormattedField.idl @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ published service DatabaseFormattedField a decision must be made how to deal with empty strings.<br/> This is controlled by #ConvertEmptyToNull.</p> - <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be commited, this is + <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be committed, this is converted into `NULL`, else it is written as empty string.</p> */ [property] boolean ConvertEmptyToNull; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabasePatternField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabasePatternField.idl index b1fd540d1859..d0ce8a475fa6 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabasePatternField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabasePatternField.idl @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ published service DatabasePatternField a decision must be made how to deal with empty strings.<br/> This is controlled by this property.</p> - <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be commited, this is + <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be committed, this is converted into `NULL`, else it is written as empty string.</p> */ [property] boolean ConvertEmptyToNull; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseTextField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseTextField.idl index 109a5b6e4aec..573407fde439 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseTextField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DatabaseTextField.idl @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ published service DatabaseTextField a decision must be made how to deal with empty strings.<br/> This is controlled by this property.</p> - <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be commited, this is + <p>If the property is set to `TRUE`, and an empty text is to be committed, this is converted into `NULL`, else it is written as empty string.</p> */ [property] boolean ConvertEmptyToNull; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DateField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DateField.idl index 0555b5166896..099a7cb40efe 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DateField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DateField.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service DateField /** resets the control. <p>If you do not set a value for the #DefaultDate, then resetting the control - will result in setting to to the current system date. This is for HTML compatibility.</p> + will result in setting to the current system date. This is for HTML compatibility.</p> */ interface com::sun::star::form::XReset; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TimeField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TimeField.idl index 9ef121d312a2..79d937ac455f 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TimeField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TimeField.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service TimeField /** resets the control. <p>If you do not set a value for the #DefaultTime, then resetting the control - will result in setting to to the current system time. This is for HTML compatibility.</p> + will result in setting to the current system time. This is for HTML compatibility.</p> */ interface com::sun::star::form::XReset; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XLoaderFactory.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XLoaderFactory.idl index 750c06c4b45a..f6b8dd7a288f 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XLoaderFactory.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XLoaderFactory.idl @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ published interface XLoaderFactory Returned objects must support the service specification of a FrameLoader or SynchronousFrameLoader. (Note: last one will be preferred if both are available) - They can be created by using of his internal name, which must be unambiguous everytime, only. + They can be created by using of his internal name, which must be unambiguous every time, only. To get this name use further specified interfaces of this factory for access on the flat configuration. </p> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModuleManager.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModuleManager.idl index 48540c2741fb..a5f7822332d6 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModuleManager.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModuleManager.idl @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ interface XModuleManager : com::sun::star::uno::XInterface </li> <li> <b>com::sun::star::frame::XModel</b><br> - A model represent a module everytime and can be used for + A model represent a module every time and can be used for identification directly. </li> </ul> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ interface XModuleManager : com::sun::star::uno::XInterface a document, this exception is thrown too! @return An identifier for the given module. - Note: This value varies everytime. Error will be transported + Note: This value varies every time. Error will be transported by thrown exceptions! */ string identify( [in] ::com::sun::star::uno::XInterface Module ) diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XStatusbarController.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XStatusbarController.idl index a8fd1256d5c2..633e694d8b24 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XStatusbarController.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XStatusbarController.idl @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ interface XStatusbarController implementation. </li> <li><b>StatusbarItem</b><br/>a com::sun::star::ui::XStatusbarItem - instance which represents the status bar item asociated with + instance which represents the status bar item associated with this controller. </li> <li><b>ParentWindow</b><br/>a com::sun::star::awt::Window diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl index 832c3824512e..65bad910ed0f 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module sdb { /** - This interface could be imcomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use. + This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use. @since LibreOffice 4.1 */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/application/XCopyTableWizard.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/application/XCopyTableWizard.idl index 6b845752940f..18b312f4f76b 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/application/XCopyTableWizard.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/application/XCopyTableWizard.idl @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ interface XCopyTableWizard : ::com::sun::star::ui::dialogs::XExecutableDialog <p>Changing this attribute while the dialog is running is not supported, the result of such an attempt is undefined.</p> - <p>When a primary key is to be created by the wizard, it will be be an auto-increment + <p>When a primary key is to be created by the wizard, it will be an auto-increment column, if possible.</p> @throws ::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/tools/XConnectionTools.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/tools/XConnectionTools.idl index 937ed563a0e6..feb085e6afc6 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/tools/XConnectionTools.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/tools/XConnectionTools.idl @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ interface XConnectionTools If (and only if) CommandType is CommandType.COMMAND, the fields collection which is returned by this function here is a temporary object. It is kept alive by another object, which is to be created temporarily, too. To ensure that the fields you get are valid as long as you need them, - the owner which controls their life time is transfered to this parameter upon return.<br/> + the owner which controls their life time is transferred to this parameter upon return.<br/> Your fields live as long as this component lives.<br/> Additionally, you are encouraged to dispose this component as soon as you don't need the fields anymore. It depends on the connection's implementation if this is necessary, but the is no guarantee, so to diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/table/CellRange.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/table/CellRange.idl index 580e77dab55d..7a7fc66e753d 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/table/CellRange.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/table/CellRange.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module table { -/** represents a range of of cells within a table. +/** represents a range of cells within a table. */ published service CellRange { diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/task/XJob.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/task/XJob.idl index 6c8daf2761c6..bedced7058b1 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/task/XJob.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/task/XJob.idl @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module task { <p> Instead of XAsyncJob the implementation of this interface - will be executed synchronously everytime. That means: they can be sure that the + will be executed synchronously every time. That means: they can be sure that the current stack context will be blocked till this job finish it's work. </p> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/DocumentIndex.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/DocumentIndex.idl index e48d160ec6c0..87afa7a85a37 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/DocumentIndex.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/DocumentIndex.idl @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ published service DocumentIndex */ [optional, property] boolean UsePP; - /** determines if if following page numbers are displayed using a dash. + /** determines if following page numbers are displayed using a dash. */ [optional, property] boolean UseDash; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Description.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Description.idl index a6a9ff6bc473..6b017363e2d1 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Description.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Description.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service Description <p> This property is especially useful for import/export purposes. </p> */ [property]string CurrentPresentation; - /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated everytime the document + /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated every time the document information is changed. */ [property]boolean IsFixed; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Keywords.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Keywords.idl index 2c516a74079d..e7a95235a7a8 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Keywords.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Keywords.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service Keywords <p> This property is especially useful for import/export purposes. </p> */ [property]string CurrentPresentation; - /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated everytime the document + /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated every time the document information is changed. */ [property]boolean IsFixed; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Revision.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Revision.idl index 8153e5ff4693..04ca64c15001 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Revision.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Revision.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service Revision <p> This property is especially useful for import/export purposes. </p> */ [property]string CurrentPresentation; - /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated everytime the document + /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated every time the document information is changed. */ [property]boolean IsFixed; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Subject.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Subject.idl index 4cd075636b74..5f33480805d0 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Subject.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Subject.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service Subject <p> This property is especially useful for import/export purposes. </p> */ [property]string CurrentPresentation; - /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated everytime the document + /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated every time the document information is changed. */ [property]boolean IsFixed; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Title.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Title.idl index 797ce641e4c3..29730bffabc1 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Title.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/text/textfield/docinfo/Title.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service Title <p> This property is especially useful for import/export purposes. </p> */ [property]string CurrentPresentation; - /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated everytime the document + /** If this flag is set to `FALSE` the content updated every time the document information is changed. */ [property]boolean IsFixed; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/Content.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/Content.idl index f39d59806260..f047ec432d71 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/Content.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/Content.idl @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ published service Content <td>UpdateOnOpen</td> <td>boolean</td> <td>indicates whether (sub)contents shall be automatically updated - everytime a (folder) content is opened.<br>This property may be + every time a (folder) content is opened.<br>This property may be used to control whether a folder content should read data only from local cache when it is opened, or whether it should connect to a server to obtain latest data.</td> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/HierarchyDataReadWriteAccess.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/HierarchyDataReadWriteAccess.idl index 3280f3c3795e..ba033663260e 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/HierarchyDataReadWriteAccess.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/HierarchyDataReadWriteAccess.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service HierarchyDataReadWriteAccess <p>Adding and removing must only be supported if the access object points to the "Children" data member of a node or to the root node. - It will insert a new node or or remove an existing one. If supported + It will insert a new node or remove an existing one. If supported on data nodes, adding must add new data members to the node, removing must remove data members. However, the mandatory data members (Title, TargetURL, Children) must never be removable. diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/XDynamicResultSet.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/XDynamicResultSet.idl index 57f7e8ee7804..f76f941b7f9a 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/XDynamicResultSet.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/XDynamicResultSet.idl @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ published interface XDynamicResultSet: com::sun::star::lang::XComponent the interface XSourceInitialization. @throws ListenerAlreadySetException - if if someone already has fetched the ContentResultSet via + if someone already has fetched the ContentResultSet via XDynamicResultSet::getStaticResultSet(). @throws AlreadyInitializedException diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl index 79b934642c99..541c40eda820 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module ui { /** - This interface could be imcomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use. + This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use. Prior to LibreOffice 4.3, this singleton was only available as a (single-instance) WindowContentFactoryManager service. diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/util/SearchFlags.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/util/SearchFlags.idl index 004bd60f7bdf..f0c03e277a21 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/util/SearchFlags.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/util/SearchFlags.idl @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ published constants SearchFlags /** Flag for "Weighted Levenshtein Distance" search / Relaxed checking of limit, split weigh pools. - <p> If not specified (<b>strict</b>), the search is sucessful if + <p> If not specified (<b>strict</b>), the search is successful if the WLD is within a calculated limit where each insertion, deletion and replacement adds a weight to a common pool of weights. This is the mathematically correct WLD. </p> diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Addons.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Addons.xcs index 74cbf453fa5a..38496934f97d 100644 --- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Addons.xcs +++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Addons.xcs @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <templates> <group oor:name="MenuItem"> <info> - <desc>Describes a menu item representing a function of of an external component. The name must be unique and should be written using a package-scheme like org.openoffice.external.applicationexecuter to minimize name clashes.</desc> + <desc>Describes a menu item representing a function of an external component. The name must be unique and should be written using a package-scheme like org.openoffice.external.applicationexecuter to minimize name clashes.</desc> </info> <prop oor:name="URL" oor:type="xs:string"> <info> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ </group> <group oor:name="ToolBarItem"> <info> - <desc>Describes a toolbar item representing a function of of an external component. The name must be unique and should be written using a package-scheme like org.openoffice.external.applicationexecuter to minimize name clashes.</desc> + <desc>Describes a toolbar item representing a function of an external component. The name must be unique and should be written using a package-scheme like org.openoffice.external.applicationexecuter to minimize name clashes.</desc> </info> <prop oor:name="URL" oor:type="xs:string"> <info> diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs index 980bd703c8b1..9f56a2f014b0 100644 --- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs +++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ </info> <set oor:name="ServiceNameEntries" oor:node-type="ServiceNameEntry"> <info> - <desc>The node name is the service implementation name and and the + <desc>The node name is the service implementation name and the property states the node name to use in the VendorImages set.</desc> <label>Component entries</label> </info> diff --git a/oox/source/ole/axbinarywriter.cxx b/oox/source/ole/axbinarywriter.cxx index eaa336e10a36..73461955168a 100644 --- a/oox/source/ole/axbinarywriter.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ole/axbinarywriter.cxx @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ void AxAlignedOutputStream::writeMemory( const void* opMem, sal_Int32 nBytes, si void AxAlignedOutputStream::pad( sal_Int32 nBytes, size_t nAtomSize ) { - //PRESUMABELY we need to pad with 0's here as appropriate + //PRESUMABLY we need to pad with 0's here as appropriate com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aData( nBytes ); // ok we could be padding with rubbish here, but really that shouldn't matter // set to 0(s), easier to not get fooled by 0's when looking at diff --git a/oox/source/ole/olehelper.cxx b/oox/source/ole/olehelper.cxx index 77e8c4a24f75..88a80e81abbb 100644 --- a/oox/source/ole/olehelper.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ole/olehelper.cxx @@ -370,9 +370,9 @@ OleFormCtrlExportHelper::OleFormCtrlExportHelper( const Reference< XComponentCo PropertySet aPropSet( mxControlModel ); if ( aPropSet.getProperty( nClassId, PROP_ClassId ) ) { - /* psuedo ripped from legacy msocximex: + /* pseudo ripped from legacy msocximex: "There is a truly horrible thing with EditControls and FormattedField - Controls, they both pretend to have an EDITBOX ClassId for compability + Controls, they both pretend to have an EDITBOX ClassId for compatibility reasons, at some stage in the future hopefully there will be a proper FormulaField ClassId rather than this piggybacking two controls onto the same ClassId, cmc." - when fixed the fake FORMULAFIELD id entry diff --git a/oox/source/ole/olestorage.cxx b/oox/source/ole/olestorage.cxx index 0b6c51cbd9db..46533d0ae012 100644 --- a/oox/source/ole/olestorage.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ole/olestorage.cxx @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OleOutputStream::closeOutput() throw( NotConnectedException, Buffe mxSeekable.clear(); // close stream (and let it throw something if needed) xOutStrm->closeOutput(); - // on success, insert the stream into the OLE storage (must be seeked back before) + // on success, insert the stream into the OLE storage (must be seek-ed back before) xSeekable->seek( 0 ); if( !ContainerHelper::insertByName( mxStorage, maElementName, Any( mxTempFile ) ) ) throw IOException(); diff --git a/oox/source/ole/vbainputstream.cxx b/oox/source/ole/vbainputstream.cxx index 01ad7bc80cfe..15a926e28c6f 100644 --- a/oox/source/ole/vbainputstream.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ole/vbainputstream.cxx @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ bool VbaInputStream::updateChunk() } // decompression sometimes leaves the stream pos offset 1 place ( at // least ) past or before the expected stream pos. - // here we make sure we are on the chunk boundry + // here we make sure we are on the chunk boundary mpInStrm->seek( target ); mnChunkPos = 0; return !mbEof; diff --git a/package/source/xstor/owriteablestream.cxx b/package/source/xstor/owriteablestream.cxx index 4e5061b23294..eabedbf2210b 100644 --- a/package/source/xstor/owriteablestream.cxx +++ b/package/source/xstor/owriteablestream.cxx @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ OWriteStream_Impl::OWriteStream_Impl( OStorage_Impl* pParent, SAL_WARN_IF( !xPackage.is(), "package.xstor", "No package component is provided!" ); SAL_WARN_IF( !m_xContext.is(), "package.xstor", "No package stream is provided!" ); OSL_ENSURE( pParent, "No parent storage is provided!\n" ); - OSL_ENSURE( m_nStorageType == embed::StorageFormats::OFOPXML || !m_xOrigRelInfoStream.is(), "The Relations info makes sence only for OFOPXML format!\n" ); + OSL_ENSURE( m_nStorageType == embed::StorageFormats::OFOPXML || !m_xOrigRelInfoStream.is(), "The Relations info makes sense only for OFOPXML format!\n" ); } OWriteStream_Impl::~OWriteStream_Impl() @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ bool OWriteStream_Impl::IsEncrypted() GetEncryptionKeyProperty_Impl( xPropSet ) >>= aKey; // If the properties must be investigated the stream is either - // was never changed or was changed, the parent was commited + // was never changed or was changed, the parent was committed // and the stream was closed. // That means that if it is intended to use common storage key // it is already has no encryption but is marked to be stored @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ void OWriteStream_Impl::GetCopyOfLastCommit( uno::Reference< io::XStream >& xTar if ( m_bHasCachedEncryptionData ) { - // TODO: introduce last commited cashed password information and use it here + // TODO: introduce last committed cashed password information and use it here // that means "use common pass" also should be remembered on flash uno::Sequence< beans::NamedValue > aKey = aEncryptionData.getAsConstNamedValueList(); @@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ void OWriteStream_Impl::CommitStreamRelInfo( const uno::Reference< embed::XStora } } - // the original stream makes no sence after this step + // the original stream makes no sense after this step m_xOrigRelInfoStream = m_xNewRelInfoStream; m_aOrigRelInfo = m_aNewRelInfo; m_bOrigRelInfoBroken = false; @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ void OWriteStream::CloseOutput_Impl() if ( !m_bInitOnDemand ) { - // after the stream is disposed it can be commited + // after the stream is disposed it can be committed // so transport correct size property if ( !m_xSeekable.is() ) throw uno::RuntimeException(); @@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OWriteStream::removeVetoableChangeListener( void OWriteStream::BroadcastTransaction( sal_Int8 nMessage ) /* 1 - preCommit - 2 - commited + 2 - committed 3 - preRevert 4 - reverted */ @@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OWriteStream::commit() m_pImpl->Commit(); - // when the storage is commited the parent is modified + // when the storage is committed the parent is modified ModifyParentUnlockMutex_Impl( aGuard ); } catch( const io::IOException& rIOException ) diff --git a/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx b/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx index 773fd79a84d5..1171efb1c107 100644 --- a/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx +++ b/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ void OStorage_Impl::completeStorageStreamCopy_Impl( } else if ( nStorageType == embed::StorageFormats::OFOPXML ) { - // TODO/LATER: in future it might make sence to provide the stream if there is one + // TODO/LATER: in future it might make sense to provide the stream if there is one uno::Reference< embed::XRelationshipAccess > xRelAccess( xDest, uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ); xRelAccess->clearRelationships(); xRelAccess->insertRelationships( aRelInfo, sal_False ); @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void OStorage_Impl::RemoveReadOnlyWrap( OStorage& aStorage ) void OStorage_Impl::OpenOwnPackage() { - SAL_WARN_IF( !m_bIsRoot, "package.xstor", "Opening of the package has no sence!" ); + SAL_WARN_IF( !m_bIsRoot, "package.xstor", "Opening of the package has no sense!" ); ::osl::MutexGuard aGuard( m_rMutexRef->GetMutex() ); diff --git a/package/source/zippackage/ZipPackage.cxx b/package/source/zippackage/ZipPackage.cxx index d210d457602f..a631cabb14ba 100644 --- a/package/source/zippackage/ZipPackage.cxx +++ b/package/source/zippackage/ZipPackage.cxx @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ ZipPackage::~ZipPackage( void ) // it should disconnect all the children from itself during destruction automatically. // So there is no need in explicit m_pRootFolder->releaseUpwardRef() call here any more // since m_pRootFolder has no parent and cleaning of its children will be done automatically - // during m_pRootFolder dieing by refcount. + // during m_pRootFolder dying by refcount. } bool ZipPackage::isLocalFile() const @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ void ZipPackage::WriteContentTypes( ZipOutputStream& aZipOut, const vector< uno: ( *aIter )[PKG_MNFST_MEDIATYPE].Value >>= aType; if ( !aType.isEmpty() ) { - // only nonempty type makes sence here + // only nonempty type makes sense here nSeqLength++; ( *aIter )[PKG_MNFST_FULLPATH].Value >>= aPath; aOverridesSequence[nSeqLength-1].First = "/" + aPath; diff --git a/pyuno/inc/pyuno/pyuno.hxx b/pyuno/inc/pyuno/pyuno.hxx index 77f966222ecd..140ca1cc7b79 100644 --- a/pyuno/inc/pyuno/pyuno.hxx +++ b/pyuno/inc/pyuno/pyuno.hxx @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: } /** clears the reference without decreasing the reference count - only seldomly needed ! */ + only seldom needed ! */ void scratch() { m = 0; diff --git a/pyuno/source/module/pyuno.cxx b/pyuno/source/module/pyuno.cxx index a4f0d1ef06b4..ac9ca52349f2 100644 --- a/pyuno/source/module/pyuno.cxx +++ b/pyuno/source/module/pyuno.cxx @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ static PyObject* PyUNO_cmp( PyObject *self, PyObject *that, int op ) if(op != Py_EQ && op != Py_NE) { - PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "only '==' and '!=' comparisions are defined"); + PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "only '==' and '!=' comparisons are defined"); return 0; } if( self == that ) diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ConfigHelper.java b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ConfigHelper.java index a373ce03d319..d0fd6c9839c5 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ConfigHelper.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ConfigHelper.java @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ public class ConfigHelper /** * Returns a <CODE>XNameContainer</CODE> of the <CODE>Set</CODE> * of the <CODE>Configuration</CODE> - * @param setName the name of the Set which sould be returned + * @param setName the name of the Set which should be returned * @throws com.sun.star.uno.Exception on any error * @return A XNameContainer of the Set */ diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/URLHelper.java b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/URLHelper.java index fa54496a193a..9389e29eca0b 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/URLHelper.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/URLHelper.java @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public class URLHelper /** * The same as getFileURLFromSystemPath() before but uses string parameter instead - * of a File type. It exist to supress converting of necessary parameters in the + * of a File type. It exists to suppress converting of necessary parameters in the * outside code. But of course getFileURLFromSystemPath(File) will be a little bit faster * then this method ... * diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/lib/Status.java b/qadevOOo/runner/lib/Status.java index fc4a2b4fe9d3..b2b76daa7935 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/lib/Status.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/lib/Status.java @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public class Status extends SimpleStatus { /** * The method returns a human-readable description of the status. * The Status implementation of the method returns the status state - * description and appends to it it the reason, for example: + * description and appends to it the reason, for example: * "FAILED.The getLabel works wrong", "PASSED.OK". */ @Override diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/DesktopTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/DesktopTools.java index e0cc25f6e746..d61ba4bc70f8 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/DesktopTools.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/DesktopTools.java @@ -326,8 +326,8 @@ public class DesktopTools /** * Creates a floating XWindow on the given position and size. * @return a floating XWindow - * @param X the X-Postion of the floating XWindow - * @param Y the Y-Postion of the floating XWindow + * @param X the X-Position of the floating XWindow + * @param Y the Y-Position of the floating XWindow * @param width the width of the floating XWindow * @param height the height of the floating XWindow * @param xMSF the MultiServiceFactory diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/UITools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/UITools.java index f3aea0610dbe..073b7493dde3 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/UITools.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/UITools.java @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public class UITools { /** * returns the button by the given name - * @param buttonName is name name of the button to get + * @param buttonName is the name of the button to get * @return a XAccessibleContext of the button * @throws java.lang.Exception if something fail */ @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ public class UITools { /** * Helper method: gets button via accessibility and 'click' it</code> - * @param buttonName is name name of the button to click + * @param buttonName is the name of the button to click * @throws java.lang.Exception if something fail */ public void clickButton(String buttonName) throws java.lang.Exception @@ -261,4 +261,4 @@ public class UITools { AccessibilityTools.printAccessibleTree(log, mXRoot, debugIsActive); } -}
\ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java index e957cc3e6e76..98a0309d867a 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java @@ -142,12 +142,12 @@ public class _XAccessibleEventBroadcaster extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Removes one of two listeners added before and and fires event - * by mean of object relation. <p> + * Removes one of two listeners added before and fires event + * by mean of object relation.<p> * - * Has <b> OK </b> status if the removed listener wasn't called. <p> + * Has <b> OK </b> status if the removed listener wasn't called.<p> * - * The following method tests are to be completed successfully before : + * The following method tests are to be completed successfully before: * <ul> * <li> <code>addEventListener()</code> : to have added listeners </li> * </ul> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameAccess.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameAccess.java index f5489e1ba07a..52f2024850f1 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameAccess.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameAccess.java @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public class _XNameAccess extends MultiMethodTest { result &= loc_result; } - name = "non_existant_name__1234"; + name = "non_existent_name__1234"; log.println("testing hasByName() with invalid name"); try { loc_result = !oObj.hasByName(name); @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ public class _XNameAccess extends MultiMethodTest { result &= loc_result; } - log.println("testing with non-existant name"); - name = "non_existant_name__1234"; + log.println("testing with non-existent name"); + name = "non_existent_name__1234"; try { loc_result = (null != oObj.getByName(name)); loc_result = false; diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java index 92e7c220f0a2..1d593a83efff 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public class _XNameReplace extends MultiMethodTest { log.println("ObjRelation(\"INSTANCE" + Index +"\") Object n.a."); } - log.println("getting the existant object's name"); + log.println("getting the existing object's name"); XNameAccess oNameAccess = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( XNameAccess.class, oObj); oNames = oNameAccess.getElementNames(); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrame.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrame.java index b3cb999fa3d9..1771e3d8faf0 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrame.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrame.java @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ public class _XFrame extends MultiMethodTest { try { oObj.initialize(win) ; } catch (com.sun.star.uno.RuntimeException e){ - String message="Frame::initialized() is called more than once, which isnt useful nor allowed."; + String message="Frame::initialized() is called more than once, which is not useful nor allowed."; if (e.toString().indexOf(message) != -1){ log.println(e.toString()); log.println("methods throws exception, but it's OK"); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrameLoader.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrameLoader.java index f4e4a1c366f0..a71491e002cd 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrameLoader.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XFrameLoader.java @@ -125,17 +125,17 @@ public class _XFrameLoader extends MultiMethodTest { private boolean loaded = false ; /** - * Firts <code>cancel</code> method test is called. + * First <code>cancel</code> method test is called. * If in that test loaing process was interrupted by * <code>cancel</code> call then <code>load</code> test * executes. It loads a component, waits some moment to * listener have a chance to be called and then checks - * if the load listener was called. <p> + * if the load listener was called.<p> * Has <b>OK</b> status if <code>cancel</code> method test * didn't interrupt loading and it was successful, or * if in this method it loads successful and listener's * <code>finished</code> method was called. - * The following method tests are to be executed before : + * The following method tests are to be executed before: * <ul> * <li> <code> cancel() </code> </li> * </ul> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/registry/_XSimpleRegistry.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/registry/_XSimpleRegistry.java index 1848429a850d..93dfeb53367d 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/registry/_XSimpleRegistry.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/registry/_XSimpleRegistry.java @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ import com.sun.star.registry.XSimpleRegistry; * The full system path to the registry file which is opened and modified. * </li> * <li> <code>'XSimpleRegistry.destroy'</code> (of type <code>String</code>): -* The full system path to the registry fiel which is destroyed. +* The full system path to the registry file which is destroyed. * </li> * <li> <code>'XSimpleRegistry.merge'</code> (of type <code>String</code>): * The full system path to the registry file which is merged with the diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdbc/_XRowSet.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdbc/_XRowSet.java index 4d5e4529a39e..bf6cd7dc1952 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdbc/_XRowSet.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdbc/_XRowSet.java @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public class _XRowSet extends MultiMethodTest { /** * Reexecutes the RowSet and checks that listener was called. <p> - * Has OK status if no exceptions were rised and listener was called. + * Has OK status if no exceptions were raised and listener was called. */ public void _execute() { requiredMethod("addRowSetListener()"); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XLabelRange.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XLabelRange.java index e83a6f932d97..84da96145364 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XLabelRange.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XLabelRange.java @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public class _XLabelRange extends MultiMethodTest { /** * Test calls the method and compares returned value with value set before. - * <p>Has <b> OK </b> status if if values are equal. <p> + * <p>Has <b> OK </b> status if values are equal. <p> * The following method tests are to be completed successfully before : * <ul> * <li> <code> setLabelArea() </code>: to have the cell range that contains diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XSheetAuditing.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XSheetAuditing.java index e17e82599950..f3e5fc150234 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XSheetAuditing.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XSheetAuditing.java @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public class _XSheetAuditing extends MultiMethodTest { // get a sheet for changing the cells XSpreadsheet xSheet = (XSpreadsheet)tEnv.getObjRelation("XSheetAuditing.Spreadsheet"); - if (xSheet == null) // query on ther object + if (xSheet == null) // query on their object xSheet = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XSpreadsheet.class, oObj); if (xSheet == null) throw new StatusException(Status.failed("'XSheetAuditing.Spreadsheet' object relation not found.")); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPageCursor.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPageCursor.java index dbd65e616774..6fdcd8bb3a0c 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPageCursor.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPageCursor.java @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ public class _XPageCursor extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Firts jumps to the first page to have at least one + * First jumps to the first page to have at least one * next page, then call the method. <p> * Has <b> OK </b> status if the method returns * <code>true</code> value. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public class _XPageCursor extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Firts jumps to the last page to have at least one + * First jumps to the last page to have at least one * previous page, then call the method. <p> * Has <b> OK </b> status if the method returns * <code>true</code> value. diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XTextContent.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XTextContent.java index 3b4ac3776ee6..3b6a5e0a4578 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XTextContent.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XTextContent.java @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public class _XTextContent extends MultiMethodTest { /** * Tries to attach the text content to the test range * gotten with getAnchor(). If relations are found - * then they are are used for testing. <p> + * then they are used for testing. <p> * * The test is OK if the method works without error. * @see #_getAnchor() diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ui/dialogs/_XControlInformation.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ui/dialogs/_XControlInformation.java index d9898c976e5d..34797b2e2233 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ui/dialogs/_XControlInformation.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ui/dialogs/_XControlInformation.java @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public class _XControlInformation extends MultiMethodTest { /** * For every available control check if it is supported. - * Also wrong control name (non-existant and empty) are checked.<p> + * Also wrong control name (non-existent and empty) are checked.<p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if <code>true</code> returned for valid * control names and <code>false</code> for invalid.<p> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java index 177ca2fb5bd7..5e31bbc138af 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * transferring with <code>endDocument</code> method call. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during - * the whole transfering and if the appropriate changes + * the whole transferring and if the appropriate changes * occurred in the document where XML data was trnsfered to. * This check is performed by checker relation. */ @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * <code>'XDocumentHandler.XMLData'</code>. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during XML data - * transfering in <code>startDocument</code> and + * transferring in <code>startDocument</code> and * <code>startElement</code> method tests. <p> * * Exact checking of XML transfer is made in <code>endDocument</code> @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * Does nothing. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during XML data - * transfering in <code>startDocument</code> and + * transferring in <code>startDocument</code> and * <code>startElement</code> method tests. */ public void _endElement() { @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * Does nothing. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during XML data - * transfering in <code>startDocument</code> and + * transferring in <code>startDocument</code> and * <code>startElement</code> method tests. */ public void _characters() { @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * Does nothing. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during XML data - * transfering in <code>startDocument</code> and + * transferring in <code>startDocument</code> and * <code>startElement</code> method tests. */ public void _ignorableWhitespace() { @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * Does nothing. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during XML data - * transfering in <code>startDocument</code> and + * transferring in <code>startDocument</code> and * <code>startElement</code> method tests. */ public void _processingInstruction() { @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * Does nothing. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during XML data - * transfering in <code>startDocument</code> and + * transferring in <code>startDocument</code> and * <code>startElement</code> method tests. */ public void _setDocumentLocator() { diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_bridgefac/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_bridgefac/uno/package.html index 856de26fca94..40dbd15bd870 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_bridgefac/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_bridgefac/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'brdgfctr'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'brdgfctr'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_connector/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_connector/uno/package.html index 0fb225c0ef64..e4d67d4bdd8c 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_connector/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_connector/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'connectr'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'connectr'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_corereflection/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_corereflection/uno/package.html index a6d0129f42bf..9d604ba75d23 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_corereflection/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_corereflection/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'corefl'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'corefl'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_implreg/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_implreg/uno/package.html index 446ad28ae893..a007b5cb1de7 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_implreg/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_implreg/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'impreg'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'impreg'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_introspection/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_introspection/uno/package.html index 6d32765b8f75..617c082e4629 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_introspection/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_introspection/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'insp'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'insp'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocadapt/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocadapt/uno/package.html index bf91a1cd2aa6..9d1509fca8bc 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocadapt/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocadapt/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'invadp'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'invadp'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocation/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocation/uno/package.html index 4942108a3cda..ee1fd4a0276a 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocation/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_invocation/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'inv'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'inv'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_nestedreg/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_nestedreg/uno/package.html index a685f8299cf7..bee4740a1766 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_nestedreg/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_nestedreg/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'defreg'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'defreg'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java index b59411129067..5c3e8fd6ee77 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public class ScHeaderFieldObj extends TestCase { * {@link ifc.text._XTextContent}(the interface <code>XTextContent</code> * that was queried from the second created instance) </li> * <li> <code>'TEXT'</code> for - * {@link ifc.text._XTextContent}(the the text which is printed in the + * {@link ifc.text._XTextContent}(the text which is printed in the * right part of the header or footer) </li> * </ul> * @see com.sun.star.style.XStyleFamiliesSupplier diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_servicemgr/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_servicemgr/uno/package.html index 3d56f5a64d8e..bef49b8c50c7 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_servicemgr/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_servicemgr/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'smgr'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'smgr'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_shlibloader/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_shlibloader/uno/package.html index 42b3235df1a0..1bc7bf11768a 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_shlibloader/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_shlibloader/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'cpld'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'cpld'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_simplereg/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_simplereg/uno/package.html index 01098fe52bc1..b70d937939a5 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_simplereg/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_simplereg/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'simreg'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'simreg'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_streams/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_streams/uno/package.html index c5c5e1f067d4..aa2793cf291a 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_streams/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_streams/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'stm'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'stm'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typeconverter/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typeconverter/uno/package.html index 80a52e4fac1a..45007682b510 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typeconverter/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typeconverter/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'tcv'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'tcv'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typemgr/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typemgr/uno/package.html index 5f6fc4287177..277a2804590d 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typemgr/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_typemgr/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'tdmgr'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'tdmgr'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_uuresolver/uno/package.html b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_uuresolver/uno/package.html index cb024997432c..20c38e20ea08 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_uuresolver/uno/package.html +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_uuresolver/uno/package.html @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ --> <HTML> <BODY> -<P>Containes all test cases for the module 'uuresolver'.</P> +<P>Contains all test cases for the module 'uuresolver'.</P> </BODY> -</HTML>
\ No newline at end of file +</HTML> diff --git a/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE b/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE index 2e23527a883f..a4af7ea9963d 100644 --- a/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE +++ b/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Cairo source code in these directories contributes to a build of the cairo library itself, (libcairo.so or cairo.dll or similar). - These auxilary components are also free software, but may be under + These auxiliary components are also free software, but may be under different license terms than cairo itself. For example, most of the test cases in the perf and test directories are made available under a MIT license to simplify any use of this code for reference purposes in @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Graphite2 Alternatively, you may use this library under the terms of the Mozilla Public License (http://mozilla.org/MPL) or under the GNU General - Public License, as published by the Free Sofware Foundation; either + Public License, as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the license or (at your option) any later version. See LGPL Version 2.1 below diff --git a/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.fodt b/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.fodt index c3c69b139c3a..20f851deed44 100644 --- a/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.fodt +++ b/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.fodt @@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ <text:p text:style-name="Standard"><text:tab/><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#8.Mozilla Public License Version 1.1|outline">Jump to MPL Version 1.1</text:a></text:p> <text:p text:style-name="Standard"><text:soft-page-break/>Please see each file in the implementation for copyright and licensing information, (in the opening comment of each file).</text:p> <text:p text:style-name="Standard">[*] The implementation of cairo is contained entirely within the "src" and "pixman" directories of the cairo source distribution. There are other components of the cairo source distribution (such as the "test" and "perf") that are auxiliary to the library itself. None of the source code in these directories contributes to a build of the cairo library itself, (libcairo.so or cairo.dll or similar).</text:p> - <text:p text:style-name="Standard">These auxilary components are also free software, but may be under different license terms than cairo itself. For example, most of the test cases in the perf and test directories are made available under a MIT license to simplify any use of this code for reference purposes in using cairo itself. Other files might be available under the GNU General Public License (GPL), for example. Again, please see the opening comment of each file for copyright and licensing information.</text:p> + <text:p text:style-name="Standard">These auxiliary components are also free software, but may be under different license terms than cairo itself. For example, most of the test cases in the perf and test directories are made available under a MIT license to simplify any use of this code for reference purposes in using cairo itself. Other files might be available under the GNU General Public License (GPL), for example. Again, please see the opening comment of each file for copyright and licensing information.</text:p> <text:h text:style-name="P68" text:outline-level="2"><text:span text:style-name="T10">C</text:span>Lucene</text:h> <text:p text:style-name="P11">The following software may be included in this product: <text:span text:style-name="T10">C</text:span>Lucene. Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license below:</text:p> <text:p text:style-name="P15">CLucene is distributed under the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) or the Apache License, Version 2.0</text:p> @@ -3407,7 +3407,7 @@ <text:p text:style-name="Standard">This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free <text:soft-page-break/>Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of License, or (at your option) any later version.</text:p> <text:p text:style-name="Standard">This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. <text:s/>See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.</text:p> <text:p text:style-name="Standard">You should also have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library in the file named "LICENSE". If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, <text:s/>Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA or visit their web page on the <text:s/>internet at <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/lgpl.html">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/lgpl.html</text:a>.</text:p> - <text:p text:style-name="Standard">Alternatively, you may use this library under the terms of the Mozilla Public License (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://mozilla.org/MPL">http://mozilla.org/MPL</text:a>) or under the GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Sofware Foundation; either version 2 of the license or (at your option) any later version.</text:p> + <text:p text:style-name="Standard">Alternatively, you may use this library under the terms of the Mozilla Public License (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://mozilla.org/MPL">http://mozilla.org/MPL</text:a>) or under the GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the license or (at your option) any later version.</text:p> <text:p text:style-name="Standard"><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#5.GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1|outline">Jump to LGPL Version 2.1</text:a></text:p> <text:p text:style-name="Standard"><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#8.Mozilla Public License Version 1.1|outline">Jump to MPL Version 1.1</text:a></text:p> <text:h text:style-name="P90" text:outline-level="2">HarfBuzz</text:h> @@ -6702,4 +6702,4 @@ <text:p text:style-name="Standard">Creative Commons may be contacted at <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://creativecommons.org/">http://creativecommons.org/</text:a>.</text:p> </office:text> </office:body> -</office:document>
\ No newline at end of file +</office:document> diff --git a/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.html b/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.html index f91502281163..5cabdb67b3da 100644 --- a/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.html +++ b/readlicense_oo/license/LICENSE.html @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ library itself. None of the source code in these directories contributes to a build of the cairo library itself, (libcairo.so or cairo.dll or similar).</P> <P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.12in; margin-bottom: 0.12in">These -auxilary components are also free software, but may be under +auxiliary components are also free software, but may be under different license terms than cairo itself. For example, most of the test cases in the perf and test directories are made available under a MIT license to simplify any use of this code for reference purposes @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, you may use this library under the terms of the Mozilla Public License (<A HREF="http://mozilla.org/MPL">http://mozilla.org/MPL</A>) or under the GNU General Public License, as published by the Free -Sofware Foundation; either version 2 of the license or (at your +Software Foundation; either version 2 of the license or (at your option) any later version.</P> <P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.12in; margin-bottom: 0.12in"><A HREF="#5.GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1|outline">Jump to LGPL Version 2.1</A></P> diff --git a/registry/source/keyimpl.cxx b/registry/source/keyimpl.cxx index 2b6c3c3c5e0f..4ddaf10e1ee1 100644 --- a/registry/source/keyimpl.cxx +++ b/registry/source/keyimpl.cxx @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ RegError ORegKey::getLongListValue(const OUString& valueName, sal_Int32** pValue sal_uInt32 len = 0; readUINT32(pBuffer, len); - /* make sure the declared size of the arry is consistant with the amount of data we have read */ + /* make sure the declared size of the arry is consistent with the amount of data we have read */ if(len > (valueSize - 4) / 4) { pValueList = NULL; diff --git a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/StarReportModule.java b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/StarReportModule.java index 68016d415c1a..b54a41baf506 100644 --- a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/StarReportModule.java +++ b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/StarReportModule.java @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ public class StarReportModule extends AbstractModule * * @param subSystem the subSystem. * @throws ModuleInitializeException - * if an error ocurred while initializing the module. + * if an error occurred while initializing the module. */ public void initialize(final SubSystem subSystem) throws ModuleInitializeException diff --git a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/loader/InputRepositoryLoader.java b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/loader/InputRepositoryLoader.java index b04cc631a24b..b6e63d0e3162 100644 --- a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/loader/InputRepositoryLoader.java +++ b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/loader/InputRepositoryLoader.java @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public class InputRepositoryLoader implements ResourceLoader { if (!isSupportedKey(parent)) { - throw new ResourceKeyCreationException("Assertation: Unsupported parent key type"); + throw new ResourceKeyCreationException("Assertion: Unsupported parent key type"); } final InputResourceKey parentKey = (InputResourceKey) parent.getIdentifier(); diff --git a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/FormattedTextElement.java b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/FormattedTextElement.java index 30262fd1ef92..5e7b268eecda 100644 --- a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/FormattedTextElement.java +++ b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/FormattedTextElement.java @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ import org.jfree.report.expressions.FormulaExpression; /** * A formatted text element takes a formula, evaluates it and formats the - * given element using some arbitary style. (As this is totally undocumented, + * given element using some arbitrary style. (As this is totally undocumented, * we leave this out for now. Either we'll insert a field there or we call * an UNO-component to do the formatting. * diff --git a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/ReportElement.java b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/ReportElement.java index d2f2d3cd8de1..59dabe01d53f 100644 --- a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/ReportElement.java +++ b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/model/ReportElement.java @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public abstract class ReportElement extends Element * element will only be printed, if there was at least one change. * * @return true, if repeated values should be printed, false if repeated - * values should be surpressed. + * values should be suppressed. */ public boolean isPrintRepeatedValues() { diff --git a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/OfficeDocumentReportTarget.java b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/OfficeDocumentReportTarget.java index 08285f6ec080..9c579e84df18 100644 --- a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/OfficeDocumentReportTarget.java +++ b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/OfficeDocumentReportTarget.java @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public abstract class OfficeDocumentReportTarget extends AbstractReportTarget public static final String FAILED = "Failed"; public static final String VERTICAL_POS = "vertical-pos"; private static final String ZERO_CM = "0cm"; - /** the verison of the ODF specification to which generated documents + /** the version of the ODF specification to which generated documents * shall conform. */ public static final String ODF_VERSION = "1.2"; @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ public abstract class OfficeDocumentReportTarget extends AbstractReportTarget * * @param report the report object. * @throws DataSourceException if there was an error accessing the datasource - * @throws ReportProcessingException if some other error occured. + * @throws ReportProcessingException if some other error occurred. */ public void startReport(final ReportStructureRoot report) throws DataSourceException, ReportProcessingException diff --git a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/text/TextRawReportTarget.java b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/text/TextRawReportTarget.java index 0023856170c0..3f3fe44e3476 100644 --- a/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/text/TextRawReportTarget.java +++ b/reportbuilder/java/org/libreoffice/report/pentaho/output/text/TextRawReportTarget.java @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ public class TextRawReportTarget extends OfficeDocumentReportTarget { // create the master page for the report-header. // If there is a page-header or footer in the report that gets - // surpressed on the report-header, we have to insert a pagebreak + // suppressed on the report-header, we have to insert a pagebreak // afterwards. final String activePageFooter; @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ public class TextRawReportTarget extends OfficeDocumentReportTarget * @throws org.jfree.report.DataSourceException * if there was an error accessing the datasource * @throws org.jfree.report.ReportProcessingException - * if some other error occured. + * if some other error occurred. */ @Override public void startReport(final ReportStructureRoot report) diff --git a/reportdesign/source/core/inc/Section.hxx b/reportdesign/source/core/inc/Section.hxx index 0e115171a067..89f43ceabf35 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/core/inc/Section.hxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/core/inc/Section.hxx @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ namespace reportdesign l.notify(); } - /** checks if this section is eiter the page header or footer and if so it throws an UnknownPropertyException + /** checks if this section is either the page header or footer and if so it throws an UnknownPropertyException * */ void checkNotPageHeaderFooter(); diff --git a/reportdesign/source/core/misc/conditionalexpression.cxx b/reportdesign/source/core/misc/conditionalexpression.cxx index c5a3912a60bd..85c4864bdf73 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/core/misc/conditionalexpression.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/core/misc/conditionalexpression.cxx @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ namespace rptui "ConditionalExpression::matchExpression: unsupported pattern (more than one RHS occurrence)!" ); // Also, an LHS must be present, and precede the RHS (if present) OSL_ENSURE( ( nLHSIndex != -1 ) && ( ( nLHSIndex < nRHSIndex ) || ( nRHSIndex == -1 ) ), - "ConditionalExpression::matchExpression: no LHS, or an RHS preceeding the LHS - this is not supported!" ); + "ConditionalExpression::matchExpression: no LHS, or an RHS preceding the LHS - this is not supported!" ); // up to the occurrence of the LHS (which must exist, see above), the two expressions // must be identical diff --git a/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlExport.cxx b/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlExport.cxx index b89d68715722..749826721e95 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlExport.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlExport.cxx @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ void ORptExport::exportGroupsExpressionAsFunction(const Reference< XGroups>& _xG exportFunction(xCountFunction); sExpression = sCountName; // The reference to sCountName in the formula of sFunctionName refers to the *old* value - // so we need to expand the the formula of sCountName + // so we need to expand the formula of sCountName sPrefix = " + 1) / " + OUString::number(xGroup->getGroupInterval()); sFunctionName = sFunction + "_" + sExpression; sFunction = sFunction + "("; diff --git a/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlfilter.cxx b/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlfilter.cxx index 364c784e41f0..f5786f70d2de 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlfilter.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/filter/xml/xmlfilter.cxx @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ bool ORptFilter::implImport( const Sequence< PropertyValue >& rDescriptor ) // TODO/LATER: no way to transport the error outside from the filter! break; } - // fall through intented + // fall through intended default: { // TODO/LATER: this is completely wrong! Filter code should never call ErrorHandler directly! But for now this is the only way! diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/inspection/DataProviderHandler.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/inspection/DataProviderHandler.cxx index 3affd783bf35..5c7794ddf2d6 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/ui/inspection/DataProviderHandler.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/inspection/DataProviderHandler.cxx @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ uno::Any SAL_CALL DataProviderHandler::getPropertyValue(const OUString & Propert switch(nId) { case PROPERTY_ID_CHARTTYPE: - // TODO: We need a possiblity to get the UI of the selected chart type + // TODO: We need a possibility to get the UI of the selected chart type //if( m_xChartModel.is() ) //{ // uno::Reference< chart2::XDiagram > xDiagram( m_xChartModel->getFirstDiagram() ); diff --git a/ridljar/com/sun/star/uno/IMemberDescription.java b/ridljar/com/sun/star/uno/IMemberDescription.java index 605616f0d67e..041f1e021313 100644 --- a/ridljar/com/sun/star/uno/IMemberDescription.java +++ b/ridljar/com/sun/star/uno/IMemberDescription.java @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ package com.sun.star.uno; /** * The <code>IMemberDescription</code> is the base interface - * for for the special subset of typedescriptions, which describe + * for the special subset of typedescriptions, which describe * members of IDL structs or interfeces. * * @deprecated This interface does not cover all the features supported by the diff --git a/sal/cppunittester/cppunittester.cxx b/sal/cppunittester/cppunittester.cxx index 148eed0e1b51..59aee5ac053f 100644 --- a/sal/cppunittester/cppunittester.cxx +++ b/sal/cppunittester/cppunittester.cxx @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ private: #ifdef UNX #include <stdlib.h> // Setup an env variable so that temp file (or other) can -// have a usefull value to identify the source +// have a useful value to identify the source class EyecatcherListener : public CppUnit::TestListener , private boost::noncopyable diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/dllentry.c b/sal/osl/w32/dllentry.c index dc30f8db7ac7..e472c1f1e2e8 100644 --- a/sal/osl/w32/dllentry.c +++ b/sal/osl/w32/dllentry.c @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ BOOL WINAPI DllMain( HINSTANCE hinstDLL, DWORD fdwReason, LPVOID lpvReserved ) // This code will attach the process to its parent process // if the parent process had set the environment variable. // The corresponding code (setting the environment variable) - // is is desktop/win32/source/officeloader.cxx + // is desktop/win32/source/officeloader.cxx DWORD dwResult = GetEnvironmentVariable( "ATTACHED_PARENT_PROCESSID", szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer) ); diff --git a/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_Socket.cxx b/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_Socket.cxx index 086c95383f7f..d3fb0128de22 100644 --- a/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_Socket.cxx +++ b/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_Socket.cxx @@ -832,11 +832,11 @@ namespace osl_SocketAddr void ctors_hostname_port_001() { - /// tcpip-specif constructor. + /// tcpip-specific constructor. ::osl::SocketAddr saSocketAddr( aHostIp1, IP_PORT_FTP ); printUString(saSocketAddr.getHostname( ), "ctors_hostname_port_001:getHostname"); - CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specific constructor function: do a constructor using tcpip spec, check the result.", + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specificy constructor function: do a constructor using tcpip spec, check the result.", saSocketAddr.is( ) == sal_True && ( saSocketAddr.getPort( ) == IP_PORT_FTP )/*&& ( sal_True == compareUString( saSocketAddr.getHostname( ), aHostName1 ) ) */); @@ -845,10 +845,10 @@ namespace osl_SocketAddr //same as is_002 void ctors_hostname_port_002() { - /// tcpip-specif constructor. + /// tcpip-specific constructor. ::osl::SocketAddr saSocketAddr( aHostIpInval1, IP_PORT_MYPORT2 ); - CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specific constructor function: using an invalid IP address, the socketaddr ctors should fail", sal_False == saSocketAddr.is( )); + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specificy constructor function: using an invalid IP address, the socketaddr ctors should fail", sal_False == saSocketAddr.is( )); } CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE( ctors ); CPPUNIT_TEST( ctors_none ); diff --git a/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_SocketAddr.cxx b/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_SocketAddr.cxx index 6dc3fa462db5..99aa7d09c19a 100644 --- a/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_SocketAddr.cxx +++ b/sal/qa/osl/socket/osl_SocketAddr.cxx @@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ namespace osl_SocketAddr void ctors_hostname_port_001() { - /// tcpip-specif constructor. + /// tcpip-specific constructor. ::osl::SocketAddr saSocketAddr( rtl::OUString("127.0.0.1"), IP_PORT_FTP ); printUString( saSocketAddr.getHostname( ), "ctors_hostname_port_001:getHostname"); - CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specific constructor function: do a constructor using tcpip spec, check the result.", + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specificy constructor function: do a constructor using tcpip spec, check the result.", saSocketAddr.is( ) == sal_True && ( saSocketAddr.getPort( ) == IP_PORT_FTP ) ); @@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ namespace osl_SocketAddr //same as is_002 void ctors_hostname_port_002() { - /// tcpip-specif constructor. + /// tcpip-specific constructor. ::osl::SocketAddr saSocketAddr( rtl::OUString("123.345.67.89"), IP_PORT_MYPORT2 ); - CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specific constructor function: using an invalid IP address, the socketaddr ctors should fail", sal_False == saSocketAddr.is( )); + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("test for SocketAddr tcpip specificy constructor function: using an invalid IP address, the socketaddr ctors should fail", sal_False == saSocketAddr.is( )); } CPPUNIT_TEST_SUITE( ctors ); CPPUNIT_TEST( ctors_none ); diff --git a/sal/rtl/uri.cxx b/sal/rtl/uri.cxx index e51039888ba9..f7c62649ca00 100644 --- a/sal/rtl/uri.cxx +++ b/sal/rtl/uri.cxx @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ void appendPath( // input begins with "../" -> remove from input // i.e., !precedingSlash -> !precedingSlash // input begins with "/.." -> replace with "/" in input, and shrink - // output (not not yet done): + // output (not yet done): // i.e., precedingSlash -> precedingSlash // input begins with "/../" -> replace with "/" in input, and shrink // output: diff --git a/sal/test/bootstrap.pl b/sal/test/bootstrap.pl index a0ff7778be16..c14a5f73e4af 100644 --- a/sal/test/bootstrap.pl +++ b/sal/test/bootstrap.pl @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ if (!$rc) { $state = 0; } -# test no infinit recursion +# test no infinite recursion if ($ENV{OS} eq "WNT") { $rc = system "./testbootstrap", '"***RECURSION DETECTED***"', diff --git a/sc/inc/column.hxx b/sc/inc/column.hxx index 4ff3c9eb1501..1877a93fc610 100644 --- a/sc/inc/column.hxx +++ b/sc/inc/column.hxx @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ public: * Reset column position of formula cells within specified row range. * Reference positions are also adjusted to reflect the new position so * that the formula cells still reference the same cells or ranges after - * the the position change. The position of a formula cell before the + * the position change. The position of a formula cell before the * call is interpreted as the old position of that cell. * * Caller needs to ensure that no formula groups cross the top and bottom diff --git a/sc/inc/compiler.hxx b/sc/inc/compiler.hxx index ce117564cab1..85e9cc07eb69 100644 --- a/sc/inc/compiler.hxx +++ b/sc/inc/compiler.hxx @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ private: bool mbRewind; // whether symbol is to be rewound to some step during lexical analysis std::vector<sal_uInt16> maExternalFiles; - std::vector<OUString> maTabNames; /// sheet names mangled for the current grammer for output + std::vector<OUString> maTabNames; /// sheet names mangled for the current grammar for output std::vector<OUString> &GetSetupTabNames() const; /// get or setup tab names for the current grammar bool NextNewToken(bool bInArray = false); diff --git a/sc/inc/compressedarray.hxx b/sc/inc/compressedarray.hxx index 0a2f776fa1d4..4be04c9a3964 100644 --- a/sc/inc/compressedarray.hxx +++ b/sc/inc/compressedarray.hxx @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ const D& ScCompressedArray<A,D>::GetNextValue( size_t& nIndex, A& nEnd ) const } // ScBitMaskCompressedArray -/** The data type represents bits, managable by bitwise operations. +/** The data type represents bits, manageable by bitwise operations. */ template< typename A, typename D > class ScBitMaskCompressedArray : public ScCompressedArray<A,D> diff --git a/sc/inc/document.hxx b/sc/inc/document.hxx index 47387bde32b1..40ca14dc4c3f 100644 --- a/sc/inc/document.hxx +++ b/sc/inc/document.hxx @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ public: * @param rName name for the expression. * @param rPos base position. * @param rExpr formula expression to be associated with the name. The - * current grammer is used to compile this expression. + * current grammar is used to compile this expression. * * @return true if inserted successfully, false otherwise. */ @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ public: SC_DLLPUBLIC const ScMatrix* GetDdeLinkResultMatrix( size_t nDdePos ) const; /** Tries to find a DDE link or creates a new, if not extant. - @param pResults If not 0, sets the matrix as as DDE link result matrix (also for existing links). + @param pResults If not 0, sets the matrix as DDE link result matrix (also for existing links). @return true = DDE link found; false = Unpredictable error occurred, no DDE link created. */ SC_DLLPUBLIC bool CreateDdeLink( const OUString& rAppl, const OUString& rTopic, const OUString& rItem, sal_uInt8 nMode, ScMatrixRef pResults ); /** Sets a result matrix for the specified DDE link. @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ public: SCROW GetNextDifferentChangedRow( SCTAB nTab, SCROW nStart, bool bCareManualSize = true) const; // returns whether to export a Default style for this col or not - // nDefault is setted to one possition in the current row where the Default style is + // nDefault is setted to one position in the current row where the Default style is bool GetColDefault( SCTAB nTab, SCCOL nCol, SCROW nLastRow, SCROW& nDefault); bool UpdateOutlineCol( SCCOL nStartCol, SCCOL nEndCol, SCTAB nTab, bool bShow ); diff --git a/sc/inc/rangeseq.hxx b/sc/inc/rangeseq.hxx index 533a1f3f287d..4f15a811ac08 100644 --- a/sc/inc/rangeseq.hxx +++ b/sc/inc/rangeseq.hxx @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public: /** @param bDataTypes Additionally to the differentiation between string and double allow - differentiation between other types such as as boolean. Needed for + differentiation between other types such as boolean. Needed for implementation of XFormulaParser. If <FALSE/>, boolean values are treated as ordinary double values 1 (true) and 0 (false). */ diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/filters-test.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/filters-test.cxx index f8a911f422b2..618fd94057c3 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/filters-test.cxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/filters-test.cxx @@ -473,11 +473,11 @@ void ScFiltersTest::testLegacyCellAnchoredRotatedShape() // ensure the imported legacy rotated shape is in the expected position // when a shape is fully hidden reloading seems to result is in some errors, usually // ( same but different error happens pre-patch ) - we should do better here, I regard it - // as a pre-existing bug though ( #FIXME ) + // as a pre-existing bug though (#FIXME) //Rectangle aRect( 6000, -2000, 8000, 4000 ); // proper dimensions Rectangle aRect( 6000, -2000, 7430, 4000 ); - // ensure the imported ( and converted ) anchor ( note we internally now store the anchor in - // terms of the rotated shape ) is more or less contains the correct info + // ensure the imported (and converted) anchor (note we internally now store the anchor in + // terms of the rotated shape) is more or less contains the correct info ScDrawObjData aAnchor; aAnchor.maStart.SetRow( 0 ); aAnchor.maStart.SetCol( 5 ); @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ void ScFiltersTest::testLegacyCellAnchoredRotatedShape() rDoc.ShowRows(0, 9, 0, true); // show relavent rows rDoc.SetDrawPageSize(0); // trigger recalcpos - // apply hefty ( 1 mm ) tolerence here, as some opensuse tinderbox + // apply hefty (1 mm) tolerance here, as some opensuse tinderbox // failing impl_testLegacyCellAnchoredRotatedShape( rDoc, aRect, aAnchor, 100 ); @@ -500,8 +500,8 @@ void ScFiltersTest::testLegacyCellAnchoredRotatedShape() CPPUNIT_ASSERT(&rDoc); // ensure the imported legacy rotated shape is in the expected position Rectangle aRect( 6000, 3000, 8000, 9000 ); - // ensure the imported ( and converted ) anchor ( note we internally now store the anchor in - // terms of the rotated shape ) is more or less contains the correct info + // ensure the imported (and converted) anchor (note we internally now store the anchor in + // terms of the rotated shape) more or less contains the correct info ScDrawObjData aAnchor; aAnchor.maStart.SetRow( 3 ); diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.hxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.hxx index 0e58c1861f26..41416bd2973d 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.hxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.hxx @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ public: /** * Test for pivot table that include field with various non-default field - * refrences. + * references. */ void testPivotTableFieldReference(); diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx index f96c07bea6d5..becbd3437af6 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx @@ -4506,7 +4506,7 @@ void Test::testExternalRef() val = 96; rExtDoc.SetValue(1, 4, 2, val); - // Test external refernces on the main document while the external + // Test external references on the main document while the external // document is still in memory. m_pDoc->InsertTab(0, OUString("Test Sheet")); m_pDoc->SetString(0, 0, 0, OUString("='file:///extdata.fake'#Data1.A1")); diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_sort.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_sort.cxx index a1189dd023a4..e6ff96e19a2a 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_sort.cxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_sort.cxx @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ void Test::testSortSingleRow() m_pDoc->DeleteTab(0); } -// regression test fo fdo#53814, sorting doens't work as expected +// regression test fo fdo#53814, sorting doesn't work as expected // if cells in the sort are referenced by formulas void Test::testSortWithFormulaRefs() { diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/attarray.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/attarray.cxx index 4ab6d2abbb32..65af7f6f2814 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/attarray.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/attarray.cxx @@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ SCsROW ScAttrArray::SearchStyle( } } - OSL_ENSURE( bFound || !ValidRow(nRow), "Internal failure in in ScAttrArray::SearchStyle" ); + OSL_ENSURE( bFound || !ValidRow(nRow), "Internal failure in ScAttrArray::SearchStyle" ); return nRow; } diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/column2.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/column2.cxx index a88f31664406..c2068671ed01 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/column2.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/column2.cxx @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ const ScPostIt* ScColumn::GetCellNote( sc::ColumnBlockConstPosition& rBlockPos, void ScColumn::SetCellNote(SCROW nRow, ScPostIt* pNote) { - //pNote->UpdateCaptionPos(ScAddress(nCol, nRow, nTab)); // TODO notes usefull ? slow import with many notes + //pNote->UpdateCaptionPos(ScAddress(nCol, nRow, nTab)); // TODO notes useful ? slow import with many notes maCellNotes.set(nRow, pNote); } diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx index f3c7a5adf362..d37120c7b8ce 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ bool lcl_DoFunction( double& rVal1, double nVal2, sal_uInt16 nFunction ) bOk = SubTotal::SafePlus( rVal1, nVal2 ); break; case PASTE_SUB: - nVal2 = -nVal2; // FIXME: Can we do this alwyas without error? + nVal2 = -nVal2; // FIXME: Can we do this always without error? bOk = SubTotal::SafePlus( rVal1, nVal2 ); break; case PASTE_MUL: diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx index 154e266effcf..818da533f0f5 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ void ScDPResultMember::InitFrom( const vector<ScDPDimension*>& ppDim, const vect // skip child dimension if details are not shown if ( GetDPMember() && !GetDPMember()->getShowDetails() ) { - // Show DataLayout dimention + // Show DataLayout dimension nMemberStep = 1; while ( nPos < ppDim.size() ) { @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ void ScDPResultMember::LateInitFrom( // skip child dimension if details are not shown if ( GetDPMember() && !GetDPMember()->getShowDetails() ) { - // Show DataLayout dimention + // Show DataLayout dimension nMemberStep = 1; while ( !rParams.IsEnd( nPos ) ) { diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/drwlayer.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/drwlayer.cxx index ae224ceac3f1..23e0de35a36f 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/drwlayer.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/drwlayer.cxx @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ void ScDrawLayer::RecalcPos( SdrObject* pObj, ScDrawObjData& rData, bool bNegati // associated rotated shape ( note: we do this by actually setting the LogicRect for the shape temporarily to the // *full* size then grabbing the SnapRect ( which gives the transformed rotated dimensions ), it would be // wonderful if we could do this mathematically without having to temporarily tweak the object... othoh this way - // is gauranteed to get consistent results ) + // is guaranteed to get consistent results ) ResizeLastRectFromAnchor( pObj, rData, true, bNegativePage, bCanResize, false ); // aFullRect contains the unrotated size and position of the shape ( regardless of any hidden row/columns ) Rectangle aFullRect = rData.maLastRect; diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/funcdesc.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/funcdesc.cxx index b871c6a10c03..ded0bf590840 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/funcdesc.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/funcdesc.cxx @@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ ScFunctionList::ScFunctionList() : boost::scoped_ptr<ScResourcePublisher> pBlock( new ScResourcePublisher( ScResId( nDescBlock[k] ) ) ); // Browse for all possible OpCodes. This is not the fastest method, but // otherwise the sub resources within the resource blocks and the - // resource blocks themselfs would had to be ordered according to - // OpCodes, which is utopian.. + // resource blocks themselves would had to be ordered according to + // OpCodes, which is utopian... for (sal_uInt16 i = 0; i <= SC_OPCODE_LAST_OPCODE_ID; ++i) { ScResId aRes(i); diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx index cfe4d18e9ae6..5320d7e9bd9b 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void ScCompiler::SetGrammar( const FormulaGrammar::Grammar eGrammar ) } // Unclear how this was intended to be refreshed when the -// grammer or sheet count is changed ? Ideally this would be +// grammar or sheet count is changed ? Ideally this would be // a method on Document that would globally cache these. std::vector<OUString> &ScCompiler::GetSetupTabNames() const { diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx index a2743f0319b6..327b5edddee8 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx @@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ void ScInterpreter::ScIsLogical() case svMatrix: // TODO: we don't have type information for arrays except // numerical/string. - // Fall thru + // Fall through default: PopError(); if ( !nGlobalError ) diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx index 9d86b3e4f36f..6bf5f4cc9ea8 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ void ScMatrixFormulaCellToken::SetUpperLeftDouble( double f ) xUpperLeft = new FormulaDoubleToken( f); break; } - // fall thru + // fall through default: { OSL_FAIL("ScMatrixFormulaCellToken::SetUpperLeftDouble: not modifying unhandled token type"); @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ void ScTokenArray::ReadjustRelative3DReferences( const ScAddress& rOldPos, rRef2.SetAddress(aAbs, rNewPos); } } - //! fallthru + //! fall through case svSingleRef : { ScSingleRefData& rRef1 = *pCode[j]->GetSingleRef(); @@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ void ScTokenArray::ReadjustRelative3DReferences( const ScAddress& rOldPos, ScAddress aAbs = rRef2.toAbs(rOldPos); rRef2.SetAddress(aAbs, rNewPos); } - //! fallthru + //! fall through case svExternalSingleRef : { ScSingleRefData& rRef1 = *pCode[j]->GetSingleRef(); diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/excform.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/excform.cxx index 3a0236a416be..eda413421f82 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/excform.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/excform.cxx @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc::Convert( const ScTokenArray*& pErgebnis, XclImpStream& aIn, s case 0x25: // Area Reference [320 270] case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] { sal_uInt16 nRowFirst, nRowLast; sal_uInt8 nColFirst, nColLast; @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc::Convert( const ScTokenArray*& pErgebnis, XclImpStream& aIn, s { case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] // no information which part is deleted, set all rSRef1.SetColDeleted( true ); rSRef1.SetRowDeleted( true ); @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc::Convert( _ScRangeListTabs& rRangeList, XclImpStream& aIn, sal break; case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernece [323 273] nIgnore = 6; break; case 0x4C: @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ bool ExcelToSc::GetAbsRefs( ScRangeList& rRangeList, XclImpStream& rStrm, sal_Si case 0x28: // Incomplete Constant Reference Subexpr.[331 281] case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] nSeek = 6; break; case 0x40: diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/excform8.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/excform8.cxx index 19f8cb5d73f7..a4f3bf634e94 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/excform8.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/excform8.cxx @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc8::Convert( const ScTokenArray*& rpTokArray, XclImpStream& aIn, case 0x25: // Area Reference [320 270] case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] { sal_uInt16 nRowFirst, nRowLast; sal_uInt16 nColFirst, nColLast; @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc8::Convert( const ScTokenArray*& rpTokArray, XclImpStream& aIn, { case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] // no information which part is deleted, set all rSRef1.SetColDeleted( true ); rSRef1.SetRowDeleted( true ); @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc8::Convert( const ScTokenArray*& rpTokArray, XclImpStream& aIn, if (aExtInfo.mbExternal) { - // nTabFirst and nTabLast are the indices of the refernced + // nTabFirst and nTabLast are the indices of the referenced // sheets in the SUPBOOK record, hence do not represent // the actual indices of the original sheets since the // SUPBOOK record only stores referenced sheets and skips @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ ConvErr ExcelToSc8::Convert( _ScRangeListTabs& rRangeList, XclImpStream& aIn, sa break; case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] aIn.Ignore( 6 ); break; case 0x4C: @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ bool ExcelToSc8::GetAbsRefs( ScRangeList& r, XclImpStream& aIn, sal_Size nLen ) case 0x1F: // Number [315 266] case 0x4B: case 0x6B: - case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Refernce [323 273] + case 0x2B: // Deleted Area Reference [323 273] nSeek = 8; break; case 0x5D: diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/excrecds.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/excrecds.cxx index 2273c8f97958..7bbe5559f446 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/excrecds.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/excrecds.cxx @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ void XclExpSheetProtection::SaveXml( XclExpXmlStream& rStrm ) it != end; ++it) { SAL_WARN_IF( (*it).maSecurityDescriptorXML.isEmpty() && !(*it).maSecurityDescriptor.empty(), - "sc.filter", "XclExpSheetProtection::SaveXml: loosing BIFF security descriptor"); + "sc.filter", "XclExpSheetProtection::SaveXml: losing BIFF security descriptor"); rWorksheet->singleElement( XML_protectedRange, XML_name, (*it).maTitle.isEmpty() ? NULL : XclXmlUtils::ToOString( (*it).maTitle).getStr(), XML_securityDescriptor, (*it).maSecurityDescriptorXML.isEmpty() ? NULL : XclXmlUtils::ToOString( (*it).maSecurityDescriptorXML).getStr(), diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xestream.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xestream.cxx index 9d1adb00f8f2..e5ff50c431c7 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xestream.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xestream.cxx @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ bool XclExpXmlStream::exportDocument() } PopStream(); - // Free all FSHelperPtr, to flush data before commiting storage + // Free all FSHelperPtr, to flush data before committing storage maOpenedStreamMap.clear(); commitStorage(); diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xlstyle.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xlstyle.cxx index 405c6016a9c6..fef4e2c92836 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xlstyle.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xlstyle.cxx @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ XclDefaultPalette::XclDefaultPalette( const XclRoot& rRoot ) : // background specified as a real colour and the text specified as a // colour index. That means the text colour would be picked from // the system where the note background would be picked from a real colour. - // Previously the the note text colour was picked from the system tooltip + // Previously the note text colour was picked from the system tooltip // text colour, on modern gnome(e.g. 3) that tends to be 'white' with the // default theme. - // Using the the Libreoffice defaults ( instead of system specific colours + // Using the Libreoffice defaults ( instead of system specific colours // ) lessens the chance of the one colour being an unsuitable combination // because by default the note text is black and the note background is // a light yellow colour ( very similar to Excel's normal defaults ) diff --git a/sc/source/filter/html/htmlpars.cxx b/sc/source/filter/html/htmlpars.cxx index ae6ca2cb4036..246528afc127 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/html/htmlpars.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/html/htmlpars.cxx @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ void ScHTMLLayoutParser::ProcToken( ImportInfo* pInfo ) // Do not set bInCell to true, TableDataOn does that pActEntry->aItemSet.Put( SvxWeightItem( WEIGHT_BOLD, ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT) ); - } // fall thru + } // fall through case HTML_TABLEDATA_ON: // Opens cell { TableDataOn( pInfo ); diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/xichart.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/xichart.hxx index 06ac771e5a12..f21f77b164fc 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/xichart.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/xichart.hxx @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ private: XDataSeriesRef xSeries, sal_Int32 nApiAxesSetIdx ) const; /** Creates all data series of any chart type except stock charts. */ void CreateDataSeries( XChartTypeRef xChartType, sal_Int32 nApiAxesSetIdx ) const; - /** Creates all data series of of a stock chart. */ + /** Creates all data series of a stock chart. */ void CreateStockSeries( XChartTypeRef xChartType, sal_Int32 nApiAxesSetIdx ) const; private: diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeImportHelper.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeImportHelper.cxx index 32a9fe0b761e..ed6e28d6f807 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeImportHelper.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeImportHelper.cxx @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ void XMLTableShapeImportHelper::finishShape( else //this are grouped shapes which should also get the layerid { uno::Reference< drawing::XShapes > xGroup( rShape, uno::UNO_QUERY ); - // ignore the group ( within group ) object it it exists + // ignore the group ( within group ) object if it exists if ( !bOnTable && !xGroup.is() ) { // For cell anchored grouped shape we need to set the start diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeResizer.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeResizer.cxx index 6f3ce9045385..dc9ba8556e9c 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeResizer.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/XMLTableShapeResizer.cxx @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ void ScMyOLEFixer::CreateChartListener(ScDocument* pDoc, //for loading binary files e.g. //if we have the flat filter we need to set the dirty flag thus the visible charts get repainted - //otherwise the charts keep their first visual representation which was created at a moment where the calc itself was not loaded completely and is incorect therefor + //otherwise the charts keep their first visual representation which was created at a moment where the calc itself was not loaded completely and is therefore incorrect if( (rImport.getImportFlags() & IMPORT_ALL) == IMPORT_ALL ) pCL->SetDirty( true ); else diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlexprt.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlexprt.cxx index 8b382c919f9e..f82e0b474710 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlexprt.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlexprt.cxx @@ -3654,7 +3654,7 @@ void ScXMLExport::exportAnnotationMeta( const uno::Reference < drawing::XShape > if (pNote) { // TODO : notes - //is it still usefull, as this call back is only called from ScXMLExport::WriteAnnotation + //is it still useful, as this call back is only called from ScXMLExport::WriteAnnotation // and should be in sync with pCurrentCell SdrCaptionObj* pNoteCaption = pNote->GetOrCreateCaption(pCurrentCell->maCellAddress); Reference<drawing::XShape> xCurrentShape( pNoteCaption->getUnoShape(), uno::UNO_QUERY ); diff --git a/sc/source/ui/app/inputhdl.cxx b/sc/source/ui/app/inputhdl.cxx index eff6c2902049..1e9a82e88cd7 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/app/inputhdl.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/app/inputhdl.cxx @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ void ScInputHandler::NextAutoEntry( bool bBack ) void ScInputHandler::UpdateParenthesis() { // Find parentheses - //TODO: Can we disable parentheses highlighting per paranthesis? + //TODO: Can we disable parentheses highlighting per parentheses? bool bFound = false; if ( bFormulaMode && eMode != SC_INPUT_TOP ) { diff --git a/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx b/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx index 3e72f643ab3c..534a921df464 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ void ScInputBarGroup::TriggerToolboxLayout() SfxViewFrame* pViewFrm = SfxViewFrame::Current(); // Capture the vertical position of this window in the toolbar, when we increase - // the size of the toolbar to accomadate expanded line input we need to take this + // the size of the toolbar to accommodate expanded line input we need to take this // into account if ( !nVertOffset ) nVertOffset = rParent.GetItemPosRect( rParent.GetItemCount() - 1 ).Top(); @@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ void ScPosWnd::DoEnter() } else { - // for all selection types, excecute the SID_CURRENTCELL slot. + // for all selection types, execute the SID_CURRENTCELL slot. if (eType == SC_NAME_INPUT_CELL || eType == SC_NAME_INPUT_RANGE) { // Note that SID_CURRENTCELL always expects address to diff --git a/sc/source/ui/inc/AccessibleContextBase.hxx b/sc/source/ui/inc/AccessibleContextBase.hxx index 04d867e227e3..7cad584e7a09 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/inc/AccessibleContextBase.hxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/inc/AccessibleContextBase.hxx @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ protected: private: /** Description of this object. This is not a constant because it can - be set from the outside. Furthermore, it changes according the the + be set from the outside. Furthermore, it changes according to the draw page's display mode. */ OUString msDescription; diff --git a/sc/source/ui/inc/output.hxx b/sc/source/ui/inc/output.hxx index 8a9649848ba4..ffb6bea95872 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/inc/output.hxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/inc/output.hxx @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ private: SCCOL nX2; SCROW nY2; SCCOL nVisX1; // Start-/End coordinates - SCROW nVisY1; // ( visable range ) + SCROW nVisY1; // ( visible range ) SCCOL nVisX2; SCROW nVisY2; ScOutputType eType; // Screen/Printer ... diff --git a/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/simpref.cxx b/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/simpref.cxx index a150b8646c66..93cb3e06d96d 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/simpref.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/simpref.cxx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ ScSimpleRefDlg::ScSimpleRefDlg(SfxBindings* pB, SfxChildWindow* pCW, vcl::Window get(m_pBtnOk, "ok"); get(m_pBtnCancel, "cancel"); - // in order to keep the the Strings with the FixedTexts in the resource: + // in order to keep the Strings with the FixedTexts in the resource: Init(); SetDispatcherLock( true ); // activate modal mode } diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx index 1bd506dabdd0..1056713f03ef 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static const sal_Int16 supportedIndexTable[] = { XlBordersIndex::xlEdgeLeft, Xl static const char sTableBorder[] = "TableBorder"; -// Equiv widths in in 1/100 mm +// Equiv widths in 1/100 mm const static sal_Int32 OOLineThin = 35; const static sal_Int32 OOLineMedium = 88; const static sal_Int32 OOLineThick = 141; diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbachart.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbachart.cxx index 4f495e669da3..f9f8db7e93d4 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbachart.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbachart.cxx @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ const OUString HASLEGEND("HasLegend"); ScVbaChart::ScVbaChart( const css::uno::Reference< ov::XHelperInterface >& _xParent, const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext >& _xContext, const css::uno::Reference< css::lang::XComponent >& _xChartComponent, const css::uno::Reference< css::table::XTableChart >& _xTableChart ) : ChartImpl_BASE( _xParent, _xContext ), mxTableChart( _xTableChart ) { mxChartDocument.set( _xChartComponent, uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ) ; - // #TODO is is possible that the XPropertySet interface is not set + // #TODO is it possible that the XPropertySet interface is not set // code in setPlotBy seems to indicate that this is possible? but // additionally there is no check in most of the places where it is used // ( and therefore could possibly be NULL ) diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbarange.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbarange.cxx index a06ca8e24423..3768613a3a08 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbarange.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbarange.cxx @@ -4190,7 +4190,7 @@ ScVbaRange::getWorksheet() throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) uno::Reference< excel::XRange > ScVbaRange::ApplicationRange( const uno::Reference< uno::XComponentContext >& xContext, const css::uno::Any &Cell1, const css::uno::Any &Cell2 ) throw (css::uno::RuntimeException) { - // Althought the documentation seems clear that Range without a + // Although the documentation seems clear that Range without a // qualifier then it's a shortcut for ActiveSheet.Range // however, similarly Application.Range is apparently also a // shortcut for ActiveSheet.Range diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx index 85729b5612d5..13226103cdcc 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ ScVbaWindow::getCaption() throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) static const char sDot[] = "."; // starts with title if ( sName.startsWith( sTitle ) ) - // extention starts immediately after + // extension starts immediately after if ( sName.match( sDot, sTitle.getLength() ) ) sTitle = sName; } diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbooks.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbooks.cxx index fc36732a557b..1446bea2a8d8 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbooks.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbooks.cxx @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ ScVbaWorkbooks::getElementType() throw (uno::RuntimeException) uno::Reference< container::XEnumeration > ScVbaWorkbooks::createEnumeration() throw (uno::RuntimeException) { - // #FIXME its possible the WorkBookEnumImpl here doens't reflect + // #FIXME its possible the WorkBookEnumImpl here doesn't reflect // the state of this object ( although it should ) would be // safer to create an enumeration based on this objects state // rather than one effectively based of the desktop component diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawsfunction.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawsfunction.cxx index c3f066c4f70f..76a49b8c9894 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawsfunction.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawsfunction.cxx @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ ScVbaWSFunction::invoke(const OUString& FunctionName, const uno::Sequence< uno:: aRet = xFunctionAccess->callFunction( FunctionName, aParamTemp ); } - /* Convert return value from double to to Boolean for some functions that + /* Convert return value from double to Boolean for some functions that return Booleans. */ typedef uno::Sequence< uno::Sequence< uno::Any > > AnySeqSeq; if( (eOpCode == ocIsEmpty) || (eOpCode == ocIsString) || (eOpCode == ocIsNonString) || (eOpCode == ocIsLogical) || diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/printfun.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/printfun.cxx index ac8365df13b1..3560e0bb7182 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/printfun.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/printfun.cxx @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ void ScPrintFunc::MakeEditEngine() pEditEngine = new ScHeaderEditEngine( EditEngine::CreatePool(), true ); pEditEngine->EnableUndo(false); - //fdo#45869 we want text to be positioned as it would be for the the + //fdo#45869 we want text to be positioned as it would be for the //high dpi printed output, not as would be ideal for the 96dpi preview //window itself pEditEngine->SetRefDevice(pPrinter ? pPrinter : pDoc->GetRefDevice()); diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/viewfunc.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/viewfunc.cxx index b06a8b6f7cdc..d9fc03a3519f 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/viewfunc.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/viewfunc.cxx @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ bool ScViewFunc::TestFormatArea( SCCOL nCol, SCROW nRow, SCTAB nTab, bool bAttrC return false; // Test: treat input with numberformat (bAttrChanged) always as new Attribute - // (discard old Area ). If not not wanted, discard if-statement + // (discard old Area ). If not wanted, discard if-statement if ( bAttrChanged ) { StartFormatArea(); @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ void ScViewFunc::SetMarkedWidthOrHeight( bool bWidth, ScSizeMode eMode, sal_uInt void ScViewFunc::ModifyCellSize( ScDirection eDir, bool bOptimal ) { //! step size adjustable - // step size is also minumum + // step size is also minimum sal_uInt16 nStepX = STD_COL_WIDTH / 5; sal_uInt16 nStepY = ScGlobal::nStdRowHeight; @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ void ScViewFunc::ChangeNumFmtDecimals( bool bIncrement ) if (nPrecision) --nPrecision; // decrement else - bError = true; // 0 is minumum + bError = true; // 0 is minimum } } diff --git a/scaddins/source/analysis/analysishelper.cxx b/scaddins/source/analysis/analysishelper.cxx index 9e7e8efd62d7..82874a754e25 100644 --- a/scaddins/source/analysis/analysishelper.cxx +++ b/scaddins/source/analysis/analysishelper.cxx @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ ConvertDataList::ConvertDataList( void ) NEWL( "Reau", 8.0000000000000000E-01, -2.7315000000000000E02, CDC_Temperature ); // *** Reaumur NEWL( "Rank", 1.8000000000000000E00, +0.0000000000000000E00, CDC_Temperature ); // *** Rankine - // VOLUMNE: 1 Liter is... + // VOLUME: 1 Liter is... NEWD( "tsp", 2.0288413621105798E02, CDC_Volume ); // US teaspoon 1/768 gallon NEWD( "tbs", 6.7628045403685994E01, CDC_Volume ); // US tablespoon 1/256 gallon NEWD( "oz", 3.3814022701842997E01, CDC_Volume ); // Ounce Liquid 1/128 gallon diff --git a/scaddins/source/pricing/pricing.cxx b/scaddins/source/pricing/pricing.cxx index 8da57250bddc..7453fd8eacbf 100644 --- a/scaddins/source/pricing/pricing.cxx +++ b/scaddins/source/pricing/pricing.cxx @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ uno::Sequence< sheet::LocalizedName > SAL_CALL ScaPricingAddIn::getCompatibility } // actual function implementation starts here -// auxillary input handling functions +// auxiliary input handling functions namespace { bool getinput_putcall(bs::types::PutCall& pc, const OUString& str) { @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ bool getinput_greek(bs::types::Greeks& greek, const uno::Any& anyval) { return true; } -} // namespace for auxillary functions +} // namespace for auxiliary functions // OPT_BARRIER(...) double SAL_CALL ScaPricingAddIn::getOptBarrier( double spot, double vol, diff --git a/scp2/source/ooo/registryitem_ooo.scp b/scp2/source/ooo/registryitem_ooo.scp index 1c324d5faf68..064040009c55 100644 --- a/scp2/source/ooo/registryitem_ooo.scp +++ b/scp2/source/ooo/registryitem_ooo.scp @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ RegistryItem gid_Regitem_Software_Microsoft_Windows_Currentversion_Uninstall_Sta ModuleID = gid_Module_Root; Subkey = "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\%PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION"; Name = "Publisher"; - Value = "The The Document Foundation for the LibreOffice Community"; + Value = "The Document Foundation for the LibreOffice Community"; End RegistryItem gid_Regitem_Software_Microsoft_Windows_Currentversion_Uninstall_Staroffice_Uninstallstring diff --git a/scripting/examples/python/Capitalise.py b/scripting/examples/python/Capitalise.py index aa14e845a64d..3c5366589ef9 100644 --- a/scripting/examples/python/Capitalise.py +++ b/scripting/examples/python/Capitalise.py @@ -74,5 +74,5 @@ def capitalisePython( ): # lists the scripts, that shall be visible inside OOo. Can be omitted, if -# all functions shall be visible, however here getNewString shall be surpressed +# all functions shall be visible, however here getNewString shall be suppressed g_exportedScripts = capitalisePython, diff --git a/scripting/source/stringresource/stringresource.hxx b/scripting/source/stringresource/stringresource.hxx index adb4710d2dfe..a3493797e69e 100644 --- a/scripting/source/stringresource/stringresource.hxx +++ b/scripting/source/stringresource/stringresource.hxx @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ protected: throw (::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException); // Returns the LocalItem for a given locale, if it exists, otherwise NULL - // This method performes a closest match search, at least the language must match + // This method performs a closest match search, at least the language must match LocaleItem* getClosestMatchItemForLocale( const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& locale ); void implSetCurrentLocale( const ::com::sun::star::lang::Locale& locale, bool FindClosestMatch, bool bUseDefaultIfNoMatch ) diff --git a/sd/README_REMOTE b/sd/README_REMOTE index 9e303e43e8f5..dc43e59badfe 100644 --- a/sd/README_REMOTE +++ b/sd/README_REMOTE @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Any lines in [square brackets] are optional, and should be omitted if not needed * pointer_dismissed // This dismiss the pointer red dot on screen, should be called when user stop touching screen * pointer_coordination // This update pointer's position to current (x,y) current_x // note that x, y are in percentage (from 0.0 to 1.0) with respect to the slideshow size - current_y // unless screenupdater's perfomance is significantly improved, we should consider limit the update frequency on the + current_y // unless screenupdater's performance is significantly improved, we should consider limit the update frequency on the // remote-end @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ Status/Data (Server to Client) # As of gsoc2013, these commands are extended to the existing protocol, since remote-end also ignore all unknown commands (which is the case of gsoc2012 android implementation), backward compatibility is kept. * slideshow_info // once paired, the server-end will send back the title of the current presentation - Title
\ No newline at end of file + Title diff --git a/sd/inc/OutlinerIterator.hxx b/sd/inc/OutlinerIterator.hxx index 1dd446da7125..d056ed412267 100644 --- a/sd/inc/OutlinerIterator.hxx +++ b/sd/inc/OutlinerIterator.hxx @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ class IteratorPosition public: /** Create a new object with all data members set to default values. These values should not be accessed. The only use of the object as - it is is as a marker in comparisons. + it is as a marker in comparisons. */ IteratorPosition (void); /** Create a new object with all data members set from the given diff --git a/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptx-epptooxml.cxx b/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptx-epptooxml.cxx index 9fb836bf875f..1f1362bcac0e 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptx-epptooxml.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptx-epptooxml.cxx @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ bool PowerPointExport::exportDocument() throw (css::uno::RuntimeException, std:: mPresentationFS->endElementNS( XML_p, XML_presentation ); mPresentationFS.reset(); - // Free all FSHelperPtr, to flush data before commiting storage + // Free all FSHelperPtr, to flush data before committing storage mpSlidesFSArray.clear(); commitStorage(); diff --git a/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx b/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx index 9070b7586817..40aa4a2b1e9c 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SdPublishingDlg, NextPageHdl) return 0; } -// Sets the Controlls in the dialog to the settings in the design +// Sets the Controls in the dialog to the settings in the design void SdPublishingDlg::SetDesign( SdPublishingDesign* pDesign ) { if(!pDesign) diff --git a/sd/source/filter/xml/sdxmlwrp.cxx b/sd/source/filter/xml/sdxmlwrp.cxx index ad1cd23fb9f1..3770c20ff052 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/xml/sdxmlwrp.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/xml/sdxmlwrp.cxx @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ bool SdXMLFilter::Import( ErrCode& nError ) nError = ERRCODE_IO_BROKENPACKAGE; break; } - // fall through intented + // fall through intended default: { // TODO/LATER: this is completely wrong! Filter code should never call ErrorHandler directly! diff --git a/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx b/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx index cc3a5450e0e3..3cd301cc12dd 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ uno::Sequence< sal_Int32 > SAL_CALL } } std::sort( vXShapes.begin(), vXShapes.end(), XShapePosCompareHelper() ); - //get the the index of the selected object in the group + //get the index of the selected object in the group std::vector< uno::Reference<drawing::XShape> >::iterator aIter; //we start counting position from 1 sal_Int32 nPos = 1; diff --git a/sd/source/ui/app/sddll.cxx b/sd/source/ui/app/sddll.cxx index c2016bace897..085f72fc176d 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/app/sddll.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/app/sddll.cxx @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star; -// Register all Factorys +// Register all Factories void SdDLL::RegisterFactorys() { if (SvtModuleOptions().IsImpress()) diff --git a/sd/source/ui/dlg/navigatr.cxx b/sd/source/ui/dlg/navigatr.cxx index 7e7f1550ec7a..91f5d2f63e4e 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/dlg/navigatr.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/dlg/navigatr.cxx @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void SdNavigatorWin::InitTreeLB( const SdDrawDocument* pDoc ) } /** - * DragType is set on dependance if a Drag is even possible. For example, + * DragType is set on dependence if a Drag is even possible. For example, * under certain circumstances, it is not allowed to drag graphics (#31038#). */ NavigatorDragType SdNavigatorWin::GetNavigatorDragType() diff --git a/sd/source/ui/docshell/docshel3.cxx b/sd/source/ui/docshell/docshel3.cxx index 07f91ef4ad8b..6c81c2f8f1c2 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/docshell/docshel3.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/docshell/docshel3.cxx @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ void DrawDocShell::Execute( SfxRequest& rReq ) const SvxSearchItem* pSearchItem = (const SvxSearchItem*) &pReqArgs->Get(SID_SEARCH_ITEM); - // would be nice to have an an assign operation at SearchItem + // would be nice to have an assign operation at SearchItem SvxSearchItem* pAppSearchItem = SD_MOD()->GetSearchItem(); delete pAppSearchItem; pAppSearchItem = (SvxSearchItem*) pSearchItem->Clone(); @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ void DrawDocShell::Execute( SfxRequest& rReq ) const SvxSearchItem* pSearchItem = (const SvxSearchItem*) &pReqArgs->Get(SID_SEARCH_ITEM); - // would be nice to have an an assign operation at SearchItem + // would be nice to have an assign operation at SearchItem SvxSearchItem* pAppSearchItem = SD_MOD()->GetSearchItem(); delete pAppSearchItem; pAppSearchItem = (SvxSearchItem*)pSearchItem->Clone(); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/framework/factories/BasicPaneFactory.cxx b/sd/source/ui/framework/factories/BasicPaneFactory.cxx index 0099542928d8..cf622b716f37 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/framework/factories/BasicPaneFactory.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/framework/factories/BasicPaneFactory.cxx @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ void SAL_CALL BasicPaneFactory::releaseResource ( // The given XPane reference is either empty or the pane was not // created by any of the factories managed by the called // BasicPaneFactory object. - throw lang::IllegalArgumentException("BasicPaneFactory::releasePane() called for pane that that was not created by same factory.", + throw lang::IllegalArgumentException("BasicPaneFactory::releasePane() called for pane that was not created by same factory.", NULL, 0); } diff --git a/sd/source/ui/framework/module/SlideSorterModule.hxx b/sd/source/ui/framework/module/SlideSorterModule.hxx index 37f553a709c0..906a8ec1b556 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/framework/module/SlideSorterModule.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/framework/module/SlideSorterModule.hxx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ namespace sd { namespace framework { -/** This module is responsible for showing the slide sorter bar and the the +/** This module is responsible for showing the slide sorter bar and the slide sorter view in the center pane. */ class SlideSorterModule diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/View.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/View.hxx index 6714daefaacc..962f75d9a9ba 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/View.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/View.hxx @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ public: sal_uLong nFormat = 0, sal_uInt16 nPage = SDRPAGE_NOTFOUND, sal_uInt16 nLayer = SDRLAYER_NOTFOUND ); /** gets the metafile from the given transferable helper and insert it as a graphic shape. @param bOptimize if set to true, the metafile is analyzed and if only one bitmap action is - present, then is is inserted as a single graphic. + present, then is inserted as a single graphic. */ bool InsertMetaFile( TransferableDataHelper& rDataHelper, const Point& rInsertPos, diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/taskpane/ControlContainer.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/taskpane/ControlContainer.hxx index f9901e26c289..f06f06be51b4 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/taskpane/ControlContainer.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/taskpane/ControlContainer.hxx @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public: */ TreeNode* GetControl (sal_uInt32 nIndex) const; - /** Return the index of the control previous to that that is specified + /** Return the index of the control previous to that is specified by the given index. @param nIndex Index of the control for which to return the index of the @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ public: bool bIncludeHidden=false, bool bCycle=false) const; - /** Return the index of the control next to that that is specified by + /** Return the index of the control next to that is specified by the given index. @param nIndex Index of the control for which to return the index of the next diff --git a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/DebugServices.c b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/DebugServices.c index a2e3b580286b..35b5e90277f2 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/DebugServices.c +++ b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/DebugServices.c @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ static void DebugWindowsEventLogPrint( DebugLevel inLevel, char *inData, size_t } *dst = 0; - // Add the the string to the event log. + // Add the string to the event log. array[ 0 ] = buffer; if( gDebugWindowsEventLogEventSource ) { diff --git a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/dns_sd.h b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/dns_sd.h index 92342be110b4..1549a9d67779 100755 --- a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/dns_sd.h +++ b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/mDNSResponder/dns_sd.h @@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ DNSServiceErrorType DNSSD_API DNSServiceSleepKeepalive * and report errors at compile-time if anything is wrong. The usual way to do this would * be to use a run-time "if" statement or the conventional run-time "assert" mechanism, but * then you don't find out what's wrong until you run the software. This way, if the assertion - * condition is false, the array size is negative, and the complier complains immediately. + * condition is false, the array size is negative, and the compiler complains immediately. */ struct CompileTimeAssertionChecks_DNS_SD diff --git a/sd/source/ui/sidebar/DocumentHelper.cxx b/sd/source/ui/sidebar/DocumentHelper.cxx index 3b0cc0969be7..4dedf6d69d4e 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/sidebar/DocumentHelper.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/sidebar/DocumentHelper.cxx @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ void DocumentHelper::AssignMasterPageToPage ( if ( ! pPage->IsMasterPage()) { - // 1. Remove the background object (so that that, if it exists, does + // 1. Remove the background object (so that, if it exists, does // not override the new master page) and assign the master page to // the regular slide. pDocument->GetDocSh()->GetUndoManager()->AddUndoAction( diff --git a/sd/source/ui/sidebar/LayoutMenu.hxx b/sd/source/ui/sidebar/LayoutMenu.hxx index 45fce7f55c08..16d1ea3f4909 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/sidebar/LayoutMenu.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/sidebar/LayoutMenu.hxx @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: virtual void MouseButtonDown (const MouseEvent& rEvent) SAL_OVERRIDE; /** Call this method when the set of displayed layouts is not up-to-date - anymore. It will re-assemple this set according to the current + anymore. It will re-assemble this set according to the current settings. */ void InvalidateContent (void); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ private: void AssignLayoutToSelectedSlides (AutoLayout aLayout); /** Insert a new page with the given layout. The page is inserted via - the main view shell, i.e. its SID_INSERTPAGE slot is called. It it + the main view shell, i.e. its SID_INSERTPAGE slot is called. If it does not support this slot then inserting a new page does not take place. The new page is inserted after the currently active one (the one returned by ViewShell::GetActualPage().) diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx index 3f6c6cab1714..40c62cff4b7d 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx @@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ void SlideshowImpl::startUpdateTimer() /** this timer is called 20ms after a new slide was displayed. This is used to unfreeze user input that was disabled after slide change to skip input that was buffered during slide - transition preperation */ + transition preparation */ IMPL_LINK_NOARG(SlideshowImpl, ReadyForNextInputHdl) { mbInputFreeze = false; @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SlideshowImpl::activate() throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) if( pDispatcher ) { - // filter all forbiden slots + // filter all forbbiden slots pDispatcher->SetSlotFilter( SFX_SLOT_FILTER_ENABLED, sizeof(pAllowed) / sizeof(sal_uInt16), pAllowed ); } diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/cache/SlsPageCacheManager.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/cache/SlsPageCacheManager.hxx index d093da56d010..7a730034b98a 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/cache/SlsPageCacheManager.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/cache/SlsPageCacheManager.hxx @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ public: /** Invalidate the preview bitmaps for all slides that belong to the specified document. This is necessary after model changes that - affect e.g. page number fiels. + affect e.g. page number fields. */ void InvalidateAllPreviewBitmaps (DocumentKey pDocument); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlideSorterController.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlideSorterController.hxx index 993a0b568638..7e42b84363c1 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlideSorterController.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlideSorterController.hxx @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ public: */ SlideSorterController (SlideSorter& rSlideSorter); - /** Late initialization. Call this method once a new new object has been + /** Late initialization. Call this method once a new new object has been created. */ virtual void Init (void); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/view/SlsLayouter.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/view/SlsLayouter.hxx index 381bac6868f7..a04d5fba8733 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/view/SlsLayouter.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/view/SlsLayouter.hxx @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ public: const bool bClampToValidRange = true) const; /** Return an object that describes the logical and visual properties of - where to do an insert operation when the user would release the the + where to do an insert operation when the user would release the mouse button at the given position after a drag operation and of where and how to display an insertion indicator. @param rModelPosition diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsLayouter.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsLayouter.cxx index d628965d8b87..bcffcab40632 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsLayouter.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsLayouter.cxx @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ public: between two adjacent rows or columns. @param nDistanceIntoGap Vertical distance from the bottom of the upper row down into the - gap or or horizontal distance from the right edge right into the + gap or horizontal distance from the right edge right into the gap. @param eGapMemberhship This value decides what areas in the gap belong to which (or no) diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx index 044e6422ce52..9b1226a5225c 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ void Outliner::PrepareSearchAndReplace (void) EnterEditMode(false); mpDrawDocument->GetDocSh()->SetWaitCursor( false ); - // Start seach at the right end of the current object's text + // Start search at the right end of the current object's text // depending on the search direction. OutlinerView* pOutlinerView = mpImpl->GetOutlinerView(); if (pOutlinerView != NULL) @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ void Outliner::PrepareConversion (void) EnterEditMode (); mpDrawDocument->GetDocSh()->SetWaitCursor( false ); - // Start seach at the right end of the current object's text + // Start search at the right end of the current object's text // depending on the search direction. } else diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/drawview.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/drawview.cxx index a73048c00d57..131db8b92de6 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/drawview.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/drawview.cxx @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ void DrawView::DeleteMarked() // pUndoManager should not be NULL (see assert above) // but since we have defensive code // for it earlier and later in the function - // we might as well be consistant + // we might as well be consistent if(pUndoManager) { // Move the new PresObj to the position before the diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/drbezob.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/drbezob.cxx index 22a073e1eace..4a263d720a58 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/drbezob.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/drbezob.cxx @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ void BezierObjectBar::GetAttrState(SfxItemSet& rSet) { SfxItemSet aAttrSet( mpView->GetDoc().GetPool() ); mpView->GetAttributes( aAttrSet ); - rSet.Put(aAttrSet, false); // <- sal_False, so DontCare-Status gets aquired + rSet.Put(aAttrSet, false); // <- sal_False, so DontCare-Status gets acquired rtl::Reference<FuPoor> xFunc( mpViewSh->GetCurrentFunction() ); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/drtxtob.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/drtxtob.cxx index 1327ea7e6ce5..2c8e7a09bf85 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/drtxtob.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/drtxtob.cxx @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ void TextObjectBar::GetAttrState( SfxItemSet& rSet ) nWhich = aIter.NextWhich(); } - rSet.Put( aAttrSet, false ); // <- sal_False, so DontCare-Status gets aquired + rSet.Put( aAttrSet, false ); // <- sal_False, so DontCare-Status gets acquired // these are disabled in outline-mode if (!mpViewShell || !mpViewShell->ISA(DrawViewShell)) diff --git a/setup_native/scripts/install_linux.sh b/setup_native/scripts/install_linux.sh index b511ca275122..df224211e530 100644 --- a/setup_native/scripts/install_linux.sh +++ b/setup_native/scripts/install_linux.sh @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ else rmdir ${INSTALLDIR} 2>/dev/null mkdir -p $RPM_DB_PATH || exit 2 - # XXX why ? XXX + # XXX why? XXX chmod 700 $RPM_DB_PATH # the RPM_DB_PATH must be absolute diff --git a/sfx2/qa/complex/sfx2/DocumentProperties.java b/sfx2/qa/complex/sfx2/DocumentProperties.java index ded17fb662b1..8edda78be1ce 100644 --- a/sfx2/qa/complex/sfx2/DocumentProperties.java +++ b/sfx2/qa/complex/sfx2/DocumentProperties.java @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ public class DocumentProperties xDP.setModificationDate(dt); assertEquals( "setModificationDate", dt.Year, xDP.getModificationDate().Year); - str = "i didnt do it"; + str = "i did not do it"; xDP.setPrintedBy(str); assertEquals("setPrintedBy", str, xDP.getPrintedBy()); dt.Year = 2024; diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/appdde.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/appdde.cxx index 9b740da95135..e7d43427291e 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/appdde.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/appdde.cxx @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ namespace { /* [Description] Checks if 'rCmd' of the event 'rEvent' is (without '(') and then assemble - this data into a <ApplicationEvent>, which is then excecuted through + this data into a <ApplicationEvent>, which is then executed through <Application::AppEvent()>. If 'rCmd' is the given event 'rEvent', then TRUE is returned, otherwise FALSE. diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx index 0df4a09bcc9d..742d84195511 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ void SfxApplication::OpenDocExec_Impl( SfxRequest& rReq ) } Reference < XController > xController; - // if a frame is given, it must be used for the starting point of the targetting mechanism + // if a frame is given, it must be used for the starting point of the targeting mechanism // this code is also used if asynchronous loading is possible, because loadComponent always is synchron if ( !xTargetFrame.is() ) { @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ void SfxApplication::OpenDocExec_Impl( SfxRequest& rReq ) if( bHidden || pLinkItem || rReq.IsSynchronCall() ) { // if loading must be done synchron, we must wait for completion to get a return value - // find frame by myself; I must konw the exact frame to get the controller for the return value from it + // find frame by myself; I must know the exact frame to get the controller for the return value from it Reference < XComponent > xComp; try diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/appquit.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/appquit.cxx index 18b04e5543e5..1fba87125583 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/appquit.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/appquit.cxx @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ void SfxApplication::Deinitialize() Exit(); // Release Controller and others - // then the remaining components should alse disapear ( Beamer! ) + // then the remaining components should also disapear ( Beamer! ) #if HAVE_FEATURE_SCRIPTING BasicManagerRepository::resetApplicationBasicManager(); diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/childwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/childwin.cxx index e2cb96804f0d..66d2bb39a53c 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/childwin.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/childwin.cxx @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ void SfxChildWindow::SetFrame( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::su if( pImp->xFrame.is() ) pImp->xFrame->removeEventListener( pImp->xListener ); - // If new frame isnt NULL -> we must guarantee valid listener for disposing events. + // If new frame is not NULL -> we must guarantee valid listener for disposing events. // Use already existing or create new one. if( rFrame.is() ) if( !pImp->xListener.is() ) diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx index cc1cdfcbd478..1bcd28faeb01 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/lnkbase2.cxx @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SvBaseLink::SvBaseLink( sal_uInt16 nUpdateMode, sal_uIntPtr nContentType ) bVisible = bSynchron = bUseCache = true; bWasLastEditOK = false; - // It it going to be a Ole-Link, + // It is going to be a Ole-Link, pImplData->ClientType.nUpdateMode = nUpdateMode; pImplData->ClientType.nCntntType = nContentType; pImplData->ClientType.bIntrnlLnk = false; diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/newhelp.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/newhelp.cxx index 4ee115da5368..f2d935fb3635 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/newhelp.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/newhelp.cxx @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ void SfxHelpWindow_Impl::MakeLayout() /* #i55528# Hide() / Show() will produce strange effects. The returned size (used later to be written back into the configuration) - isnt the right after a resize during the window is hidden. + is not the right after a resize during the window is hidden. If this resize is done if the window is visible evyrthing works as aspected. Some VCL-patches could not solve this problem so I've established the workaround: resize the help window if it's visible .-) diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx index 69b5f8eb41c2..32c33e2e79e6 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::Lock_Impl( bool bLock ) void SfxWorkWindow::DeleteControllers_Impl() { - // Lock SplitWindows (which means supressing the Resize-Reaction of the + // Lock SplitWindows (which means suppressing the Resize-Reaction of the // DockingWindows) sal_uInt16 n; for ( n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ ) @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ bool SfxWorkWindow::IsPluginMode( SfxObjectShell* pObjShell ) void SfxWorkWindow::UpdateObjectBars_Impl() { - // Lock SplitWindows (which means supressing the Resize-Reaction of the + // Lock SplitWindows (which means suppressing the Resize-Reaction of the // DockingWindows) sal_uInt16 n; for ( n=0; n<SFX_SPLITWINDOWS_MAX; n++ ) @@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin ) if ( !bDummyWindow ) aSize.Width() = pSplitWin->GetSizePixel().Width(); - // If a Window is visable to the left, then the free region + // If a Window is visible to the left, then the free region // starts to the right from it, for example at the Client area long nLeft = aPos.X() + aSize.Width(); if ( nLeft > aArea.Left() ) @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin ) aSize.Width() = aArea.GetWidth(); } - // If a Window is visable to the right, then the free region + // If a Window is visible to the right, then the free region // starts to the left from it, for example at the Client area long nRight = aPos.X(); if ( nRight < aArea.Right() ) @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ void SfxWorkWindow::ArrangeAutoHideWindows( SfxSplitWindow *pActSplitWin ) aPos.X() = aArea.Left(); aSize.Width() = aArea.GetWidth(); - // If a Window is visable at the top, then the free region + // If a Window is visible at the top, then the free region // starts beneath it, for example at the Client area long nTop = aPos.Y() + aSize.Height(); if ( nTop > aArea.Top() ) diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx index 9da461ecfcbd..1b51608a6236 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ public: bool bInNextJob; // for Assertions bool bFirstRound; // First round in Update sal_uInt16 nFirstShell; // Shell, the first round is preferred - sal_uInt16 nOwnRegLevel; // Counts the real Locks, exept those of the Super Bindings + sal_uInt16 nOwnRegLevel; // Counts the real Locks, except those of the Super Bindings InvalidateSlotMap m_aInvalidateSlots; // store slots which are invalidated while in update }; @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ void SfxBindings::Execute_Impl( SfxRequest& aReq, const SfxSlot* pSlot, SfxShell if ( SFX_KIND_ENUM == pSlot->GetKind() ) { - // for Enum-Slots, the Master has to be excecuted with the value + // for Enum-Slots, the Master has to be executed with the value // of the enums const SfxSlot *pRealSlot = pShell->GetInterface()->GetRealSlot(pSlot); const sal_uInt16 nSlotId = pRealSlot->GetSlotId(); diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx index b471b3e45dc0..d2f286b81dd1 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/control/dispatch.cxx @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ void SfxDispatcher::Pop(SfxShell& rShell, sal_uInt16 nMode) /** This handler is called after <SfxDispatcher::Invalidate()> or after changes on the stack (<SfxDispatcher::Push()> and <SfxDispatcher::Pop()) - It flushes the Stack, if it is dirty, thus it actually excecutes the + It flushes the Stack, if it is dirty, thus it actually executes the pending Push and Pop commands. */ IMPL_LINK_INLINE_START( SfxDispatcher, EventHdl_Impl, void *, pvoid ) @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute(sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxCallMode nCall, return 0; } -/** Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id. +/** Method to execute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id. @param nSlot the Id of the executing function @param eCall SfxCallMode::SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON or ..._SLOT @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute(sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxCallMode eCall, return 0; } -/** Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id. +/** Method to execute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id. @param nSlot the Id of the executing function @param eCall SfxCallMode::SYNCRHON, ..._ASYNCHRON or ..._SLOT @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxDispatcher::Execute(sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxCallMode eCall, return 0; } -/** Method to excecute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id. +/** Method to execute a <SfxSlot>s over the Slot-Id. [Note] @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ bool SfxDispatcher::_TryIntercept_Impl @param nSlot Slot-Id to search for @param rServer <SfxSlotServer>-Instance to fill - @param bModal Dispite ModalMode + @param bModal Despite ModalMode @return true The Slot was found, rServer is valid. @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ bool SfxDispatcher::_FindServer(sal_uInt16 nSlot, SfxSlotServer& rServer, bool b bool bIsServerShell = !pImp->pFrame || bIsInPlace; // Of course ShellServer-Slots are also executable even when it is - // excecuted on a container dispatcher without a IPClient. + // executed on a container dispatcher without a IPClient. if ( !bIsServerShell ) { SfxViewShell *pViewSh = pImp->pFrame->GetViewShell(); diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx index 6c7d0a35d4ba..50e71b5779a8 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ void SfxRequest_Impl::Record void SfxRequest::Record_Impl ( - SfxShell& rSh, // the <SfxShell>, which has excecuted the Request + SfxShell& rSh, // the <SfxShell>, which has executed the Request const SfxSlot& rSlot, // the <SfxSlot>, which has executed the Request com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::frame::XDispatchRecorder > xRecorder, SfxViewFrame* pViewFrame @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ void SfxRequest::RemoveItem( sal_uInt16 nID ) const SfxPoolItem* SfxRequest::GetArg ( sal_uInt16 nSlotId, // Slot-Id or Which-Id of the parameters - bool bDeep, // sal_False: do not seach in the Parent-ItemSets + bool bDeep, // sal_False: do not search in the Parent-ItemSets TypeId aType // != 0: RTTI check with Assertion ) const { @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ const SfxPoolItem* SfxRequest::GetItem ( const SfxItemSet* pArgs, sal_uInt16 nSlotId, // Slot-Id or Which-Id of the parameters - bool bDeep, // sal_False: do not seach in the Parent-ItemSets + bool bDeep, // sal_False: do not search in the Parent-ItemSets TypeId aType // != 0: RTTI check with Assertion ) diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/backingwindow.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/backingwindow.cxx index 53a09bae2539..02bbb08586e4 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/backingwindow.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/backingwindow.cxx @@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ BackingWindow::BackingWindow( vcl::Window* i_pParent ) : //extension button is considered as a candidate //But the containers are not invisible to the PushButton ctor which checks - //if the preceeding window of its parent is a button and if it then + //if the preceding window of its parent is a button and if it then //defaults to grouping with it and if it is not a button defaults to //setting itself as the start of a new group. //So here take the second button and set it as explicitly not the start - //of a group, i.e. allow it to be grouped with the preceeding + //of a group, i.e. allow it to be grouped with the preceding //PushButton so when seen as a candidate by cursor travelling //it will be accepted as a continuation of the group. WinBits nBits = mpExtensionsButton->GetStyle(); diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/basedlgs.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/basedlgs.cxx index b8a3a7419596..dbdf8d55016f 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/basedlgs.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/basedlgs.cxx @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void SfxModalDialog::GetDialogData_Impl() /* [Description] Helper function, reads the dialogue position from the ini file and - puts them on the transfered window. + puts them on the transferred window. */ { diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx index 1e8d32d08320..1f84bd2f0a7b 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ SfxChildAlignment SfxDockingWindow::CalcAlignment(const Point& rPos, Rectangle& aSmallDockingRect.SetPos(rPos); Rectangle aIntersectRect = aInRect.GetIntersection( aSmallDockingRect ); if ( aIntersectRect == aSmallDockingRect ) - // docking rectangle completely inside (shrinked) inner area -> floating mode + // docking rectangle completely inside (shrunk) inner area -> floating mode bBecomesFloating = true; } diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/splitwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/splitwin.cxx index 23675d42e182..c58505a244b6 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/splitwin.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/splitwin.cxx @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ void SfxSplitWindow::InsertWindow_Impl( SfxDock_Impl* pDock, InsertItem( pDockWin->GetType(), pDockWin, nWinSize, nPos, nSet, nItemBits ); // SplitWindows are once created in SFX and when inserting the first - // DockingWindows is made visable. + // DockingWindows is made visible. if ( GetItemCount( 0 ) == 1 && GetItemCount( 1 ) == 1 ) { // The Rearranging in WorkWindow and a Show() on the SplitWindow is @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ void SfxSplitWindow::SetFadeIn_Impl( bool bOn ) pEmptyWin->nState |= 2; if ( IsFloatingMode() ) { - // FloatingWindow is not visable, thus display it + // FloatingWindow is not visible, thus display it pWorkWin->ArrangeAutoHideWindows( this ); Show(); } diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/tabdlg.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/tabdlg.cxx index d73ffaad4034..2a70d202ccec 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/tabdlg.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/tabdlg.cxx @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ void SfxTabDialog::SetInputSet( const SfxItemSet* pInSet ) /* [Description] - With this method the Input-Set can subsequently be set initally or re-set. + With this method the Input-Set can subsequently be set initially or re-set. */ { diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx index 082aa20d8828..a80454d64e09 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ void SfxMedium::Transfer_Impl() aNameURL = pImp->pTempFile->GetURL(); else if ( !pImp->m_aLogicName.isEmpty() && pImp->m_bSalvageMode ) { - // makes sence only in case logic name is set + // makes sense only in case logic name is set if ( !::utl::LocalFileHelper::ConvertPhysicalNameToURL( pImp->m_aName, aNameURL ) ) SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "The medium name is not convertible!" ); } @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ void SfxMedium::GetLockingStream_Impl() if ( !pImp->pTempFile && pImp->m_aName.isEmpty() ) { - // the medium is still based on the original file, it makes sence to initialize the streams + // the medium is still based on the original file, it makes sense to initialize the streams if ( pImp->m_xLockingStream.is() ) pImp->xStream = pImp->m_xLockingStream; diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx index b2c352efdd5c..ebbc05927cc5 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ bool SfxDocumentTemplates::CopyFrom Import a template from the file system - [Return value] Sucess (sal_True) or serfpTargetDirectory->GetContent()); + [Return value] Success (sal_True) or serfpTargetDirectory->GetContent()); sal_Bool sal_True, Action could be performed sal_False, Action could not be performed diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx index 7ce7e253f539..f3bb54701344 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::ExecFile_Impl(SfxRequest &rReq) SfxViewFrame *pFrame = GetFrame(); if ( pFrame && pFrame->GetFrame().GetParentFrame() ) { - // If SID_CLOSEDOC is excecuted through menu and so on, but + // If SID_CLOSEDOC is executed through menu and so on, but // the current document is in a frame, then the // FrameSetDocument should actually be closed. pFrame->GetTopViewFrame()->GetObjectShell()->ExecuteSlot( rReq ); @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::GetState_Impl(SfxItemSet &rSet) if ( pFrame && pFrame->GetFrame().GetParentFrame() ) { - // If SID_CLOSEDOC is excecuted through menu and so on, but + // If SID_CLOSEDOC is executed through menu and so on, but // the current document is in a frame, then the // FrameSetDocument should actually be closed. pDoc = pFrame->GetTopViewFrame()->GetObjectShell(); diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx index ae890ecaf3b4..9ab266871d06 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::DisconnectStorage_Impl( SfxMedium& rSrcMedium, SfxMedium& r // contents, the storag will be broken xOptStorage->attachToURL( aBackupURL, sal_True ); - // the storage is successfully attached to backup, thus it it owned by the document not by the medium + // the storage is successfully attached to backup, thus it is owned by the document not by the medium rSrcMedium.CanDisposeStorage_Impl( false ); bResult = true; } @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::DoSaveObjectAs( SfxMedium& rMedium, bool bCommit ) } catch( uno::Exception& ) { - SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "The strotage was not commited on DoSaveAs!" ); + SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "The strotage was not committed on DoSaveAs!" ); } } @@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::DoSave_Impl( const SfxItemSet* pArgs ) // copy version list from "old" medium to target medium, so it can be used on saving pMediumTmp->TransferVersionList_Impl( *pRetrMedium ); - // an interaction handler here can aquire only in case of GUI Saving + // an interaction handler here can acquire only in case of GUI Saving // and should be removed after the saving is done com::sun::star::uno::Reference< XInteractionHandler > xInteract; SFX_ITEMSET_ARG( pArgs, pxInteractionItem, SfxUnoAnyItem, SID_INTERACTIONHANDLER, false ); @@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ bool StoragesOfUnknownMediaTypeAreCopied_Impl( const uno::Reference< embed::XSto } catch( uno::Exception& ) { - SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "Cant check storage consistency!" ); + SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "Can not check storage consistency!" ); } return true; diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objxtor.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objxtor.cxx index 67cd9642b351..2f72cadfc9d4 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/objxtor.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objxtor.cxx @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ SfxObjectShell* SfxObjectShell::GetFirst { SfxObjectShellArr_Impl &rDocs = SfxGetpApp()->GetObjectShells_Impl(); - // seach for a SfxDocument of the specified type + // search for a SfxDocument of the specified type for ( sal_uInt16 nPos = 0; nPos < rDocs.size(); ++nPos ) { SfxObjectShell* pSh = rDocs[ nPos ]; @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::PrepareClose } // Ask if possible if it should be saved - // only ask for the Document in the visable window + // only ask for the Document in the visible window SfxViewFrame *pFrame = SfxObjectShell::Current() == this ? SfxViewFrame::Current() : SfxViewFrame::GetFirst( this ); diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx index 4e34a5080bbd..cbefd5349786 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SfxBaseModel::close( sal_Bool bDeliverOwnership ) throw (util::Clo if (bDeliverOwnership) m_pData->m_bSuicide = true; throw util::CloseVetoException( - "Cant close while saving.", + "Can not close while saving.", static_cast< util::XCloseable* >(this)); } @@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SfxBaseModel::storeSelf( const Sequence< beans::PropertyValue > // stored in normal way. if ( !hasLocation() || getLocation().startsWith("private:") ) { - // actually in this very rare case only UI parameters have sence + // actually in this very rare case only UI parameters have sense // TODO/LATER: should be done later, after integration of sb19 bRet = m_pData->m_pObjectShell->DoSave() && m_pData->m_pObjectShell->DoSaveCompleted(); @@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ void SfxBaseModel::impl_store( const OUString& sURL else { // if the password is changed a special error should be used in case of shared document - throw task::ErrorCodeIOException("Cant change password for shared document.", uno::Reference< uno::XInterface >(), ERRCODE_SFX_SHARED_NOPASSWORDCHANGE ); + throw task::ErrorCodeIOException("Can not change password for shared document.", uno::Reference< uno::XInterface >(), ERRCODE_SFX_SHARED_NOPASSWORDCHANGE ); } } #endif diff --git a/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx b/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx index 2fa97069ff54..ea3faab05895 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( SfxVirtualMenu, Activate, Menu *, pMenu ) pBindings->Update( SID_IMAGE_ORIENTATION ); - // Supress the Status updates until Deactivate + // Suppress the Status updates until Deactivate pBindings->ENTERREGISTRATIONS(); ++nLocks; bIsActive = true; return sal_True; diff --git a/sfx2/source/notify/globalevents.cxx b/sfx2/source/notify/globalevents.cxx index 04aef56c3c3f..81981b7652a9 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/notify/globalevents.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/notify/globalevents.cxx @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SfxGlobalEvents_Impl::insert( const uno::Any& aElement ) aElement >>= xDoc; if (!xDoc.is()) throw lang::IllegalArgumentException( - OUString("Cant locate at least the model parameter."), + OUString("Can not locate at least the model parameter."), static_cast< container::XSet* >(this), 0); @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SfxGlobalEvents_Impl::remove( const uno::Any& aElement ) aElement >>= xDoc; if (!xDoc.is()) throw lang::IllegalArgumentException( - OUString("Cant locate at least the model parameter."), + OUString("Can not locate at least the model parameter."), static_cast< container::XSet* >(this), 0); diff --git a/sfx2/source/sidebar/FocusManager.hxx b/sfx2/source/sidebar/FocusManager.hxx index f8dba00ebcf4..0577c8cd88e7 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/sidebar/FocusManager.hxx +++ b/sfx2/source/sidebar/FocusManager.hxx @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ private: bool IsDeckTitleVisible (void) const; bool IsPanelTitleVisible (const sal_Int32 nPanelIndex) const; - /** Set the focus to the title bar of the panel or, if the the + /** Set the focus to the title bar of the panel or, if the title bar is not visible, directly to the panel. @param nPanelIndex Index of the panel to focus. diff --git a/sfx2/source/sidebar/ResourceManager.hxx b/sfx2/source/sidebar/ResourceManager.hxx index cd199f127a46..10dfdc28f507 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/sidebar/ResourceManager.hxx +++ b/sfx2/source/sidebar/ResourceManager.hxx @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ public: bar. Note that this value is not persistent. The flag can not be set directly at a DeckDescriptor object - because the ResourceManager gives access to to them only + because the ResourceManager gives access to them only read-only. */ void SetIsDeckEnabled ( diff --git a/sfx2/source/sidebar/TabItem.hxx b/sfx2/source/sidebar/TabItem.hxx index 9872d379ee5d..7345f2e4a338 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/sidebar/TabItem.hxx +++ b/sfx2/source/sidebar/TabItem.hxx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ namespace vcl { class Window; } namespace sfx2 { namespace sidebar { -/** A single button in the The tab bar. +/** A single button in the tab bar. */ class TabItem : public ImageRadioButton diff --git a/sfx2/source/statbar/stbitem.cxx b/sfx2/source/statbar/stbitem.cxx index 275a61be0fd8..eeea72b6e8c2 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/statbar/stbitem.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/statbar/stbitem.cxx @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ void SfxStatusBarControl::Command( const CommandEvent& ) /* [Description] - This virtual method is called when a CommandEvent is recived by + This virtual method is called when a CommandEvent is received by SfxStatusBarControl. The default implementation is empty. diff --git a/sfx2/source/toolbox/tbxitem.cxx b/sfx2/source/toolbox/tbxitem.cxx index e3db0a2f3612..3f46f722a67a 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/toolbox/tbxitem.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/toolbox/tbxitem.cxx @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ SfxPopupWindow* SfxPopupWindow::Clone() const Presentation-mode. It is called when a Show() would be meaningless since the parent is no presentation window. When create a new window the bew Top-Window will be used automatically, - so that the Parent becomes the presentation window and and that the new + so that the Parent becomes the presentation window and that the new Popup therefore becomes visible. */ diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx index ef4c3ca0decf..d3c299608512 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ void SfxFrame::CreateWorkWindow_Impl() if ( IsInPlace() ) { - // this makes sence only for inplace activated objects + // this makes sense only for inplace activated objects try { Reference < XChild > xChild( GetCurrentDocument()->GetModel(), UNO_QUERY ); diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/ipclient.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/ipclient.cxx index ef03157900e2..6d6f70346a61 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/ipclient.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/ipclient.cxx @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ ErrCode SfxInPlaceClient::DoVerb( long nVerb ) { if ( nVerb == 0 || nVerb == embed::EmbedVerbs::MS_OLEVERB_OPEN ) { - // a workaround for the default verb, usually makes sence for alien objects + // a workaround for the default verb, usually makes sense for alien objects try { m_pImp->m_xObject->doVerb( -9 ); // open own view, a workaround verb that is not visible diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx index 479a458b6a4f..f2f6f1357230 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ OUString SfxViewShell::GetSelectionText is included in the current selection. This is for example used when sending emails. - When called with "CompleteWords == TRUE", it is for example sufficent + When called with "CompleteWords == TRUE", it is for example sufficient with having the Cursor positioned somewhere within an URL in-order to have the entire URL returned. */ diff --git a/shell/source/win32/simplemail/senddoc.cxx b/shell/source/win32/simplemail/senddoc.cxx index f06b1b9a2773..906497bac5a6 100644 --- a/shell/source/win32/simplemail/senddoc.cxx +++ b/shell/source/win32/simplemail/senddoc.cxx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ namespace /* private */ } /** - Add a prefix to an email address. MAPI requires that that + Add a prefix to an email address. MAPI requires that email addresses have an 'SMTP:' prefix. @param aEmailAddress diff --git a/slideshow/source/engine/OGLTrans/generic/OGLTrans_TransitionImpl.hxx b/slideshow/source/engine/OGLTrans/generic/OGLTrans_TransitionImpl.hxx index f49f2d6aa11e..b23f76818c95 100644 --- a/slideshow/source/engine/OGLTrans/generic/OGLTrans_TransitionImpl.hxx +++ b/slideshow/source/engine/OGLTrans/generic/OGLTrans_TransitionImpl.hxx @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ private: std::vector<glm::vec2> TexCoords; }; -/** This class is to be derived to make any operation (tranform) you may need in order to construct your transitions +/** This class is to be derived to make any operation (transform) you may need in order to construct your transitions */ class Operation : private boost::noncopyable { diff --git a/slideshow/source/engine/transitions/slidetransitionfactory.cxx b/slideshow/source/engine/transitions/slidetransitionfactory.cxx index 43d380bab35f..d6056f5839a6 100644 --- a/slideshow/source/engine/transitions/slidetransitionfactory.cxx +++ b/slideshow/source/engine/transitions/slidetransitionfactory.cxx @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ class MovingSlideChange : public SlideChangeBase public: /** Create a new SlideChanger, for the given entering slide - bitmaps, which performes a moving slide change effect + bitmaps, which performs a moving slide change effect @param rLeavingDirection Direction vector. The move is performed along this diff --git a/solenv/bin/modules/installer/helppack.pm b/solenv/bin/modules/installer/helppack.pm index 7a584eee699b..726157be2e27 100644 --- a/solenv/bin/modules/installer/helppack.pm +++ b/solenv/bin/modules/installer/helppack.pm @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ sub select_help_items # Files with style "HELPPACK" and "FORCEHELPPACK" also have to be included into the help pack. # Files with style "HELPPACK" are only included into help packs. # Files with style "FORCEHELPPACK" are included into help packs and non help packs. They are - # forced, because otherwise they not not be included into helppacks. + # forced, because otherwise they may not be included into helppacks. my $ismultilingual = $oneitem->{'ismultilingual'}; diff --git a/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languagepack.pm b/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languagepack.pm index cc927b168865..a39769144de6 100644 --- a/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languagepack.pm +++ b/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languagepack.pm @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ sub select_language_items # Files with style "LANGUAGEPACK" and "FORCELANGUAGEPACK" also have to be included into the language pack. # Files with style "LANGUAGEPACK" are only included into language packs. # Files with style "FORCELANGUAGEPACK" are included into language packs and non language packs. They are - # forced, because otherwise they not not be included into languagepacks. + # forced, because otherwise they may not be included into languagepacks. my $styles = ""; if ( $oneitem->{'Styles'} ) { $styles = $oneitem->{'Styles'}; } diff --git a/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languages.pm b/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languages.pm index 0dab49e0e40f..e2590538353e 100644 --- a/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languages.pm +++ b/solenv/bin/modules/installer/languages.pm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ use installer::remover; use installer::ziplist; ############################################################################# -# Analyzing the laguage list parameter and language list from zip list file +# Analyzing the language list parameter and language list from zip list file ############################################################################# sub analyze_languagelist diff --git a/solenv/bin/uilangfilter.xslt b/solenv/bin/uilangfilter.xslt index 6d48974bccd2..7eb3557fa7a2 100644 --- a/solenv/bin/uilangfilter.xslt +++ b/solenv/bin/uilangfilter.xslt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <xsl:apply-templates select="//*[not(self::col)][@translatable='yes']" /> <!-- What I want to do here is to extract just the list and tree store - columns that that are translatable (the first one only) + columns that are translatable (the first one only) --> <xsl:apply-templates select="interface/object[data/row/col[@id='0'][@translatable='yes']]" /> </l> diff --git a/solenv/doc/gbuild/doxygen.cfg b/solenv/doc/gbuild/doxygen.cfg index 7671444f38a9..7c1359a9d0dd 100644 --- a/solenv/doc/gbuild/doxygen.cfg +++ b/solenv/doc/gbuild/doxygen.cfg @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES # When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented # classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word # or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES diff --git a/solenv/gbuild/ExternalProject.mk b/solenv/gbuild/ExternalProject.mk index f6e8cfca1a3d..aeb53792d7d5 100644 --- a/solenv/gbuild/ExternalProject.mk +++ b/solenv/gbuild/ExternalProject.mk @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ endef # Run a target command # # This provides a wrapper that changes to the right directory, -# touches the 'target' if sucessful and also provides +# touches the 'target' if successful and also provides # the ability to hide the output if there is no failure # gb_ExternalProject_run,run_target,command,optional_extra_sub_directory,optional_log_filename) # default log_filename is <run_target>.log diff --git a/solenv/gbuild/LinkTarget.mk b/solenv/gbuild/LinkTarget.mk index cd202cb7939f..46f89727ea8a 100644 --- a/solenv/gbuild/LinkTarget.mk +++ b/solenv/gbuild/LinkTarget.mk @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ $(WORKDIR)/Headers/% : # files. # - TARGETTYPE is the type of linktarget as some platforms need very different # command to link different targettypes. -# - LIBRARY_X64 is only relevent for building a x64 library on windows. +# - LIBRARY_X64 is only relevant for building a x64 library on windows. # # Since most variables are set on the linktarget and not on the object, the # object learns about these setting via GNU makes scoping of target variables. diff --git a/solenv/gbuild/extensions/post_PackageInfo.mk b/solenv/gbuild/extensions/post_PackageInfo.mk index 2bd677830df6..648024c29645 100644 --- a/solenv/gbuild/extensions/post_PackageInfo.mk +++ b/solenv/gbuild/extensions/post_PackageInfo.mk @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ $(foreach suf,html css,$(foreach file,$(wildcard $(INSTDIR)/help/$(1)/*.$(suf)), endef -#getting the package files post-hoc with wildcard isnt good and should be done better +#getting the package files post-hoc with wildcard is not good and should be done better define gb_PackageInfo_emit_l10n_for_one_alllangpackage @$(foreach file,$(shell ls $(INSTDIR)/$(1)/$(2)),echo "$(1)/$(2)/$(file)" >> $(gb_PackageInfo_get_target)/l10n-$(2).files &&) true diff --git a/solenv/inc/doxygen.cfg b/solenv/inc/doxygen.cfg index 1d7bdb62fdcc..afd195ee8e57 100644 --- a/solenv/inc/doxygen.cfg +++ b/solenv/inc/doxygen.cfg @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES # When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented # classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can -# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word # or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/stgdir.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/stgdir.cxx index 5db09aad52b1..3aeb6919f468 100644 --- a/sot/source/sdstor/stgdir.cxx +++ b/sot/source/sdstor/stgdir.cxx @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ bool StgDirEntry::Store( StgDirStrm& rStrm ) void* pEntry = rStrm.GetEntry( nEntry, true ); if( !pEntry ) return false; - // Do not store the current (maybe not commited) entry + // Do not store the current (maybe not committed) entry aSave.Store( pEntry ); if( pLeft ) if( !static_cast<StgDirEntry*>(pLeft)->Store( rStrm ) ) @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ bool StgDirEntry::Strm2Tmp() sal_uLong n = 0; if( pCurStrm ) { - // It was already commited once + // It was already committed once pTmpStrm = new StgTmpStrm; if( pTmpStrm->GetError() == SVSTREAM_OK && pTmpStrm->Copy( *pCurStrm ) ) return true; diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/stgstrms.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/stgstrms.cxx index 5b5e5c3efdf5..b857c6de4888 100644 --- a/sot/source/sdstor/stgstrms.cxx +++ b/sot/source/sdstor/stgstrms.cxx @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ sal_Int32 StgDataStrm::Read( void* pBuf, sal_Int32 n ) } else { - // partial block read thru the cache. + // partial block read through the cache. pPg = rIo.Get( nPage, false ); if( !pPg.is() ) break; @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ sal_Int32 StgDataStrm::Write( const void* pBuf, sal_Int32 n ) } else { - // partial block read thru the cache. + // partial block read through the cache. pPg = rIo.Get( nPage, false ); if( !pPg.is() ) break; @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ sal_Int32 StgSmallStrm::Read( void* pBuf, sal_Int32 n ) { if( !pData || !pData->Pos2Page( nPage * nPageSize + nOffset ) ) break; - // all reading thru the stream + // all reading through the stream short nRes = (short) pData->Read( (sal_uInt8*)pBuf + nDone, nBytes ); nDone = nDone + nRes; nPos += nRes; @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ sal_Int32 StgSmallStrm::Write( const void* pBuf, sal_Int32 n ) nBytes = (short) n; if( nBytes ) { - // all writing goes thru the stream + // all writing goes through the stream sal_Int32 nDataPos = nPage * nPageSize + nOffset; if ( !pData || ( pData->GetSize() < ( nDataPos + nBytes ) diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx index 6f66c25b7621..6a3dcbb54263 100644 --- a/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx +++ b/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ public: void Free(); bool Init(); bool Clear(); - sal_Int16 Commit(); // if modified and commited: transfer an XInputStream to the content + sal_Int16 Commit(); // if modified and committed: transfer an XInputStream to the content bool Revert(); // discard all changes BaseStorage* CreateStorage();// create an OLE Storage on the UCBStorageStream sal_uLong GetSize(); @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ sal_uLong UCBStorageStream_Impl::GetSize() BaseStorage* UCBStorageStream_Impl::CreateStorage() { // create an OLEStorage on a SvStream ( = this ) - // it gets the root attribute because otherwise it would probably not write before my root is commited + // it gets the root attribute because otherwise it would probably not write before my root is committed UCBStorageStream* pNewStorageStream = new UCBStorageStream( this ); Storage *pStorage = new Storage( *pNewStorageStream, m_bDirect ); @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ sal_Int16 UCBStorageStream_Impl::Commit() if ( m_bCommited || m_bIsOLEStorage || m_bDirect ) { // modified streams with OLEStorages on it have autocommit; it is assumed that the OLEStorage - // was commited as well ( if not opened in direct mode ) + // was committed as well ( if not opened in direct mode ) if ( m_bModified ) { @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ void UCBStorage_Impl::ReadContent() { // any command wasn't executed successfully - not specified if ( !( m_nMode & STREAM_WRITE ) ) - // if the folder was just inserted and not already commited, this is not an error! + // if the folder was just inserted and not already committed, this is not an error! SetError( ERRCODE_IO_GENERAL ); } catch (const RuntimeException&) @@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ BaseStorage* UCBStorage::OpenStorage_Impl( const OUString& rEleName, StreamMode // create OLE storages on a stream ( see ctor of SotStorage ) // Such a storage will be created on a UCBStorageStream; it will write into the stream // if it is opened in direct mode or when it is committed. In this case the stream will be - // modified and then it MUST be treated as commited. + // modified and then it MUST be treated as committed. if ( !pElement->m_xStream.Is() ) { BaseStorageStream* pStr = OpenStream( rEleName, nMode, bDirect ); diff --git a/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx b/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx index 4ce2efcb0322..3e9c70a2800f 100644 --- a/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx +++ b/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ public: /** Create a limit on an SmOperNode * - * This this method only work if the caret is inside an SmOperNode, or to the right of one. + * This method only work if the caret is inside an SmOperNode, or to the right of one. * Notice also that this method ignores any selection made. * * @param bMoveCaret If true that caret will be moved into the limit. diff --git a/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx b/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx index a39bc033d1b5..fa4258ac19c1 100644 --- a/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx +++ b/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ uno::Reference< uno::XInterface > SAL_CALL SmXMLExport_createInstance( const uno::Reference< lang::XMultiServiceFactory > & rSMgr) throw( uno::Exception ) { - // EXPORT_OASIS is required here allthough there is no differrence between + // EXPORT_OASIS is required here although there is no difference between // OOo and OASIS, because without the flag, a transformation to OOo would // be chained in. return (cppu::OWeakObject*)new SmXMLExport( comphelper::getComponentContext(rSMgr), SmXMLExport_getImplementationName(), EXPORT_OASIS|EXPORT_ALL ); diff --git a/stoc/source/invocation_adapterfactory/iafactory.cxx b/stoc/source/invocation_adapterfactory/iafactory.cxx index a61689fe098b..c35cca4e3bf7 100644 --- a/stoc/source/invocation_adapterfactory/iafactory.cxx +++ b/stoc/source/invocation_adapterfactory/iafactory.cxx @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ static inline AdapterImpl * lookup_adapter( while (iEnd != iPos) { AdapterImpl * that = reinterpret_cast< AdapterImpl * >( *iPos ); - // iterate thru all types if that is a matching adapter + // iterate through all types if that is a matching adapter sal_Int32 nPosTypes; for ( nPosTypes = nTypes; nPosTypes--; ) { diff --git a/svl/source/filerec/filerec.cxx b/svl/source/filerec/filerec.cxx index d8d3a10a387a..41453f6cb75c 100644 --- a/svl/source/filerec/filerec.cxx +++ b/svl/source/filerec/filerec.cxx @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ bool SfxMiniRecordReader::SetHeader_Impl( sal_uInt32 nHeader ) * that do not recognise the new tag will skip the new record * automatically. This does cause a slight run time inefficiency, * compared just starting reading, but if the first record - * is the wanted one the difference is just a comparision of 2 bytes. + * is the wanted one the difference is just a comparison of 2 bytes. */ SfxMiniRecordReader::SfxMiniRecordReader(SvStream* pStream, sal_uInt8 nTag) diff --git a/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx b/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx index ce32bdc68e8f..47ccd03636c6 100644 --- a/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx +++ b/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ SfxUShortRanges& SfxUShortRanges::operator += if ( IsEmpty() ) return *this = rRanges; - // First, run thru _pRanges and rRanges._pRanges and determine the size of + // First, run through _pRanges and rRanges._pRanges and determine the size of // the new, merged ranges: sal_uInt16 nCount = 0; const sal_uInt16 * pRA = _pRanges; @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ count_rest: for (; pRB[0]; pRB += 2) nCount += 2; - // Now, create new ranges of the correct size and, on a second run thru + // Now, create new ranges of the correct size and, on a second run through // _pRanges and rRanges._pRanges, copy the merged pairs into the new // ranges: sal_uInt16 * pNew = new sal_uInt16[nCount + 1]; diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx b/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx index b7885f805dcc..ca1f554e9cab 100644 --- a/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx +++ b/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx @@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ bool SvNumberFormatter::GetNewCurrencySymbolString( sal_uInt32 nFormat, OUString const SvNumberformat* pFormat = GetFormatEntry(nFormat); if ( pFormat ) { - OUStringBuffer sBuff(128); // guess-estimate of a value that will pretty much garantee no re-alloc + OUStringBuffer sBuff(128); // guess-estimate of a value that will pretty much guarantee no re-alloc OUString aSymbol, aExtension; if ( pFormat->GetNewCurrencySymbol( aSymbol, aExtension ) ) { diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/zformat.cxx b/svl/source/numbers/zformat.cxx index 315b848a589d..7efc8e8c5147 100644 --- a/svl/source/numbers/zformat.cxx +++ b/svl/source/numbers/zformat.cxx @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ bool SvNumberformat::ImpGetScientificOutput(double fNumber, { case '-' : nExpSign = -1; - // fallthru + // fall through case '+' : ++nExpStart; break; @@ -4072,7 +4072,7 @@ bool SvNumberformat::ImpNumberFillWithThousands( OUStringBuffer& sBuff, // numb { case NF_SYMBOLTYPE_DECSEP: aGrouping.reset(); - // fall thru + // fall through case NF_SYMBOLTYPE_STRING: case NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY: case NF_SYMBOLTYPE_PERCENT: diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/zforscan.cxx b/svl/source/numbers/zforscan.cxx index daf30c1f67f0..ea28370dc477 100644 --- a/svl/source/numbers/zforscan.cxx +++ b/svl/source/numbers/zforscan.cxx @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ short ImpSvNumberformatScan::Next_Symbol( const OUString& rStr, case SsGetStar: eState = SsStop; sSymbol += OUString(cToken); - nRepPos = (nPos - nStart) - 1; // everytime > 0!! + nRepPos = (nPos - nStart) - 1; // every time > 0!! break; case SsGetBlank: eState = SsStop; @@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ sal_Int32 ImpSvNumberformatScan::FinalScan( OUString& rString ) break; case NF_KEY_THAI_T : bThaiT = true; - // fall thru + // fall through case NF_KEY_M: // M case NF_KEY_MM: // MM case NF_KEY_MMM: // MMM @@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ sal_Int32 ImpSvNumberformatScan::FinalScan( OUString& rString ) break; case NF_KEY_THAI_T : bThaiT = true; - // fall thru + // fall through case NF_KEY_MI: // M case NF_KEY_MMI: // MM case NF_KEY_H: // H diff --git a/svtools/source/brwbox/brwbox1.cxx b/svtools/source/brwbox/brwbox1.cxx index 51bfecb6114b..fbb1047fe895 100644 --- a/svtools/source/brwbox/brwbox1.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/brwbox/brwbox1.cxx @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ bool BrowseBox::GoToColumnId( sal_uInt16 nColId, bool bMakeVisible, bool bRowCol //try to move to nCurRow, nColId CursorMoveAttempt aAttempt(nCurRow, nColId, bScrolled); //Detect if we are already in a call to BrowseBox::GoToColumnId - //but the the attempt is impossible and we are simply recursing + //but the attempt is impossible and we are simply recursing //into BrowseBox::GoToColumnId with the same impossible to //fulfill conditions if (m_aGotoStack.empty() || aAttempt != m_aGotoStack.top()) diff --git a/svtools/source/contnr/contentenumeration.hxx b/svtools/source/contnr/contentenumeration.hxx index a5f76e672b8c..60cd274dec7e 100644 --- a/svtools/source/contnr/contentenumeration.hxx +++ b/svtools/source/contnr/contentenumeration.hxx @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ namespace svt { private: OUString maFilename; // only filename in upper case - for compare purposes - OUString maTitle; // -> be carefull when changing maTitle to update maFilename only when new + OUString maTitle; // -> be careful when changing maTitle to update maFilename only when new OUString maLowerTitle; diff --git a/svtools/source/control/fmtfield.cxx b/svtools/source/control/fmtfield.cxx index c000833db7a1..3cdd68082dcd 100644 --- a/svtools/source/control/fmtfield.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/control/fmtfield.cxx @@ -128,14 +128,14 @@ namespace validation { // build up our transition table - // how to procede from START + // how to proceed from START { StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ START ]; rRow.insert( Transition( '_', NUM_START ) ); - // if we encounter the normalizing character, we want to procede with the number + // if we encounter the normalizing character, we want to proceed with the number } - // how to procede from NUM_START + // how to proceed from NUM_START { StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ NUM_START ]; @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ namespace validation lcl_insertStartExponentTransition( rRow ); } - // how to procede from DIGIT_PRE_COMMA + // how to proceed from DIGIT_PRE_COMMA { StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ DIGIT_PRE_COMMA ]; @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ namespace validation lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow ); } - // how to procede from DIGIT_POST_COMMA + // how to proceed from DIGIT_POST_COMMA { StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ DIGIT_POST_COMMA ]; @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ namespace validation lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow ); } - // how to procede from EXPONENT_START + // how to proceed from EXPONENT_START { StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ EXPONENT_START ]; @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ namespace validation lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow ); } - // how to procede from EXPONENT_DIGIT + // how to proceed from EXPONENT_DIGIT { StateTransitions& rRow = m_aTransitions[ EXPONENT_DIGIT ]; @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ namespace validation lcl_insertStopTransition( rRow ); } - // how to procede from END + // how to proceed from END { /*StateTransitions& rRow =*/ m_aTransitions[ EXPONENT_DIGIT ]; // no valid transition to leave this state diff --git a/svtools/source/control/inettbc.cxx b/svtools/source/control/inettbc.cxx index ba819dec413f..0a114737a8d9 100644 --- a/svtools/source/control/inettbc.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/control/inettbc.cxx @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ void SvtMatchContext_Impl::execute( ) // This method is called via AsynchronLink, so it has the SolarMutex and // calling solar code ( VCL ... ) is safe. It is called when the thread is // terminated ( finished work or stopped ). Cancelling the thread via -// Cancellable does not not discard the information gained so far, it +// Cancellable does not discard the information gained so far, it // inserts all collected completions into the listbox. IMPL_STATIC_LINK( SvtMatchContext_Impl, Select_Impl, void*, ) diff --git a/svtools/source/control/ruler.cxx b/svtools/source/control/ruler.cxx index 4fc5ed75c563..b49421c3dc05 100644 --- a/svtools/source/control/ruler.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/control/ruler.cxx @@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ uno::Reference< XAccessible > Ruler::CreateAccessible() if( xAccParent.is() ) { // MT: Fixed compiler issue because the address from a temporary object was used. - // BUT: Shoudl it really be a Pointer, instead of const&??? + // BUT: Should it really be a Pointer, instead of const&??? OUString aStr; if ( mnWinStyle & WB_HORZ ) { diff --git a/svtools/source/control/tabbar.cxx b/svtools/source/control/tabbar.cxx index 3c6b7f7c716f..e2d018997066 100644 --- a/svtools/source/control/tabbar.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/control/tabbar.cxx @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ void TabBar::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt ) { // Deselect all tabs till the clicked tab // and select all tabs from the clicked tab - // till the the actual position + // 'till the actual position n = 0; while ( n < nCurPos ) { diff --git a/svtools/source/control/valueimp.hxx b/svtools/source/control/valueimp.hxx index 3689872eb541..4b2cf9f54ebf 100644 --- a/svtools/source/control/valueimp.hxx +++ b/svtools/source/control/valueimp.hxx @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ private: /** Check whether the value set has a 'none' field, i.e. a field (button) that deselects any items (selects none of them). @return - Returns <true/> if there is a 'none' field and <false/> it it is + Returns <true/> if there is a 'none' field and <false/> if it is missing. */ bool HasNoneField (void) const; diff --git a/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx b/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx index 4c7ee7a81ef4..4339551d35dc 100644 --- a/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ namespace svt WizardState nFirstUnknownPage; // the WizardDialog does not allow non-linear transitions (e.g. it's - // not possible to add pages in a non-linear order), so we need some own maintainance data + // not possible to add pages in a non-linear order), so we need some own maintenance data bool m_bAutoNextButtonState; diff --git a/svtools/source/misc/acceleratorexecute.cxx b/svtools/source/misc/acceleratorexecute.cxx index 77008c22bd96..67660c27a2c7 100644 --- a/svtools/source/misc/acceleratorexecute.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/misc/acceleratorexecute.cxx @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ bool AcceleratorExecute::execute(const css::awt::KeyEvent& aAWTKey) { OUString sCommand = impl_ts_findCommand(aAWTKey); - // No Command found? Do nothing! User isnt interested on any error handling .-) + // No Command found? Do nothing! User is not interested on any error handling .-) // or for some reason m_xContext is NULL (which would crash impl_ts_getURLParser() if (sCommand.isEmpty() || !m_xContext.is()) { diff --git a/svtools/source/misc/templatefoldercache.cxx b/svtools/source/misc/templatefoldercache.cxx index 9a561267149b..a44cc4eb6d6c 100644 --- a/svtools/source/misc/templatefoldercache.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/misc/templatefoldercache.cxx @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ namespace svt }; - /// base class for functors which act an an SvStream + /// base class for functors which act on a SvStream struct StorageHelper { protected: diff --git a/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx b/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx index 2f231ad4ba7a..98445edf97b0 100644 --- a/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ int HTMLParser::ScanText( const sal_Unicode cBreak ) if( cBreak=='>' && (cChar=='\\' || cChar=='\'' || cChar=='\"' || cChar==' ') ) { - // ' and " have to be escaped withing tags to separate + // ' and " have to be escaped within tags to separate // them from ' and " enclosing options. // \ has to be escaped as well. // Space is protected because it's not a delimiter between diff --git a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx index 5143d082426d..b7d34bcfbb29 100644 --- a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx +++ b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ namespace svt { namespace table /** toggles the cursor visibility The method is not bound to the classes public invariants, as it's used in - situations where the they must not necessarily be fullfilled. + situations where the they must not necessarily be fulfilled. */ void impl_ni_doSwitchCursor( bool _bOn ); @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ namespace svt { namespace table /** updates all cached model values The method is not bound to the classes public invariants, as it's used in - situations where the they must not necessarily be fullfilled. + situations where the they must not necessarily be fulfilled. */ void impl_ni_updateCachedModelValues(); diff --git a/svtools/source/toolpanel/paneldecklisteners.hxx b/svtools/source/toolpanel/paneldecklisteners.hxx index c7d2c3d074b1..81f0d1639387 100644 --- a/svtools/source/toolpanel/paneldecklisteners.hxx +++ b/svtools/source/toolpanel/paneldecklisteners.hxx @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ namespace svt void LayouterChanged( const PDeckLayouter& i_rNewLayouter ); void Dying(); - // listener maintainance + // listener maintenance void AddListener( IToolPanelDeckListener& i_rListener ); void RemoveListener( IToolPanelDeckListener& i_rListener ); diff --git a/svx/inc/sdr/primitive2d/sdrtextprimitive2d.hxx b/svx/inc/sdr/primitive2d/sdrtextprimitive2d.hxx index fa8a13f1c381..6f401aa7213b 100644 --- a/svx/inc/sdr/primitive2d/sdrtextprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/svx/inc/sdr/primitive2d/sdrtextprimitive2d.hxx @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer class SdrTextPrimitive2D : public BufferedDecompositionPrimitive2D { private: - // The text model data; this sould later just be the OutlinerParaObject or + // The text model data; this should later just be the OutlinerParaObject or // something equal ::tools::WeakReference< SdrText > mrSdrText; diff --git a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleShape.cxx b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleShape.cxx index 01cfa5538ba1..2cecce0f1668 100644 --- a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleShape.cxx +++ b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleShape.cxx @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) std::sort( vXShapes.begin(), vXShapes.end(), XShapePosCompareHelper() ); - //get the the index of the selected object in the group + //get the index of the selected object in the group std::vector< uno::Reference<drawing::XShape> >::iterator aIter; //we start counting position from 1 sal_Int32 nPos = 1; diff --git a/svx/source/core/extedit.cxx b/svx/source/core/extedit.cxx index c5e6eaf84179..78f5bd0bfc41 100644 --- a/svx/source/core/extedit.cxx +++ b/svx/source/core/extedit.cxx @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void ExternalToolEdit::Edit( GraphicObject* pGraphicObject ) // Write the Graphic to the file now XOutBitmap::WriteGraphic(aGraphic, aTempFileName, aFilter, XOUTBMP_USE_NATIVE_IF_POSSIBLE | XOUTBMP_DONT_EXPAND_FILENAME); - // There is a possiblity that sPath extension might have been changed if the + // There is a possibility that sPath extension might have been changed if the // provided extension is not writable m_aFileName = aTempFileName; diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx index 6213effb9c6c..b0b477c6ec1b 100644 --- a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx +++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( FmGridHeader, OnAsyncExecuteDrop, void*, /*NOTINTERESTEDIN*/ ) aPossibleTypes.push_back(SID_FM_FORMATTEDFIELD); break; } - // if it's a currency field, a a "currency field" option + // if it's a currency field, a "currency field" option try { if ( ::comphelper::hasProperty(FM_PROP_ISCURRENCY, xField) diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx index c6c1c504bb50..64b78c5d5948 100644 --- a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx +++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx @@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ Reference< ::com::sun::star::frame::XDispatch > FmXGridPeer::queryDispatch(cons { m_bInterceptingDispatch = true; // safety against recursion : as we are master of the first chain element and slave of the last one we would - // have an infinite loop without this if no dispatcher can fullfill the request + // have an infinite loop without this if no dispatcher can fulfill the request xResult = m_xFirstDispatchInterceptor->queryDispatch(aURL, aTargetFrameName, nSearchFlags); m_bInterceptingDispatch = false; } diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/gridcell.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/gridcell.cxx index f9514e7dec4a..bd51defa89d3 100644 --- a/svx/source/fmcomp/gridcell.cxx +++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/gridcell.cxx @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ void DbGridColumn::CreateControl(sal_Int32 _nFieldPos, const Reference< ::com::s impl_toggleScriptManager_nothrow( true ); - // only if we use have a bound field, we use a a controller for displaying the + // only if we use have a bound field, we use a controller for displaying the // window in the grid if (m_xField.is()) m_xController = pCellControl->CreateController(); @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ void DbCellControl::implValuePropertyChanged( ) void DbCellControl::implAdjustGenericFieldSetting( const Reference< XPropertySet >& /*_rxModel*/ ) { - // nothing to to here + // nothing to do here } diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmobj.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmobj.cxx index 483c12cf85e6..80c508aeb8ce 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmobj.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmobj.cxx @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ void FmFormObj::clonedFrom(const FmFormObj* _pSource) ensureModelEnv(xSourceContainer, m_xEnvironmentHistory); m_aEventsHistory = aEvts; - // if we we're clone there was a call to operator=, so aEvts are exactly the events we need here ... + // if we were clone there was a call to operator=, so aEvts are exactly the events we need here... } diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmshell.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmshell.cxx index c9f95466cdd0..62d08808055b 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmshell.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmshell.cxx @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ void FmFormShell::Execute(SfxRequest &rReq) if ( bReopenNavigator ) // we closed the navigator only to implicitly commit it (as we do not have another - // direct wire to it), but to the user, it should look it it was always open + // direct wire to it), but to the user, it should look as it was always open GetViewShell()->GetViewFrame()->ToggleChildWindow( SID_FM_FILTER_NAVIGATOR ); } break; diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx index faf0daeb9904..b12779cf8882 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ void FmXFormShell::ExecuteSearch() Reference< XGrid> xGrid(xActiveControl, UNO_QUERY); if (xGrid.is()) { - // fuer strActiveField brauche ich die die ControlSource der Column, dafuer den Columns-Container, dafuer die + // fuer strActiveField brauche ich die ControlSource der Column, dafuer den Columns-Container, dafuer die // GridPeer Reference< XGridPeer> xGridPeer(xActiveControl->getPeer(), UNO_QUERY); Reference< XIndexAccess> xColumns; @@ -2850,7 +2850,7 @@ void FmXFormShell::SetDesignMode(bool bDesign) // 67506 - 15.07.99 - FS if (bDesign && m_bHadPropertyBrowserInDesignMode) { - // The UIFeatureChanged performes an update (a check of the available features) asynchronously. + // The UIFeatureChanged performs an update (a check of the available features) asynchronously. // So we can't call ShowSelectionProperties directly as the according feature isn't enabled yet. // That's why we use an asynchron execution on the dispatcher. // (And that's why this has to be done AFTER the UIFeatureChanged.) diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmundo.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmundo.cxx index 4c641587962f..24edb9239218 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmundo.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmundo.cxx @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ void SAL_CALL FmXUndoEnvironment::propertyChange(const PropertyChangeEvent& evt) } // no Undo for transient and readonly props. But unfortunately "transient" is not only that the - // "transient" flag is set for the property in question, instead is is somewhat more complex + // "transient" flag is set for the property in question, instead it is somewhat more complex // Transience criterions are: // - the "transient" flag is set for the property // - OR the control has a non-empty COntrolSource property, i.e. is intended to be bound diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmview.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmview.cxx index 5926389c48eb..b7331257feb9 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmview.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmview.cxx @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void FmFormView::Init() // mode by default (though a newly created model returns true for GetOpenInDesignMode). // We _want_ to have this because it makes a lot of hacks following the original fix DBG_ASSERT( !bInitDesignMode, "FmFormView::Init: doesn't the model default to FALSE anymore?" ); - // if this asserts, either the on-contruction default in the model has changed (then this here + // if this asserts, either the on-construction default in the model has changed (then this here // may not be necessary anymore), or we're not dealing with a new document .... bInitDesignMode = true; } diff --git a/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx b/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx index c29d1397d9a5..174774fdc906 100644 --- a/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx +++ b/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ enum EDocStates /// the Auto/Emergency saved document isn't useable any longer E_DAMAGED = 64, - /// the Auto/Emergency saved document isnt really up-to-date (some changes can be missing) + /// the Auto/Emergency saved document is not really up-to-date (some changes can be missing) E_INCOMPLETE = 128, /// the Auto/Emergency saved document was processed successfully E_SUCCEDED = 512 diff --git a/svx/source/inc/svxrectctaccessiblecontext.hxx b/svx/source/inc/svxrectctaccessiblecontext.hxx index 0ade59b50584..84f1aad9dc01 100644 --- a/svx/source/inc/svxrectctaccessiblecontext.hxx +++ b/svx/source/inc/svxrectctaccessiblecontext.hxx @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ protected: private: /** Description of this object. This is not a constant because it can - be set from the outside. Furthermore, it changes according the the + be set from the outside. Furthermore, it changes according to the draw page's display mode. */ OUString msDescription; diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx index 390c5bd2d602..1d2c154bf33a 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ namespace sdr // more than just the shapes, and then it fails. // // This is good enough for the tiled rendering for the moment, but - // we need to come up with with the real solution shortly. + // we need to come up with the real solution shortly. // Only get the expensive hierarchy if we can be sure that the // returned sequence won't be empty anyway. diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontactofunocontrol.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontactofunocontrol.cxx index 1bc65c29f519..7ab63888fc60 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontactofunocontrol.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontactofunocontrol.cxx @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ namespace sdr { namespace contact { // Somebody requested a control for a new device, which means either of // - our PageView's paint window changed since we were last here // - we don't belong to a page view, and are simply painted onto different devices - // The first sounds strange (doens't it?), the second means we could perhaps + // The first sounds strange (doesn't it?), the second means we could perhaps // optimize this in the future - there is no need to re-create the control every time, // is it? // #i74523# / 2007-02-15 / frank.schoenheit@sun.com diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx index 8c6ca5d58ece..3bb3f12bbcb4 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv.cxx @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ void SdrEditView::DeleteMarkedList(const SdrMarkList& rMark) SdrMark* pM = rMark.GetMark(nm); SdrObject* pObj = pM->GetMarkedSdrObj(); - // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold its layed out path (SJ) + // extra undo actions for changed connector which now may hold its laid out path (SJ) std::vector< SdrUndoAction* > vConnectorUndoActions( CreateConnectorUndo( *pObj ) ); AddUndoActions( vConnectorUndoActions ); diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx index 5ff10660e2c1..93eadf8d5070 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdedtv2.cxx @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ void SdrEditView::MergeMarkedObjects(SdrMergeMode eMode) } case SDR_MERGE_SUBSTRACT: { - // Substract B from A + // Subtract B from A aMergePolyPolygonA = basegfx::tools::solvePolygonOperationDiff(aMergePolyPolygonA, aMergePolyPolygonB); break; } diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx index b40a57829948..ba3c477202fb 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdobj.cxx @@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ bool SdrObject::HasLineStyle() const // #i52224# // on import of OLE object from MS documents the BLIP size might be retrieved, // the following four methods are used to control it; -// usually this data makes no sence after the import is finished, since the object +// usually this data makes no sense after the import is finished, since the object // might be resized diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx index 564d07c8b0cf..d2122907422f 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ XPolygon SdrEdgeObj::ImpCalcEdgeTrack(const Point& rPt1, long nAngle1, const Rec . . . . . . . . . . only in . . . _|__|_ _|__|_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . * . * . _|_ _|_ . * . * part: * . * _|_ * * _|_ * . * * . * . * * . * . * - 3.3: The line exits point away from the other object or or miss its back (52+4). + 3.3: The line exits point away from the other object or miss its back (52+4). _|__|__|__|_ * * _|__|__|__|_ * . . . * * . * . * these 4 * . * . * * . * . * _|__|__|__|_ . . _|__|__|__|_ T T T . . . . T T T constellations . . . T . . T . . . _|__|_ |- . * * . -| _|__|_ T T |- . * * . -| T T are covered * . |- . * * . -| . * @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ XPolygon SdrEdgeObj::ImpCalcEdgeTrack(const Point& rPt1, long nAngle1, const Rec } /* -There could be a maximum of 64 different developments with with 5 lines, a +There could be a maximum of 64 different developments with 5 lines, a maximum of 32 developments with 4 lines, a maximum of 16 developments with 3 lines, a maximum of 8 developments with 2 lines. This gives us a total of 124 possibilities. diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdotext.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdotext.cxx index 727211f13240..4ef80f611d27 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdotext.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdotext.cxx @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ void SdrTextObj::ImpSetCharStretching(SdrOutliner& rOutliner, const Size& rTextS long nX=(nWantWdt*100) /nIsWdt; // calculate X stretching long nY=(nWantHgt*100) /nIsHgt; // calculate Y stretching bool bChkX = true; - if (bNoStretching) { // might only be be possible proportionally + if (bNoStretching) { // might only be possible proportionally if (nX>nY) { nX=nY; bChkX=false; } else { nY=nX; } } diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdundo.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdundo.cxx index c88d2c303a93..bde9c51b4085 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdundo.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdundo.cxx @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ void SdrUndoAttrObj::Undo() // Since ClearItem sets back everything to normal // it also sets fit-to-size text to non-fit-to-size text and // switches on autogrowheight (the default). That may lead to - // loosing the geometry size info for the object when it is + // losing the geometry size info for the object when it is // laid out again from AdjustTextFrameWidthAndHeight(). This makes // rescuing the size of the object necessary. const Rectangle aSnapRect = pObj->GetSnapRect(); diff --git a/svx/source/table/svdotable.cxx b/svx/source/table/svdotable.cxx index fe67817d1a27..71d6f3e386c5 100644 --- a/svx/source/table/svdotable.cxx +++ b/svx/source/table/svdotable.cxx @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ void SdrTableObjImpl::DragEdge( bool mbHorizontal, int nEdge, sal_Int32 nOffset fixes fdo#59889 and resizing of table in edge dragging Total vertical edges in a NxN table is N+1, indexed from 0 to N and total Columns is N, indexed from 0 to N-1 In LTR table vertical edge responsible for dragging of column x(x=0 to N-1) is, Edge x+1 - But in RTL table vertical edge responisble for dragging of column x(x=0 to N-1, but from right to left)is, Edge x + But in RTL table vertical edge responsible for dragging of column x(x=0 to N-1, but from right to left)is, Edge x In LTR table dragging of edge 0(for RTL table edge N) does nothing. */ //Todo: Implement Dragging functionality for leftmost edge of table. diff --git a/svx/source/tbxctrls/fillctrl.cxx b/svx/source/tbxctrls/fillctrl.cxx index 5b4aa1aaf5d5..ea0d91d7fa8c 100644 --- a/svx/source/tbxctrls/fillctrl.cxx +++ b/svx/source/tbxctrls/fillctrl.cxx @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ IMPL_LINK(FillControl, SelectFillAttrHdl, ListBox *, pBox) // two undo entries. Reason for this is that indeed two actions are executed, the fill style // and the fill attribute change. The sidebar already handles both separately, so // changing the fill style already changes the object and adds a default fill attribute for - // the newly choosen fill style. + // the newly chosen fill style. // This control uses the older user's two-step action to select a fill style and a fill attribute. In // this case a lot of things may go wrong (e.g. the user stops that action and does something // different), thus the solution of the sidebar should be preferred from my POV in the future diff --git a/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx b/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx index a0a9649e171d..8216a9f7d3c3 100644 --- a/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx +++ b/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ void SvxStyleBox_Impl::UserDraw( const UserDrawEvent& rUDEvt ) //TODO Draw the other background styles: gradient, hatching and bitmap } - // when the font- and background-color are too similiar, adjust the Font-Color + // when the font and background color are too similar, adjust the Font-Color if( (aFontCol != COL_AUTO) || (aBackCol != COL_AUTO) ) aFontCol = TestColorsVisible(aFontCol, (aBackCol != COL_AUTO) ? aBackCol : pDevice->GetBackground().GetColor()); diff --git a/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbxalign.cxx b/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbxalign.cxx index 14d15b25fde6..9236c25d271c 100644 --- a/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbxalign.cxx +++ b/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbxalign.cxx @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ SfxPopupWindow* SvxTbxCtlAlign::CreatePopupWindow() sal_Bool SAL_CALL SvxTbxCtlAlign::opensSubToolbar() throw (::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) { - // We control a sub-toolbar therefor, we have to return true. + // We control a sub-toolbar therefore, we have to return true. return sal_True; } diff --git a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshap4.cxx b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshap4.cxx index d3b96039e9f7..0f93277ee927 100644 --- a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshap4.cxx +++ b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshap4.cxx @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ bool SvxOle2Shape::setPropertyValueImpl( const OUString& rName, const SfxItemPro { case OWN_ATTR_OLE_VISAREA: { - // TODO/LATER: seems to make no sence for iconified object + // TODO/LATER: seems to make no sense for iconified object awt::Rectangle aVisArea; if( (rValue >>= aVisArea) && mpObj->ISA(SdrOle2Obj)) diff --git a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx index 9c6df3a99b0b..9d0abd5388de 100644 --- a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx +++ b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SvxShape::setSize( const awt::Size& rSize ) } else { - //aRect.SetSize(aLocalSize); // this call substract 1 // http://www.openoffice.org/issues/show_bug.cgi?id=83193 + //aRect.SetSize(aLocalSize); // this call subtract 1 // http://www.openoffice.org/issues/show_bug.cgi?id=83193 if ( !aLocalSize.Width() ) { aRect.Right() = RECT_EMPTY; diff --git a/sw/inc/SwNumberTree.hxx b/sw/inc/SwNumberTree.hxx index ce938020c9aa..f9fe9b57c299 100644 --- a/sw/inc/SwNumberTree.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/SwNumberTree.hxx @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ protected: */ mutable SwNumberTree::tSwNumTreeNumber mnNumber; - // boolean indicating, that a node of a not counted parent node is continueing + // boolean indicating, that a node of a not counted parent node is continuing // the numbering of parent's previous node sub tree. // Example: // 1. kshdkjfs diff --git a/sw/inc/doc.hxx b/sw/inc/doc.hxx index 63c32b3fc97b..2de7b9990365 100644 --- a/sw/inc/doc.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/doc.hxx @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ public: const Link* pCallBack = 0 ); /** Adjust left margin via object bar (similar to adjustment of numerations). - One can either change the margin "by" adding or substracting a given + One can either change the margin "by" adding or subtracting a given offset or set it "to" this position (bModulus = true). */ void MoveLeftMargin( const SwPaM& rPam, bool bRight = true, bool bModulus = true ); diff --git a/sw/inc/editsh.hxx b/sw/inc/editsh.hxx index 8221ff46ab99..a9813962a5fd 100644 --- a/sw/inc/editsh.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/editsh.hxx @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ public: inline const sfx2::LinkManager& GetLinkManager() const; /** Adjust left margin via object bar (similar to adjustment of numerations). - One can either change the margin "by" adding or substracting a given + One can either change the margin "by" adding or subtracting a given offset or set it "to" this position @param (bModulus = true). */ bool IsMoveLeftMargin( bool bRight = true, bool bModulus = true ) const; void MoveLeftMargin( bool bRight = true, bool bModulus = true ); diff --git a/sw/inc/fmthdft.hxx b/sw/inc/fmthdft.hxx index ce2afbe6af59..5e0870c297dd 100644 --- a/sw/inc/fmthdft.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/fmthdft.hxx @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class IntlWrapper; class SwFmt; /** Header, for PageFormats - Client of FrmFmt discribing the header. */ + Client of FrmFmt describing the header. */ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwFmtHeader: public SfxPoolItem, public SwClient { diff --git a/sw/inc/ndnotxt.hxx b/sw/inc/ndnotxt.hxx index 26dfa94de0f1..23a9c05cc93a 100644 --- a/sw/inc/ndnotxt.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/ndnotxt.hxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwNoTxtNode : public SwCntntNode bool bAutomaticContour : 1; // automatic contour polygon, not manipulated bool bContourMapModeValid : 1; // contour map mode is not the graphics's // preferred map mode, but either - // MM100 or or pixel + // MM100 or pixel bool bPixelContour : 1; // contour map mode is invalid and pixel. // Creates for all derivations an AttrSet with ranges for frame- and diff --git a/sw/inc/swtable.hxx b/sw/inc/swtable.hxx index 709aaa4d5410..e0bab7383189 100644 --- a/sw/inc/swtable.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/swtable.hxx @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ public: bool IsNumberChanged() const; // Is that a formula box or a box with numeric contents (AutoSum)? - // What it is is indicated by the return value - the WhichId of the attribute. + // What it is indicated by the return value - the WhichId of the attribute. // Empty boxes have the return value USHRT_MAX !! sal_uInt16 IsFormulaOrValueBox() const; diff --git a/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx b/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx index 7a5af46ab5a9..da0d5d601cb1 100644 --- a/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwViewShell : public Ring bool mbShowFooterSeparator:1; ///< Flag to say that we are showing the footer control bool mbHeaderFooterEdit:1; ///< Flag to say that we are editing header or footer (according to the bShow(Header|Footer)Separator above) - // boolean, indicating that class in in constructor. + // boolean, indicating that class in constructor. bool mbInConstructor:1; bool mbTiledRendering:1; ///< Set if we are doing the tiled rendering (using PaintTile()). diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport2.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport2.cxx index 2086d4aff4f2..8dc4e9445b8a 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport2.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport2.cxx @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(defaultTabStopNotInStyles, "empty.odt") uno::Reference< beans::XPropertySet > properties( paragraphStyles->getByName( "Standard" ), uno::UNO_QUERY ); uno::Sequence< style::TabStop > stops = getProperty< uno::Sequence< style::TabStop > >( paragraphStyles->getByName( "Standard" ), "ParaTabStops" ); -// There actually be be one tab stop, but it will be the default. +// There actually be one tab stop, but it will be the default. CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL( static_cast<sal_Int32>(1), stops.getLength()); CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL( style::TabAlign_DEFAULT, stops[ 0 ].Alignment ); } @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFdo43093, "fdo43093.docx") DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFdo64238_a, "fdo64238_a.docx") { // The problem was that when 'Show Only Odd Footer' was marked in Word and the Even footer *was filled* - // then LO would still import the Even footer and concatenate it to to the odd footer. + // then LO would still import the Even footer and concatenate it to the odd footer. // This case specifically is for : // 'Blank Odd Footer' with 'Non-Blank Even Footer' when 'Show Only Odd Footer' is marked in Word // In this case the imported footer in LO was supposed to be blank, but instead was the 'even' footer @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFdo64238_a, "fdo64238_a.docx") DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFdo64238_b, "fdo64238_b.docx") { // The problem was that when 'Show Only Odd Footer' was marked in Word and the Even footer *was filled* - // then LO would still import the Even footer and concatenate it to to the odd footer. + // then LO would still import the Even footer and concatenate it to the odd footer. // This case specifically is for : // 'Non-Blank Odd Footer' with 'Non-Blank Even Footer' when 'Show Only Odd Footer' is marked in Word // In this case the imported footer in LO was supposed to be just the odd footer, but instead was the 'odd' and 'even' footers concatenated @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testTableFloating, "table-floating.docx") { // After import, table is inside a TextFrame. uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xFrame(xIndexAccess->getByIndex(0), uno::UNO_QUERY); - // This was 0, should be the the opposite of (left margin + half of the border width). + // This was 0, should be the opposite of (left margin + half of the border width). CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(sal_Int32(-199), getProperty<sal_Int32>(xFrame, "HoriOrientPosition")); // Was 0 as well, should be the right margin. CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(sal_Int32(250), getProperty<sal_Int32>(xFrame, "RightMargin")); @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testTableFloating, "table-floating.docx") { // After import, table is inside a TextFrame. uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xShape(getShape(1), uno::UNO_QUERY); - // This was 0, should be the the opposite of (left margin + half of the border width). + // This was 0, should be the opposite of (left margin + half of the border width). CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(sal_Int32(-199), getProperty<sal_Int32>(xShape, "HoriOrientPosition")); // Was 0 as well, should be the right margin. CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(sal_Int32(250), getProperty<sal_Int32>(xShape, "RightMargin")); diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx index dcace7731ad8..7b0edaf18551 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFontNameIsEmpty, "font-name-is-empty.docx") DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testMultiColumnLineSeparator, "multi-column-line-separator-SAVED.docx") { - // Check for the Column Separator value.It should be FALSE as the document doesnt contains separator line. + // Check for the Column Separator value.It should be FALSE as the document does not contain separator line. xmlDocPtr pXmlDoc = parseExport(); if (!pXmlDoc) return; diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport5.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport5.cxx index 3c11a40bc618..6d9bfc752d9a 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport5.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport5.cxx @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFD083057, "fdo83057.docx") // A fly frame was attached to a para which started with a hint (run) containing an SDT. // This SDT was handled while exporting the FLYFRAME and also the text of the run. - // So, eventhough the original file had only one sdt in the header, the RT file had two; + // So, even though the original file had only one sdt in the header, the RT file had two; // one for a separate run as expected, and one incorrectly exported in the alternateContent (FLYFRAME) // Assert that the file has only one sdt, in a separate run diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlimport/ooxmlimport.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlimport/ooxmlimport.cxx index 3a541ad33398..57ae73534127 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlimport/ooxmlimport.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlimport/ooxmlimport.cxx @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ numberingstyle = ThisComponent.NumberingRules.getByIndex(6) xray numberingstyle.name - should match name above numbering = numberingstyle.getByIndex(0) xray numbering(11) - should be 4, arabic -note that the indexes may get off as the implementation evolves, C++ code seaches in loops +note that the indexes may get off as the implementation evolves, C++ code searches in loops */ uno::Reference<text::XTextDocument> xTextDocument(mxComponent, uno::UNO_QUERY); uno::Reference< text::XTextRange > paragraph(getParagraph( 1, "Text1." )); diff --git a/sw/qa/python/check_index.py b/sw/qa/python/check_index.py index 6ea5b0b138f2..4d3076c43b9a 100644 --- a/sw/qa/python/check_index.py +++ b/sw/qa/python/check_index.py @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class CheckIndex(unittest.TestCase): xCursor.gotoStartOfParagraph(True) xCursor.setPropertyValue("ParaStyleName","Heading 1") - # try agian with update + # try again with update xIndex.update() listener.assertRefreshed() xCursor.gotoRange(xIndex.getAnchor().getEnd(), False) diff --git a/sw/source/core/access/acccontext.cxx b/sw/source/core/access/acccontext.cxx index 46206704a79f..4a75581cfa98 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/access/acccontext.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/access/acccontext.cxx @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ void SwAccessibleContext::ScrolledWithin( const SwRect& rOldVisArea ) void SwAccessibleContext::ScrolledIn() { // This accessible should be freshly created, because it - // was not visible before. Therefor, its vis area must already + // was not visible before. Therefore, its vis area must already // reflect the scrolling. OSL_ENSURE( GetVisArea() == GetMap()->GetVisArea(), "Vis area of child is wrong. Did it exist already?" ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/access/accmap.cxx b/sw/source/core/access/accmap.cxx index a54c7deabdf9..22c55e34ca62 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/access/accmap.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/access/accmap.cxx @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ uno::Reference< XAccessible> SwAccessibleMap::GetContext( const SwFrm *pFrm, // another context that had the focus, then the focus // just moves from the old context to the new one. We // then have to send a focus event and a caret event for - // the old context. We have to to that now, + // the old context. We have to do that now, // because after we have left this method, anyone might // call getStates for the new context and will get a // focused state then. Sending the focus changes event diff --git a/sw/source/core/access/accpara.cxx b/sw/source/core/access/accpara.cxx index 5d6b7e3ef645..2a0a67a66287 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/access/accpara.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/access/accpara.cxx @@ -3001,7 +3001,7 @@ sal_Bool SwAccessibleParagraph::setAttributes( pIndices[i] = i; sort( &pIndices[0], &pIndices[nLength], IndexCompare(pPairs) ); - // create sorted sequences accoring to index array + // create sorted sequences according to index array uno::Sequence< OUString > aNames( nLength ); OUString* pNames = aNames.getArray(); uno::Sequence< uno::Any > aValues( nLength ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/crsr/trvltbl.cxx b/sw/source/core/crsr/trvltbl.cxx index 057408690c04..aa4a78da20b9 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/crsr/trvltbl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/crsr/trvltbl.cxx @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ static bool lcl_FindNextCell( SwNodeIndex& rIdx, bool bInReadOnly ) // we are not located inside a 'valid' cell. We have to continue searching... // skip behind current section. This might be the end of the table cell - // or behind a inner section or or or... + // or behind a inner section or... aTmp.Assign( *pCNd->EndOfSectionNode(), 1 ); // loop to find a suitable cell... diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx index d0e979759a60..24d0bdc4e69c 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx @@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendTableRowRedline( SwTableRowRedline* pNewRedl, { (void)bCallDelete; - // #TODO - equivelant for 'SwTableRowRedline' + // #TODO - equivalent for 'SwTableRowRedline' bool bMerged = false; /* _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) @@ -1682,18 +1682,18 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendTableRowRedline( SwTableRowRedline* pNewRedl, if (IsRedlineOn() && !IsShowOriginal(meRedlineMode)) { - // #TODO - equivelant for 'SwTableRowRedline' + // #TODO - equivalent for 'SwTableRowRedline' /* pNewRedl->InvalidateRange(); */ - // Make equivelant of 'AppendRedline' checks inside here too + // Make equivalent of 'AppendRedline' checks inside here too mpExtraRedlineTbl->Insert( pNewRedl ); } else { - // TO DO - equivelant for 'SwTableRowRedline' + // TO DO - equivalent for 'SwTableRowRedline' /* if( bCallDelete && nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == pNewRedl->GetType() ) { @@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendTableRowRedline( SwTableRowRedline* pNewRedl, delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; */ } - // #TODO - equivelant for 'SwTableRowRedline' + // #TODO - equivalent for 'SwTableRowRedline' /* _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) */ @@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendTableCellRedline( SwTableCellRedline* pNewRed { (void)bCallDelete; - // #TODO - equivelant for 'SwTableCellRedline' + // #TODO - equivalent for 'SwTableCellRedline' bool bMerged = false; /* _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) @@ -1727,18 +1727,18 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendTableCellRedline( SwTableCellRedline* pNewRed if (IsRedlineOn() && !IsShowOriginal(meRedlineMode)) { - // #TODO - equivelant for 'SwTableCellRedline' + // #TODO - equivalent for 'SwTableCellRedline' /* pNewRedl->InvalidateRange(); */ - // Make equivelant of 'AppendRedline' checks inside here too + // Make equivalent of 'AppendRedline' checks inside here too mpExtraRedlineTbl->Insert( pNewRedl ); } else { - // TO DO - equivelant for 'SwTableCellRedline' + // TO DO - equivalent for 'SwTableCellRedline' /* if( bCallDelete && nsRedlineType_t::REDLINE_DELETE == pNewRedl->GetType() ) { @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendTableCellRedline( SwTableCellRedline* pNewRed delete pNewRedl, pNewRedl = 0; */ } - // #TODO - equivelant for 'SwTableCellRedline' + // #TODO - equivalent for 'SwTableCellRedline' /* _CHECK_REDLINE( this ) */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentTimerManager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentTimerManager.cxx index 444f36e7a2db..a467521964d7 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentTimerManager.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentTimerManager.cxx @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( DocumentTimerManager, DoIdleJobs, Timer *, pTimer ) || AUTOUPD_FIELD_AND_CHARTS == nFldUpdFlag ) && m_rDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().GetUpdtFlds().IsFieldsDirty() // If we switch the field name the Fields are not updated. - // So the "backgorund update" should always be carried out + // So the "background update" should always be carried out /* && !pStartSh->GetViewOptions()->IsFldName()*/ ) { if ( m_rDoc.getIDocumentFieldsAccess().GetUpdtFlds().IsInUpdateFlds() || diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx index 50e8e2f9f6b5..4b483f7a0148 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ uno::Reference< XHyphenatedWord > SwDoc::Hyphenate( return aHyphArg.GetHyphWord(); // will be set by lcl_HyphenateNode } -// Save the current values to add them as automatic entries to to AutoCorrect. +// Save the current values to add them as automatic entries to AutoCorrect. void SwDoc::SetAutoCorrExceptWord( SwAutoCorrExceptWord* pNew ) { if( pNew != mpACEWord ) diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx index d0c1441a740c..67e263c81a2e 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/doctxm.cxx @@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ void SwTOXBaseSection::InsertSorted(SwTOXSortTabBase* pNew) { if(TOX_AUTHORITIES != SwTOXBase::GetType()) { - // Own entry for for double entries or keywords + // Own entry for double entries or keywords if( pOld->GetType() == TOX_SORT_CUSTOM && pNew->GetOptions() & nsSwTOIOptions::TOI_KEY_AS_ENTRY) continue; diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx index 95bb03d0f6e5..fd5da9f812ef 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx @@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ static bool lcl_SetOtherLineHeight( SwTableLine* pLine, CR_SetLineHeight& rParam else { // Set line height - // pLine is the following/preceeding, thus adjust it + // pLine is the following/preceding, thus adjust it if( TBLFIX_CHGPROP == rParam.nMode ) { SwLayoutFrm* pLineFrm = GetRowFrm( *pLine ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx index 1178ef92f175..530f0ff7d03c 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ SwSectionNode* SwNodes::InsertTextSection(SwNodeIndex const& rNdIdx, // Another way round: if the section starts outside a table but the end is inside... // aInsPos is at the moment the Position where my EndNode will be inserted const SwStartNode* pStartNode = aInsPos.GetNode().StartOfSectionNode(); - // This StartNode should be in front of me, but if not, I wanna survive + // This StartNode should be in front of me, but if not, I want to survive sal_uLong nMyIndex = pSectNd->GetIndex(); if( pStartNode->GetIndex() > nMyIndex ) // Suspicious! { diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx index 8e5d2fd12bd0..6208bfc73787 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndtbl.cxx @@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ bool SwDoc::DeleteRow( const SwCursor& rCursor ) // Remove the Crsr from the to-be-deleted Section. // The Cursor is placed after the table, except for // - when there's another Line, we place it in that one - // - when a Line preceeds it, we place it in that one + // - when a Line precedes it, we place it in that one { SwTableNode* pTblNd = rCursor.GetNode().FindTableNode(); @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ bool SwDoc::DeleteRow( const SwCursor& rCursor ) pNextBox->GetFrmFmt()->GetProtect().IsCntntProtected() ) pNextBox = pNextBox->FindNextBox( pTblNd->GetTable(), pNextBox ); - if( !pNextBox ) // No succeeding Boxes? Then take the preceeding one + if( !pNextBox ) // No succeeding Boxes? Then take the preceding one { pDelLine = pFndBox->GetLines().front().GetLine(); pDelBox = pDelLine->GetTabBoxes()[ 0 ]; @@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ SwTabFrm *SwTableNode::MakeFrm( SwFrm* pSib ) } /** - * Creates all Views from the Document for the preceeding Node. The resulting ContentFrames + * Creates all Views from the Document for the preceding Node. The resulting ContentFrames * are added to the corresponding Layout. */ void SwTableNode::MakeFrms(const SwNodeIndex & rIdx ) @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ void SwTableNode::MakeFrms(const SwNodeIndex & rIdx ) pNew = pNode->MakeFrm( pFrm ); // Will the Node receive Frames before or after? if ( bBefore ) - // The new one preceeds me + // The new one preceds me pNew->Paste( pFrm->GetUpper(), pFrm ); else // The new one succeeds me @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ bool SwDoc::SplitTable( const SwPosition& rPos, sal_uInt16 eHdlnMode, switch( eHdlnMode ) { - // Set the lower Border of the preceeding Line to + // Set the lower Border of the preceding Line to // the upper Border of the current one case HEADLINE_BORDERCOPY: { @@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@ SwTableNode* SwNodes::SplitTable( const SwNodeIndex& rPos, bool bAfter, /** * rPos needs to be in the Table that remains * - * @param bWithPrev merge the current Table with the preceeding + * @param bWithPrev merge the current Table with the preceding * or succeeding one */ bool SwDoc::MergeTable( const SwPosition& rPos, bool bWithPrev, sal_uInt16 nMode ) @@ -3553,7 +3553,7 @@ bool SwNodes::MergeTable( const SwNodeIndex& rPos, bool bWithPrev, if( !bWithPrev ) { - // Transfer all Attributes of the succeeding Table to the preceeding one + // Transfer all Attributes of the succeeding Table to the preceding one // We do this, because the succeeding one is deleted when deleting the Node rTbl.SetRowsToRepeat( rDelTbl.GetRowsToRepeat() ); rTbl.SetTblChgMode( rDelTbl.GetTblChgMode() ); @@ -3574,7 +3574,7 @@ bool SwNodes::MergeTable( const SwNodeIndex& rPos, bool bWithPrev, rTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().insert( rDelTbl.GetTabSortBoxes() ); rDelTbl.GetTabSortBoxes().clear(); - // The preceeding Table always remains, while the succeeding one is deleted + // The preceding Table always remains, while the succeeding one is deleted SwEndNode* pTblEndNd = pDelTblNd->EndOfSectionNode(); pTblNd->pEndOfSection = pTblEndNd; diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx index 4102a7022346..8b635c50a1cd 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/nodes.cxx @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ void SwNodes::MoveRange( SwPaM & rPam, SwPosition & rPos, SwNodes& rNodes ) } } - // if the StartNode was moved to whom the the cursor pointed, so + // if the StartNode was moved to whom the cursor pointed, so // the content must be registered in the current content! if ( &pStt->nNode.GetNode() == &GetEndOfContent() ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx b/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx index aa99a18b0242..f20f36e79fb5 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ void SwDrawContact::Changed( const SdrObject& rObj, const Rectangle& rOldBoundRect ) { // #i26791# - no event handling, if existing <SwViewShell> - // is in contruction + // is in construction SwDoc* pDoc = GetFmt()->GetDoc(); if ( pDoc->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell() && pDoc->getIDocumentLayoutAccess().GetCurrentViewShell()->IsInConstructor() ) diff --git a/sw/source/core/edit/edlingu.cxx b/sw/source/core/edit/edlingu.cxx index a009f0fef255..e4d84f513330 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/edit/edlingu.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/edit/edlingu.cxx @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ uno::Any SwEditShell::SpellContinue( * 1) HyphStart * - Revoke all Selections * - Save current Cursor - * - if no selections existant: + * - if no selections existent: * - create new selection reaching until document end * 2) HyphContinue * - add nLastHyphLen onto SelectionStart @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ bool SwSpellIter::SpellSentence(::svx::SpellPortions& rPortions, bool bIsGrammar SetCurr( new SwPosition( *pCrsr->GetPoint() )); SetCurrX( new SwPosition( *pCrsr->GetMark() )); - // if an error has been found go back to the text preceeding the error + // if an error has been found go back to the text preceding the error if(xSpellRet.is()) { *pCrsr->GetPoint() = aSaveStartPos; diff --git a/sw/source/core/edit/edws.cxx b/sw/source/core/edit/edws.cxx index 97ee731d8782..ef20018c888d 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/edit/edws.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/edit/edws.cxx @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ bool SwEditShell::HasOtherCnt() const return false; } -// access controll functions for file name handling +// access control functions for file name handling SwActContext::SwActContext(SwEditShell *pShell) : pSh(pShell) diff --git a/sw/source/core/fields/usrfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/fields/usrfld.cxx index d37013714535..9f040bff8fec 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/fields/usrfld.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/fields/usrfld.cxx @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ bool SwUserFieldType::PutValue( const uno::Any& rAny, sal_uInt16 nWhichId ) // The following line is in fact wrong, since the language is unknown (is part of the // field) and, thus, aContent should also belong to the field. Each field can have a - // differnt language, but the same content with just different formatting. + // different language, but the same content with just different formatting. aContent = DoubleToString(nValue, static_cast<sal_uInt32>(LANGUAGE_SYSTEM)); } break; diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/frame.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/frame.hxx index d745f8b3322e..959663c7d25b 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/inc/frame.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/inc/frame.hxx @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ public: // insert before pBehind or at the end of the chain below mpUpper void InsertBefore( SwLayoutFrm* pParent, SwFrm* pBehind ); - // insert after pBefore or at the beginnig of the chain below mpUpper + // insert after pBefore or at the beginning of the chain below mpUpper void InsertBehind( SwLayoutFrm *pParent, SwFrm *pBefore ); // insert before pBehind or at the end of the chain while considering // the siblings of pSct diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx index bdc47ca0c0ee..eb7b6a674484 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ public: const sal_uInt16 nCompress, const sal_uInt16 nFontHeight, Point* pPoint = NULL ) const; -/** Performes a kashida justification on the kerning array +/** Performs a kashida justification on the kerning array @descr Add some extra space for kashida justification to the positions in the kerning array. diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx index 30ab09d29433..a347ed3efd26 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ void SwCntntFrm::MakeAll() SWREFRESHFN( this ) // If MoveFwd moves the paragraph to the next page, a following - // paragraph, which contains footnotes can can cause the old upper + // paragraph, which contains footnotes can cause the old upper // frame to grow. In this case we explicitly allow a new check // for MoveBwd. Robust: We also check the bMovedBwd flag again. // If pOldUp was a footnote frame, it has been deleted inside MoveFwd. diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx index 5c727801a237..2be7d58bbf7a 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ SwFrm *SwFrm::_FindPrev() if ( IsTabFrm() ) { //The first Cntnt of the table gets picked up and his predecessor is - //returnd. To be able to deactivate the special case for tables + //returned. To be able to deactivate the special case for tables //(see below) bIgnoreTab will be set. if ( ((SwTabFrm*)this)->IsFollow() ) return ((SwTabFrm*)this)->FindMaster(); diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx index a3dc23f34824..1c6fba9b178e 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ SwCntntNotify::~SwCntntNotify() pCell = pCell->GetUpper(); OSL_ENSURE( pCell->IsCellFrm(), "Where's my cell?" ); if ( text::VertOrientation::NONE != pCell->GetFmt()->GetVertOrient().GetVertOrient() ) - pCell->InvalidatePrt(); //for the vertical allign. + pCell->InvalidatePrt(); //for the vertical align. } // OD 2004-02-26 #i25029# @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ void _InsertCnt( SwLayoutFrm *pLay, SwDoc *pDoc, //of paragraphs, which must be moved expensively until it reaches a tolarable //reduced level. //We'd like to think that 20 Paragraphs fit on one page. - //So that it does not become in extremly situations so violent we calculate depending + //So that it does not become in extreme situations so violent we calculate depending //on the node something to it. //If in the DocStatistik a usable given pagenumber //(Will be cared for while writing), so it will be presumed that this will be @@ -2018,9 +2018,9 @@ void SwBorderAttrs::_IsLine() /* The borders of neighboring paragraphs are condensed by following algorithm: * * 1. No top border if the predecessor has the same top border and (3) applies. - * In addition, the paragraph needs to have a border at at least one side (left/right/bottom). + * In addition, the paragraph needs to have a border at least one side (left/right/bottom). * 2. No bottom border if the successor has the same bottom border and (3) applies. - * In addition, the paragraph needs to have a border at at least one side (left/right/top). + * In addition, the paragraph needs to have a border at least one side (left/right/top). * 3. The borders on the left and right side are identical between the current and the * pre-/succeeding paragraph. */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/ftnfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/ftnfrm.cxx index 3f81a9d27bea..cd24c1154e29 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/ftnfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/ftnfrm.cxx @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ void SwFtnFrm::Cut() pUp->Cut(); delete pUp; // If the last footnote container was removed from a column - // section without a Follow, then this section can be shrinked. + // section without a Follow, then this section can be shrunk. if( pSect && !pSect->ToMaximize( false ) && !pSect->IsColLocked() ) pSect->_InvalidateSize(); } @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ SwLayoutFrm *SwFrm::GetNextFtnLeaf( MakePageType eMakePage ) return pCont; } -/// Get the preceeding layout leaf in that the frame can be moved. +/// Get the preceding layout leaf in that the frame can be moved. SwLayoutFrm *SwFrm::GetPrevFtnLeaf( MakePageType eMakeFtn ) { // The predecessor of a footnote is (if possible) diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/paintfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/paintfrm.cxx index 0272522cbc2e..98cb0a4a5bf7 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/paintfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/paintfrm.cxx @@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ void DrawGraphic( { if ( !bGrfIsTransparent ) { - // substract area of background graphic from draw area + // subtract area of background graphic from draw area // OD 08.10.2002 #103898# - consider only that part of the // graphic area that is overlapping with draw area. SwRect aTmpGrf = aGrf; @@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ void SwRootFrm::Paint(SwRect const& rRect, SwPrintData const*const pPrintData) c // moved paint pre-process for DrawingLayer overlay here since the above // code dependent from bExtraData may expand the PaintRect { - // #i75172# if called from SwViewShell::ImplEndAction it sould no longer + // #i75172# if called from SwViewShell::ImplEndAction it should no longer // really be used but handled by SwViewShell::ImplEndAction already const vcl::Region aDLRegion(aPaintRect.SVRect()); pSh->DLPrePaint2(aDLRegion); @@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ void SwRootFrm::Paint(SwRect const& rRect, SwPrintData const*const pPrintData) c if ( aRect.IsOver( aEmptyPageRect ) ) { - // #i75172# if called from SwViewShell::ImplEndAction it sould no longer + // #i75172# if called from SwViewShell::ImplEndAction it should no longer // really be used but handled by SwViewShell::ImplEndAction already { const vcl::Region aDLRegion(aPaintRect.SVRect()); diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx index bdc39aa8f2e8..76b6be8bf532 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx @@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ void SwTabFrm::MakeAll() // Some more checks if we want to call the split algorithm or not: // The repeating lines / keeping lines still fit into the upper or - // if we do not have an (in)direkt Prev, we split anyway. + // if we do not have an (in)direct Prev, we split anyway. if( (*fnRect->fnYDiff)(nDeadLine, nBreakLine) >=0 || !pIndPrev ) { aNotify.SetLowersComplete( false ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx index f29607e06156..1e716d7bb939 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ bool SwRootFrm::GetCrsrOfst( SwPosition *pPos, Point &rPoint, ((SwCrsrMoveState*)pCMS)->bFillRet = false; Point aOldPoint = rPoint; - // search for page containing rPoint. The borders around the pages are considerd + // search for page containing rPoint. The borders around the pages are considered const SwPageFrm* pPage = GetPageAtPos( rPoint, 0, true ); // #i95626# @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SwFrm::GetPhyPageNum() const * * If the first content of the page has a page descriptor, we take the follow * of the page descriptor of the last not empty page. If this descriptor allows - * only right(left) pages and the page isn't an empty page then it wanna be + * only right(left) pages and the page isn't an empty page then it want to be * such right(left) page. If the descriptor allows right and left pages, we * look for a number offset in the first content. If there is one, odd number * results right pages, even number results left pages. diff --git a/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx b/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx index 396394629be1..3136db566faa 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ bool SwOLENode::SavePersistentData() pCnt->RemoveEmbeddedObject( aOLEObj.aName, false, bKeepObjectToTempStorage ); // TODO/LATER: aOLEObj.aName has no meaning here, since the undo container contains the object - // by different name, in future it might makes sence that the name is transported here. + // by different name, in future it might makes sense that the name is transported here. aOLEObj.xOLERef.AssignToContainer( 0, aOLEObj.aName ); try { @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ bool SwOLENode::IsInGlobalDocSection() const } // pAnchorNd contains the most recently found Section Node, which - // now must fullfill the prerequesites for the GlobalDoc + // now must fulfill the prerequesites for the GlobalDoc pSectNd = (SwSectionNode*)pAnchorNd; return FILE_LINK_SECTION == pSectNd->GetSection().GetType() && pSectNd->GetIndex() > nEndExtraIdx; diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/frmform.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/frmform.cxx index 24a66c8d34d3..a1f71ad05024 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/frmform.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/frmform.cxx @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ void SwTxtFrm::AdjustFrm( const SwTwips nChgHght, bool bHasToFit ) // A Grow() is always accepted by the Layout, even if the // FixSize of the surrounding layout frame should not allow it. // We text for this case and correct the values. - // The Frm must NOT be shrinked further than its size permits + // The Frm must NOT be shrunk further than its size permits // even in the case of an emergency. SwTwips nRstHeight; if ( IsVertical() ) @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ bool SwTxtFrm::CalcPreps() else { OSL_ENSURE( nChgHeight < (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)(), - "+SwTxtFrm::CalcPrep: wanna shrink" ); + "+SwTxtFrm::CalcPrep: want to shrink" ); nChgHeight = (Prt().*fnRect->fnGetHeight)() - nChgHeight; diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx index 726354549439..2a97c4481b1e 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ void SwTxtNode::GetMinMaxSize( sal_uLong nIndex, sal_uLong& rMin, sal_uLong &rMa /** * Calculates the width of the text part specified by nStt and nEnd, - * the height of the line containing nStt is devided by this width, + * the height of the line containing nStt is divided by this width, * indicating the scaling factor, if the text part is rotated. * Having CH_BREAKs in the text part, this method returns the scaling * factor for the longest of the text parts separated by the CH_BREAK diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx index 05c1d1c63f1c..1a3affd00d7f 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ sal_Int32 SwTxtCursor::GetCrsrOfst( SwPosition *pPos, const Point &rPoint, } } - // 7684: We are exactly ended up at ther HyphPortion. It is our task to + // 7684: We are exactly ended up at their HyphPortion. It is our task to // provide, that we end up in the String. // 7993: If length = 0, then we must exit... if( !nLength ) diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx index c65021419c46..a3c729a4135f 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void SwTxtFormatter::CtorInitTxtFormatter( SwTxtFrm *pNewFrm, SwTxtFormatInfo *p SwTxtFormatter::~SwTxtFormatter() { - // Extremly unlikely, but still possible + // Extremely unlikely, but still possible // e.g.: field splits up, widows start to matter if( GetInfo().GetRest() ) { @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ SwLinePortion *SwTxtFormatter::Underflow( SwTxtFormatInfo &rInf ) pTmpPrev->Move( rInf ); rInf.SetLast( pTmpPrev ); pTmpPrev = pTmpPrev->GetPortion(); - OSL_ENSURE( pTmpPrev, "Underflow: Loosing control!" ); + OSL_ENSURE( pTmpPrev, "Underflow: losing control!" ); }; } pPor = pPor->GetPortion(); @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ SwTxtPortion *SwTxtFormatter::WhichTxtPor( SwTxtFormatInfo &rInf ) const else { // Only at the End! - // If pCurr does not have a width, it can however aready have content. + // If pCurr does not have a width, it can however already have content. // E.g. for non-displayable characters if (rInf.GetTxt()[rInf.GetIdx()]==CH_TXT_ATR_FIELDSTART) pPor = new SwFieldMarkPortion(); @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ SwFlyCntPortion *SwTxtFormatter::NewFlyCntPortion( SwTxtFormatInfo &rInf, else pFly = NULL; // aBase is the document-global position, from which the new extra portion is placed - // aBase.X() = Offset in in the line after the current position + // aBase.X() = Offset in the line after the current position // aBase.Y() = LineIter.Y() + Ascent of the current position long nTmpAscent, nTmpDescent, nFlyAsc, nFlyDesc; diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.hxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.hxx index c046a8eb6054..6ab2e1e80594 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.hxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ class SwTxtFormatter : public SwTxtPainter // Is overloaded by SwTxtFormatter because of UpdatePos void CalcAdjustLine( SwLineLayout *pCurr ); - // consideres line spacing attributes + // considers line spacing attributes void CalcRealHeight( bool bNewLine = false ); // Transfers the data to rInf @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ class SwTxtFormatter : public SwTxtPainter // determines, if a optimized repaint rectange is allowed bool AllowRepaintOpt() const; - // Is called by by FormatLine + // Is called by FormatLine void FormatReset( SwTxtFormatInfo &rInf ); /** diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx index a7dd8588957a..5ee2d1f5c2e8 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ void SwFldPortion::Paint( const SwTxtPaintInfo &rInf ) const { SwFontSave aSave( rInf, pFnt ); - OSL_ENSURE( GetLen() <= 1, "SwFldPortion::Paint: rest-portion polution?" ); + OSL_ENSURE( GetLen() <= 1, "SwFldPortion::Paint: rest-portion pollution?" ); if( Width() && ( !bPlaceHolder || rInf.GetOpt().IsShowPlaceHolderFields() ) ) { // Dies ist eine freizuegige Auslegung der Hintergrundbelegung ... @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ SwCombinedPortion::SwCombinedPortion( const OUString &rTxt ) void SwCombinedPortion::Paint( const SwTxtPaintInfo &rInf ) const { - OSL_ENSURE( GetLen() <= 1, "SwFldPortion::Paint: rest-portion polution?" ); + OSL_ENSURE( GetLen() <= 1, "SwFldPortion::Paint: rest-portion pollution?" ); if( Width() ) { rInf.DrawBackBrush( *this ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/txtfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/txtfrm.cxx index c83eb5e2bbb5..90f5d5c98d7d 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/txtfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/txtfrm.cxx @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ void SwTxtFrm::_InvalidateRange( const SwCharRange &aRange, const long nD) bool bInv = false; if( 0 != nD ) { - // In nDelta the differences betwen old and new + // In nDelta the differences between old and new // linelengths are being added, that's why it's negative // if chars have been added and positive, if chars have // deleted diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/txtedt.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/txtedt.cxx index 2ec09bbaf6b8..fbf8b91862db 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/txtedt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/txtedt.cxx @@ -839,9 +839,9 @@ bool SwScanner::NextWord() g_pBreakIt->GetLocale( aCurrLang ), nWordType, sal_True ); OSL_ENSURE( aBound.endPos >= aBound.startPos, "broken aBound result" ); - // we don't want to include preceeding text + // we don't want to include preceding text // to count words in text with mixed script punctuation correctly, - // but we want to include preceeding symbols (eg. percent sign, section sign, + // but we want to include preceding symbols (eg. percent sign, section sign, // degree sign defined by dict_word_hu to spell check their affixed forms). if (nWordType == i18n::WordType::WORD_COUNT && aBound.startPos < nBegin) aBound.startPos = nBegin; @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ SwRect SwTxtFrm::_AutoSpell( const SwCntntNode* pActNode, const SwViewOption& rV { aRect = lcl_CalculateRepaintRect( *this, nChgStart, nChgEnd ); - // fdo#71558 notify mispelled word to accessibility + // fdo#71558 notify misspelled word to accessibility SwViewShell* pViewSh = getRootFrm() ? getRootFrm()->GetCurrShell() : 0; if( pViewSh ) pViewSh->InvalidateAccessibleParaAttrs( *this ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unotbl.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unotbl.cxx index 87f0b63ce1a6..6f949494497a 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unotbl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unotbl.cxx @@ -4247,7 +4247,7 @@ void SwXCellRange::GetDataSequence( // system language is probably not the best possible choice // but since we have to guess anyway (because the language of at // the text is NOT the one used for the number format!) - // it is at least conform to to what is used in + // it is at least conform to what is used in // SwTableShell::Execute when // SID_ATTR_NUMBERFORMAT_VALUE is set... LanguageType eLang = LANGUAGE_SYSTEM; diff --git a/sw/source/core/view/vdraw.cxx b/sw/source/core/view/vdraw.cxx index f7aae19fe9eb..aa3e013ac2a1 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/view/vdraw.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/view/vdraw.cxx @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ void SwViewImp::NotifySizeChg( const Size &rNewSz ) if ( aSz.Width() || aSz.Height() ) pObj->Move( aSz ); - // Don't let large objects dissappear to the top + // Don't let large objects disappear to the top aSz.Width() = aSz.Height() = 0; if ( aObjBound.Right() < aDocRect.Left() ) aSz.Width() = (aDocRect.Left() - aObjBound.Right()) + MINFLY; diff --git a/sw/source/core/view/vnew.cxx b/sw/source/core/view/vnew.cxx index 231abcdcb7ec..870d6e6da412 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/view/vnew.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/view/vnew.cxx @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ SwViewShell::SwViewShell( SwDoc& rDocument, vcl::Window *pWindow, maPrePostMapMode() { // OD 2004-06-01 #i26791# - in order to suppress event handling in - // <SwDrawContact::Changed> during contruction of <SwViewShell> instance + // <SwDrawContact::Changed> during construction of <SwViewShell> instance mbInConstructor = true; mbPaintInProgress = mbViewLocked = mbInEndAction = mbFrameView = @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ SwViewShell::SwViewShell( SwViewShell& rShell, vcl::Window *pWindow, maPrePostMapMode() { // OD 2004-06-01 #i26791# - in order to suppress event handling in - // <SwDrawContact::Changed> during contruction of <SwViewShell> instance + // <SwDrawContact::Changed> during construction of <SwViewShell> instance mbInConstructor = true; mbPaintWorks = mbEnableSmooth = true; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx index 8d6a9caffaa9..1f6f2a67bbb9 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ static bool OutCSS1Rule( SwHTMLWriter& rHTMLWrt, const OUString& rSelector, } else { - // If ther are script dependencies and we are derived from a tag, + // If there are script dependencies and we are derived from a tag, // when we have to export a style dependent class for all // scripts OUString aNewSelector( aSelector ); @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ static void OutCSS1DropCapRule( } else { - // If ther are script dependencies and we are derived from a tag, + // If there are script dependencies and we are derived from a tag, // when we have to export a style dependent class for all // scripts OUString aNewSelector( aSelector ); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx index 6be26620b558..ce2e33627809 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx @@ -4601,7 +4601,7 @@ void SwHTMLParser::SetTxtCollAttrs( _HTMLAttrContext *pContext ) if( pCollToSet ) { - // die Attribute, die die bisherige Vorlage setzt + // die Attribute, die bisherige Vorlage setzt // hart einfuegen if( !pItemSet ) pItemSet = new SfxItemSet( pCollToSet->GetAttrSet() ); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/wrthtml.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/wrthtml.cxx index 5cc182f05971..b28ce9fbffef 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/html/wrthtml.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/html/wrthtml.cxx @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ static void lcl_html_OutSectionStartTag( SwHTMLWriter& rHTMLWrt, } else if( pCol ) { - // minumum gutter width + // minimum gutter width sal_uInt16 nGutter = pCol->GetGutterWidth( true ); if( nGutter!=USHRT_MAX ) { diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx index f9da85427a2b..479d2caab220 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ void DocxAttributeOutput::EndRun() } // Remove the field from the stack if only the start has to be written - // Unknown fields sould be removed too + // Unknown fields should be removed too if ( !pIt->bClose || ( pIt->eType == ww::eUNKNOWN ) ) { if (pIt->pField) diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.hxx index ded50407b043..a5e13d9d07f5 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.hxx @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ private: std::map< OUString, EmbeddedFontRef > fontFilesMap; // font file url to data - // Remember first cell (used for for default borders/margins) of each table + // Remember first cell (used for default borders/margins) of each table std::vector<ww8::WW8TableNodeInfoInner::Pointer_t> tableFirstCells; boost::optional<css::drawing::FillStyle> m_oFillStyle; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx index 155c069c7444..02f8cae4995f 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ void MSWordExportBase::OutputTextNode( const SwTxtNode& rNode ) if (bIncludeEndOfParaCRInRedlineProperties) { AttrOutput().Redline( aAttrIter.GetRunLevelRedline( nEnd ) ); - //If if there was no redline property emitted, force adding + //If there was no redline property emitted, force adding //another entry for the CR so that in the case that this //has no redline, but the next para does, then this one is //not merged with the next diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.cxx index 97629aeafb38..16083afa4dbe 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.cxx @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ WW8_WrPct::~WW8_WrPct() // Fill the piece and create a new one void WW8_WrPct::AppendPc(WW8_FC nStartFc, bool bIsUnicode) { - WW8_CP nStartCp = nStartFc - nOldFc; // substract the beginning of the text + WW8_CP nStartCp = nStartFc - nOldFc; // subtract the beginning of the text if ( !nStartCp ) { if ( !aPcts.empty() ) @@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@ void WW8Export::WriteMainText() // ccpText includes Footnote and KF-text // therefore pFib->ccpText may get updated as well // save the StyleId of the last paragraph. Because WW97 take the style - // from the last CR, that will be writen after footer/Header/footnotes/ + // from the last CR, that will be written after footer/Header/footnotes/ // annotation usw. const SwTxtNode* pLastNd = pCurPam->GetMark()->nNode.GetNode().GetTxtNode(); if( pLastNd ) @@ -2791,7 +2791,7 @@ void WW8Export::WriteFkpPlcUsw() if (pEscher || pDoc->ContainsMSVBasic()) { /* - Everytime MS 2000 creates an escher stream there is always + Every time MS 2000 creates an escher stream there is always an ObjectPool dir (even if empty). It turns out that if a copy of MS 2000 is used to open a document that contains escher graphics exported from StarOffice without this empty dir then *if* that diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8gr.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8gr.cxx index 48787f570adc..c115eee6c0e2 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8gr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8gr.cxx @@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ bool WW8Export::TestOleNeedsGraphic(const SwAttrSet& rSet, xObj, uno::UNO_QUERY_THROW ); - // it makes no sence to search the object in the container by reference since the object was created - // outside of the container and was not inserted there, only the name makes sence + // it makes no sense to search the object in the container by reference since the object was created + // outside of the container and was not inserted there, only the name makes sense pGraphicStream = ::utl::UcbStreamHelper::CreateStream( aCnt.GetGraphicStream( xPersist->getEntryName() ) ); } diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8atr.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8atr.cxx index 678c65f0fb20..5c87dd6e9c2a 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8atr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8atr.cxx @@ -5042,10 +5042,10 @@ void SwWW8WrTabu::Del(const SvxTabStop &rTS, long nAdjustment) // PutAll( WW8Export& rWW8Wrt ) schreibt das Attribut nach rWrt.pO void SwWW8WrTabu::PutAll(WW8Export& rWrt) { - if (!nAdd && !nDel) //It it's a no-op + if (!nAdd && !nDel) //If it's a no-op return; - OSL_ENSURE(nAdd <= 255, "more than 255 added tabstops ?"); - OSL_ENSURE(nDel <= 255, "more than 244 removed tabstops ?"); + OSL_ENSURE(nAdd <= 255, "more than 255 added tabstops?"); + OSL_ENSURE(nDel <= 255, "more than 244 removed tabstops?"); if (nAdd > 255) nAdd = 255; if (nDel > 255) diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf.hxx index 565e51f1abc3..41e0bbe0d119 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf.hxx @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public: const SvxMSDffShapeOrders *pShapeOrders); void InsertTextLayerObject(SdrObject* pObject); /* - cmc: We should have have separate ZOrder classes for 95- and 97+ and + cmc: We should have separate ZOrder classes for 95- and 97+ and instantiate the appropriate one at run time. */ void InsertDrawingObject(SdrObject* pObj, short nWwHeight); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx index 6be482ca6f8a..711f04b15ca9 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ sal_uInt16 wwZOrderer::GetEscherObjectIdx(sal_uLong nSpId) { sal_uInt16 nFound=0; sal_uInt16 nShapeCount = mpShapeOrders ? mpShapeOrders->size() : 0; - // First, find out what position this shape is in in the Escher order. + // First, find out what position this shape is in the Escher order. for (sal_uInt16 nShapePos=0; nShapePos < nShapeCount; nShapePos++) { const SvxMSDffShapeOrder& rOrder = (*mpShapeOrders)[nShapePos]; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx index 953ee5e4bd5f..74842144697b 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ private: wwExtraneousParas m_aExtraneousParas; /* - A map of of tables to their follow nodes for use in inserting tables into + A map of tables to their follow nodes for use in inserting tables into already existing document, i.e. insert file */ sw::util::InsertedTablesManager maInsertedTables; @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ private: std::deque<bool> maApos; typedef std::deque<bool>::const_iterator mycApoIter; /* - Keep track of generated Ruby character formats we we can minimize the + Keep track of generated Ruby character formats we can minimize the number of character formats created */ std::vector<const SwCharFmt*> aRubyCharFmts; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx index 2d10e4af87ec..f3c154d19b10 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SwWW8ImplReader::End_Ftn() bFtnEdn = bOld; OSL_ENSURE(sChar.getLength()==1 && ((rDesc.mbAutoNum == (sChar[0] == 2))), - "footnote autonumbering must be 0x02, and everthing else must not be"); + "footnote autonumbering must be 0x02, and everything else must not be"); // If no automatic numbering use the following char from the main text // as the footnote number @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ ApoTestResults SwWW8ImplReader::TestApo(int nCellLevel, bool bTableRowEnd, #i1140# If I have a table and apply a style to one of its frames that should cause a paragraph that its applied to it to only exist as a separate floating - frame, then the behavour depends on which cell that it has been applied + frame, then the behaviour depends on which cell that it has been applied to. If its the first cell of a row then the whole table row jumps into the new frame, if its not then then the paragraph attributes are applied "except" for the floating frame stuff. i.e. its ignored. So if theres a diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx index 0a6f6cf97c4f..fb2251f5be2e 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx @@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ eF_ResT SwWW8ImplReader::Read_F_Hyperlink( WW8FieldDesc* /*pF*/, OUString& rStr } //As an attribute this needs to be closed, and that'll happen from - //EndExtSprm in conjunction with the maFieldStack If there are are flyfrms + //EndExtSprm in conjunction with the maFieldStack. If there are flyfrms //between the start and begin, their hyperlinks will be set at that time //as well. pCtrlStck->NewAttr( *pPaM->GetPoint(), aURL ); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx index 8a375bf5273f..c071cbd1378c 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ namespace SL namespace { /** - winword strings are typically Belt and Braces strings preceeded with a + winword strings are typically Belt and Braces strings preceded with a pascal style count, and ending with a c style 0 terminator. 16bit chars and count for ww8+ and 8bit chars and count for ww7-. The count and 0 can be checked for integrity to catch errors (e.g. lotus created @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ void WW8PLCFx_PCDAttrs::GetSprms(WW8PLCFxDesc* p) aShortSprm[1] = (sal_uInt8)( nPrm >> 8 ); p->nSprmsLen = ( nPrm ) ? 2 : 0; // length - // store Postion of internal mini storage in Data Pointer + // store Position of internal mini storage in Data Pointer p->pMemPos = aShortSprm; } else @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ void WW8PLCFx_PCDAttrs::GetSprms(WW8PLCFxDesc* p) // store Sprm Length in member: p->nSprmsLen = ( nPrm ) ? 3 : 0; - // store Postion of internal mini storage in Data Pointer + // store Position of internal mini storage in Data Pointer p->pMemPos = aShortSprm; } } @@ -6499,7 +6499,7 @@ WW8PLCF_HdFt::WW8PLCF_HdFt( SvStream* pSt, WW8Fib& rFib, WW8Dop& rDop ) footnote *and endnote!!* separator,continuation separator, and continuation notice entry, the documentation does not mention the endnote separators, the documentation also gets the index numbers - backwards when specifiying which bits to test. The bottom six bits + backwards when specifying which bits to test. The bottom six bits of this value must be tested and skipped over. Each section's grpfIhdt is then tested for the existence of the appropriate headers and footers, at the end of each section the nIdxOffset must be updated diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.hxx index 95ed4281d303..a3ce96fefd72 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.hxx @@ -1551,12 +1551,12 @@ public: // compatibility options bool copts_fNoTabForInd : 1; // when 1, don't add automatic tab stops for hanging indent bool copts_fNoSpaceRaiseLower : 1; // when 1, don't add extra space for raised or lowered characters - bool copts_fSupressSpbfAfterPgBrk : 1; // when 1, supress the paragraph Space Before and Space After options after a page break + bool copts_fSupressSpbfAfterPgBrk : 1; // when 1, suppress the paragraph Space Before and Space After options after a page break bool copts_fWrapTrailSpaces : 1; // when 1, wrap trailing spaces at the end of a line to the next line bool copts_fMapPrintTextColor : 1; // when 1, print colors as black on non-color printers bool copts_fNoColumnBalance : 1; // when 1, don't balance columns for Continuous Section starts bool copts_fConvMailMergeEsc : 1; - bool copts_fSupressTopSpacing : 1; // when 1, supress extra line spacing at top of page + bool copts_fSupressTopSpacing : 1; // when 1, suppress extra line spacing at top of page bool copts_fOrigWordTableRules : 1; // when 1, combine table borders like Word 5.x for the Macintosh bool copts_fTransparentMetafiles : 1; // when 1, don't blank area between metafile pictures bool copts_fShowBreaksInFrames : 1; // when 1, show hard page or column breaks in frames diff --git a/sw/source/ui/envelp/envfmt.cxx b/sw/source/ui/envelp/envfmt.cxx index fd44a8293976..627661d8c529 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/envelp/envfmt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/envelp/envfmt.cxx @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace { /// specification is two consecutive entries that specify /// the start and end points of the range. /// @returns A vector containing one element for each item covered by the - /// ranges. This is not gauranteed to be sorted and may contain + /// ranges. This is not guaranteed to be sorted and may contain /// duplicates if the original ranges contained overlaps. static std::vector<sal_uInt16> lcl_convertRangesToList(const sal_uInt16 aRanges[]) { std::vector<sal_uInt16> aVec; diff --git a/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldref.cxx b/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldref.cxx index 704899267032..360c080c9a26 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldref.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldref.cxx @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ sal_Int32 SwFldRefPage::FillFormatLB(sal_uInt16 nTypeId) // fill Format-Listbox m_pFormatLB->Clear(); - // refernce has less that the annotation + // reference has less that the annotation sal_uInt16 nSize( 0 ); bool bAddCrossRefFormats( false ); switch (nTypeId) diff --git a/sw/source/ui/index/cnttab.cxx b/sw/source/ui/index/cnttab.cxx index 74e65638caec..70b06ab6cc20 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/index/cnttab.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/index/cnttab.cxx @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ SwMultiTOXTabDialog::SwMultiTOXTabDialog(vcl::Window* pParent, const SfxItemSet& pDescArr = new SwTOXDescription*[nTypeCount]; pxIndexSectionsArr = new SwIndexSections_Impl*[nTypeCount]; //the standard user index is on position TOX_USER - //all user user indexes follow after position TOX_AUTHORITIES + //all user indexes follow after position TOX_AUTHORITIES if(pCurTOX) { bEditTOX = true; diff --git a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx index 907d578097e4..6d5eaf814d44 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaborders.cxx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ typedef InheritedHelperInterfaceImpl1<word::XBorder > SwVbaBorder_Base; // borders, the enumeration will match the order in this list static const sal_Int16 supportedIndexTable[] = { word::WdBorderType::wdBorderBottom, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderDiagonalDown, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderDiagonalUp, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderHorizontal, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderLeft, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderRight, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderTop, word::WdBorderType::wdBorderVertical }; -// Equiv widths in in 1/100 mm +// Equiv widths in 1/100 mm const static sal_Int32 OOLineHairline = 2; class SwVbaBorder : public SwVbaBorder_Base diff --git a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbadocuments.cxx b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbadocuments.cxx index 6b40b3de0427..670aa93ccfbc 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbadocuments.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbadocuments.cxx @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ SwVbaDocuments::getElementType() throw (uno::RuntimeException) uno::Reference< container::XEnumeration > SwVbaDocuments::createEnumeration() throw (uno::RuntimeException) { - // #FIXME its possible the DocumentEnumImpl here doens't reflect + // #FIXME its possible the DocumentEnumImpl here doesn't reflect // the state of this object ( although it should ) would be // safer to create an enumeration based on this objects state // rather than one effectively based of the desktop component diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/app/apphdl.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/app/apphdl.cxx index 8556b97e010e..003a2323a73e 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/app/apphdl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/app/apphdl.cxx @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ IMPL_LINK( SwMailMergeWizardExecutor, EndDialogHdl, AbstractMailMergeWizard*, pD m_pView2Close = pTargetView; pTargetView->GetViewFrame()->GetTopViewFrame()->GetWindow().Hide(); pSourceView->GetViewFrame()->GetFrame().AppearWithUpdate(); - // the current view has be be set when the target is destroyed + // the current view has be set when the target is destroyed m_pView = pSourceView; m_pMMConfig->SetTargetView(0); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/docvw/edtwin.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/docvw/edtwin.cxx index a090937e9c91..e12fce28cfb9 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/docvw/edtwin.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/docvw/edtwin.cxx @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ bool SwEditWin::IsInputSequenceCheckingRequired( const OUString &rText, const Sw return (0 <= nCTLScriptPos && nCTLScriptPos <= rText.getLength()); } -//return INVALID_HINT if language should not be explictly overridden, the correct +//return INVALID_HINT if language should not be explicitly overridden, the correct //HintId to use for the eBufferLanguage otherwise static sal_uInt16 lcl_isNonDefaultLanguage(LanguageType eBufferLanguage, SwView& rView, const OUString &rInBuffer) @@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@ void SwEditWin::MouseMove(const MouseEvent& _rMEvt) m_aSaveCallEvent.Set( EVENT_OBJECT_URLITEM, pFmt ); } - // should be be over a InternetField with an + // should be over a InternetField with an // embedded macro? if( m_aSaveCallEvent != aLastCallEvent ) { diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/envelp/labelcfg.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/envelp/labelcfg.cxx index 809df914ea95..f1f608c24be5 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/envelp/labelcfg.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/envelp/labelcfg.cxx @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ void SwLabelConfig::SaveLabel( const OUString& rManufacturer, } else { - // get the appropiate node + // get the appropriate node OUString sManufacturer( wrapConfigurationElementName( rManufacturer ) ); const Sequence<OUString> aLabels = GetNodeNames( sManufacturer ); const OUString* pLabels = aLabels.getConstArray(); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/uitool.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/uitool.hxx index 8e2d596c3608..765087f55397 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/uitool.hxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/uitool.hxx @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ SwTwips GetTableWidth( SwFrmFmt* pFmt, SwTabCols& rCols, sal_uInt16 *pPercent, OUString GetAppLangDateTimeString( const DateTime& ); -// search for a command string withing the menu structure and execute it +// search for a command string within the menu structure and execute it // at the dispatcher if there is one, if executed return true bool ExecuteMenuCommand( PopupMenu& rMenu, SfxViewFrame& rViewFrame, sal_uInt16 nId ); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/lingu/olmenu.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/lingu/olmenu.cxx index 50f6925cbc6a..21cfa2ee7324 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/lingu/olmenu.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/lingu/olmenu.cxx @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ m_aInfo16( SW_RES(IMG_INFO_16) ) if (bUseImagesInMenus) SetItemImage( MN_SHORT_COMMENT, m_aInfo16 ); - // Add an item to show detailled infos if the FullCommentURL property is defined + // Add an item to show detailed infos if the FullCommentURL property is defined beans::PropertyValues aProperties = rResult.aErrors[ nErrorInResult ].aProperties; { sal_Int32 i = 0; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/shells/tabsh.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/shells/tabsh.cxx index 36078056ed17..90e441dddc02 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/shells/tabsh.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/shells/tabsh.cxx @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ void SwTableShell::ExecNumberFormat(SfxRequest& rReq) if(pArgs) pArgs->GetItemState(GetPool().GetWhich(nSlot), false, &pItem); - // Always aquire the language from the current cursor position. + // Always acquire the language from the current cursor position. LanguageType eLang = rSh.GetCurLang(); SvNumberFormatter* pFormatter = rSh.GetNumberFormatter(); sal_uInt32 nNumberFormat = NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/shells/textsh1.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/shells/textsh1.cxx index c94fa1fc5903..fc3d0ddacd8c 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/shells/textsh1.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/shells/textsh1.cxx @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ void SwTextShell::Execute(SfxRequest &rReq) } else if ( pDlg && pDlg->Execute() == RET_OK ) { - // Apply defaults if nessecary. + // Apply defaults if necessary. pSet = (SfxItemSet*)pDlg->GetOutputItemSet(); sal_uInt16 nNewDist; if( SfxItemState::SET == pSet->GetItemState( SID_ATTR_TABSTOP_DEFAULTS, false, &pItem ) && diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/pview.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/pview.cxx index 9375cb18763c..4adc0a272e5c 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/pview.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/pview.cxx @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ void SwPagePreview::OuterResizePixel( const Point &rOfst, const Size &rSize ) SetVisArea( Rectangle( Point(), aBottomRight ) ); // Call of the DocSzChgd-Methode of the scrollbars is necessary, - // because from the maximum scoll range half the height of the + // because from the maximum scroll range half the height of the // VisArea is always deducted. if ( pVScrollbar && aTmpSize.Width() > 0 && aTmpSize.Height() > 0 ) { diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view.cxx index 64f9b729bdb2..daf170072ef9 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view.cxx @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ SwView::~SwView() EndListening(*GetDocShell()); delete m_pScrollFill; delete m_pWrtShell; - m_pWrtShell = 0; // Set to 0, so that it is not accessable by the following dtors cannot. + m_pWrtShell = 0; // Set to 0, so that it is not accessible by the following dtors cannot. m_pShell = 0; delete m_pHScrollbar; delete m_pVScrollbar; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view2.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view2.cxx index 1625a884a7fc..e9591742b575 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/view2.cxx @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ void SwView::StateStatusLine(SfxItemSet &rSet) } } -/** excecute method for the status line +/** execute method for the status line * * @param rReq ??? */ diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewsrch.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewsrch.cxx index 9e0eca819b2c..3e2bfbe3a09a 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewsrch.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewsrch.cxx @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ void SwView::ExecSearch(SfxRequest& rReq, bool bNoMessage) { // 1) Replace selection (Not if only attributes should be replaced) -//JP 27.04.95: Why ? +//JP 27.04.95: Why? // what if you only want to assign attributes to the found?? sal_uInt16 nCmd = SVX_SEARCHCMD_FIND; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uno/unomailmerge.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uno/unomailmerge.cxx index f54a9df40155..2fd78f078ee0 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uno/unomailmerge.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uno/unomailmerge.cxx @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ namespace try { bool bDeliverOwnership = ( 0 == m_nPendingDeleteAttempts ); - // if this is our last attemt, then anybody which vetoes this has to take the consequences + // if this is our last attempt, then anybody which vetoes this has to take the consequences // (means take the ownership) m_xDocument->close( bDeliverOwnership ); bSuccess = true; @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ SwXMailMerge::~SwXMailMerge() //! because there is no automatism that will do that later. //! #120086# if ( eVetoed == CloseModelAndDocSh( xModel, xDocSh ) ) - OSL_FAIL("owner ship transfered to vetoing object!" ); + OSL_FAIL("owner ship transferred to vetoing object!" ); xModel = 0; xDocSh = 0; // destroy doc shell diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uno/unotxvw.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uno/unotxvw.cxx index f5600e450691..07d93e8ea962 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uno/unotxvw.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uno/unotxvw.cxx @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ void SwXTextViewCursor::gotoRange( if(bExpand) { // The cursor should include everything that has been included - // by him and the transfered Range. + // by him and the transferred Range. SwPosition aOwnLeft(*aOwnPaM.Start()); SwPosition aOwnRight(*aOwnPaM.End()); SwPosition* pParamLeft = rDestPam.Start(); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/wrtsh1.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/wrtsh1.cxx index d670343b176a..e9168cc74b78 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/wrtsh1.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/wrtsh1.cxx @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ void SwWrtShell::Insert( const OUString &rPath, const OUString &rFilter, } // Insert an OLE-Objekt into the CORE. -// if no object is transfered, then one will be created. +// if no object is transferred, then one will be created. void SwWrtShell::InsertObject( const svt::EmbeddedObjectRef& xRef, SvGlobalName *pName, bool bActivate, sal_uInt16 nSlotId ) diff --git a/test/source/sheet/xspreadsheets2.cxx b/test/source/sheet/xspreadsheets2.cxx index 17c5f01092d7..1ecfe816e5fd 100644 --- a/test/source/sheet/xspreadsheets2.cxx +++ b/test/source/sheet/xspreadsheets2.cxx @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ void XSpreadsheets2::testImportNewNamedRange() */ importSheetToCopy(); - //formula with a non-existant named range in dest - new_rangename + //formula with a non-existent named range in dest - new_rangename OUString aNewNamedRangeString("new_rangename"); uno::Reference< container::XNameAccess > xDestNamedRangesNameAccess(getNamedRanges(xDestDoc), UNO_QUERY_THROW); CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("New NamedRange not created", xDestNamedRangesNameAccess->hasByName(aNewNamedRangeString)); diff --git a/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java b/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java index 18ee6183ff59..66e5336d09f1 100644 --- a/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java +++ b/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/accessibility/_XAccessibleEventBroadcaster.java @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ public class _XAccessibleEventBroadcaster { } /** - * Removes one of two listeners added before and and fires event + * Removes one of two listeners added before and fires event * by mean of object relation. <p> * * Has <b> OK </b> status if the removed listener wasn't called. <p> diff --git a/toolkit/source/awt/vclxwindows.cxx b/toolkit/source/awt/vclxwindows.cxx index d9714a98c173..6e838dd7bb78 100644 --- a/toolkit/source/awt/vclxwindows.cxx +++ b/toolkit/source/awt/vclxwindows.cxx @@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@ void VCLXComboBox::ImplGetPropertyIds( std::list< sal_uInt16 > &rIds ) BASEPROPERTY_REFERENCE_DEVICE, BASEPROPERTY_MOUSE_WHEEL_BEHAVIOUR, 0); - // no, don't call VCLXEdit here - it has properties which we do *not* want to have at at combo box + // no, don't call VCLXEdit here - it has properties which we do *not* want to have at combo box // #i92690# / 2008-08-12 / frank.schoenheit@sun.com // VCLXEdit::ImplGetPropertyIds( rIds ); VCLXWindow::ImplGetPropertyIds( rIds ); diff --git a/toolkit/source/controls/controlmodelcontainerbase.cxx b/toolkit/source/controls/controlmodelcontainerbase.cxx index eadba3526384..2b34b9d856cf 100644 --- a/toolkit/source/controls/controlmodelcontainerbase.cxx +++ b/toolkit/source/controls/controlmodelcontainerbase.cxx @@ -494,18 +494,18 @@ void ControlModelContainerBase::replaceByName( const OUString& aName, const Any& UnoControlModelHolderList::iterator aElementPos = ImplFindElement( aName ); if ( maModels.end() == aElementPos ) lcl_throwNoSuchElementException(); - // Dialog behaviour is to have all containee names unique ( MSO Userform is the same ) - // With container controls you could have constructed an existing hierachy and are now + // Dialog behaviour is to have all containee names unique (MSO Userform is the same) + // With container controls you could have constructed an existing hierarchy and are now // add this to an existing container, in this case a name nested in the containment - // hierachy of the added control could contain a name clash, if we have access to the - // list of global names then recursively check for previously existing names ( we need - // to do this obviously before the 'this' objects container is updated + // hierarchy of the added control could contain a name clash, if we have access to the + // list of global names then recursively check for previously existing names (we need + // to do this obviously before the 'this' objects container is updated) Reference< XNameContainer > xAllChildren( getPropertyValue( GetPropertyName( BASEPROPERTY_USERFORMCONTAINEES ) ), UNO_QUERY ); if ( xAllChildren.is() ) { - // remove old control ( and children ) from global list of containees + // remove old control (and children) from global list of containees updateUserFormChildren( xAllChildren, aName, Remove, uno::Reference< XControlModel >() ); - // Add new control ( and containees if they exist ) + // Add new control (and containees if they exist) updateUserFormChildren( xAllChildren, aName, Insert, xNewModel ); } // stop listening at the old model @@ -594,13 +594,13 @@ void ControlModelContainerBase::insertByName( const OUString& aName, const Any& if ( maModels.end() != aElementPos ) lcl_throwElementExistException(); - // Dialog behaviour is to have all containee names unique ( MSO Userform is the same ) - // With container controls you could have constructed an existing hierachy and are now + // Dialog behaviour is to have all containee names unique (MSO Userform is the same) + // With container controls you could have constructed an existing hierarchy and are now // add this to an existing container, in this case a name nested in the containment - // hierachy of the added control could contain a name clash, if we have access to the + // hierarchy of the added control could contain a name clash, if we have access to the // list of global names then we need to recursively check for previously existing - // names ( we need to do this obviously before the 'this' objects container is updated - // remove old control ( and children ) from global list of containees + // names (we need to do this obviously before the 'this' objects container is updated) + // remove old control (and children) from global list of containees Reference< XNameContainer > xAllChildren( getPropertyValue( GetPropertyName( BASEPROPERTY_USERFORMCONTAINEES ) ), UNO_QUERY ); if ( xAllChildren.is() ) @@ -627,11 +627,11 @@ void ControlModelContainerBase::removeByName( const OUString& aName ) throw(NoSu if ( maModels.end() == aElementPos ) lcl_throwNoSuchElementException(); - // Dialog behaviour is to have all containee names unique ( MSO Userform is the same ) - // With container controls you could have constructed an existing hierachy and are now + // Dialog behaviour is to have all containee names unique (MSO Userform is the same) + // With container controls you could have constructed an existing hierarchy and are now // removing this control from an existing container, in this case all nested names in - // the containment hierachy of the control to be removed need to be removed from the global - // names cache ( we need to do this obviously before the 'this' objects container is updated ) + // the containment hierarchy of the control to be removed need to be removed from the global + // names cache (we need to do this obviously before the 'this' objects container is updated) Reference< XNameContainer > xAllChildren( getPropertyValue( GetPropertyName( BASEPROPERTY_USERFORMCONTAINEES ) ), UNO_QUERY ); if ( xAllChildren.is() ) updateUserFormChildren( xAllChildren, aName, Remove, uno::Reference< XControlModel >() ); diff --git a/toolkit/source/helper/formpdfexport.cxx b/toolkit/source/helper/formpdfexport.cxx index dfb0ae41d039..99880edda4df 100644 --- a/toolkit/source/helper/formpdfexport.cxx +++ b/toolkit/source/helper/formpdfexport.cxx @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ namespace toolkitform const bool bDocumentLocalTarget = sURL.startsWith("#"); if ( bDocumentLocalTarget ) { - // Register the destination for for future handling ... + // Register the destination for future handling ... pButtonWidget->Dest = i_pdfExportData.RegisterDest(); // and put it into the bookmarks, to ensure the future handling really happens diff --git a/toolkit/test/accessibility/AccessibilityTree.java b/toolkit/test/accessibility/AccessibilityTree.java index 770ad1b187d6..0f7ed8f3141e 100644 --- a/toolkit/test/accessibility/AccessibilityTree.java +++ b/toolkit/test/accessibility/AccessibilityTree.java @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ public class AccessibilityTree ((AccessibilityTreeModel)maTree.getModel()).setCanvas(aCanvas); } - /** Expand the nodes in the subtree rooted in aNode according to the the + /** Expand the nodes in the subtree rooted in aNode according to the specified expander. The tree is locked during the expansion. */ protected void expandTree (AccessibleTreeNode aNode, Expander aExpander) diff --git a/toolkit/test/accessibility/OfficeConnection.java b/toolkit/test/accessibility/OfficeConnection.java index 77b471e228f8..43d4d2e24f9f 100644 --- a/toolkit/test/accessibility/OfficeConnection.java +++ b/toolkit/test/accessibility/OfficeConnection.java @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ public class OfficeConnection private XMultiServiceFactory maServiceManager = null; /** A value of true just indicates that it has been tried to establish a connection, - not that that has been successful. + not that has been successful. */ private boolean mbInitialized = false; } diff --git a/tools/source/generic/bigint.cxx b/tools/source/generic/bigint.cxx index fcb7da378fe5..260e4415bd70 100644 --- a/tools/source/generic/bigint.cxx +++ b/tools/source/generic/bigint.cxx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static const long MY_MAXSHORT = 0x00007fff; static const long MY_MINSHORT = -MY_MAXSHORT; /* - * The algorithms for Addition, Substraction, Multiplication and Divison + * The algorithms for Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division * of large numbers originate from SEMINUMERICAL ALGORITHMS by * DONALD E. KNUTH in the series The Art of Computer Programming: * chapter 4.3.1. The Classical Algorithms. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ void BigInt::AddLong( BigInt& rB, BigInt& rErg ) rErg.bIsNeg = bIsNeg && rB.bIsNeg; rErg.bIsBig = true; } - // If one of the values is negative, perform substraction instead + // If one of the values is negative, perform subtraction instead else if (bIsNeg) { bIsNeg = false; diff --git a/tools/source/inet/inetmime.cxx b/tools/source/inet/inetmime.cxx index 0b509c7f122a..a94a83c78d49 100644 --- a/tools/source/inet/inetmime.cxx +++ b/tools/source/inet/inetmime.cxx @@ -2441,7 +2441,7 @@ OUString INetMIME::decodeHeaderFieldBody(HeaderFieldType eType, // And there appear to exist some broken mailers that only encode single // letters within words, like "Appel // =?iso-8859-1?Q?=E0?=t=?iso-8859-1?Q?=E9?=moin", so it seems best to - // detect encoded words even when not propperly surrounded by white space. + // detect encoded words even when not properly surrounded by white space. // Non US-ASCII characters in rBody are treated as ISO-8859-1. diff --git a/tools/source/memtools/multisel.cxx b/tools/source/memtools/multisel.cxx index 72b3bde38c1d..be6dcbd2e4c5 100644 --- a/tools/source/memtools/multisel.cxx +++ b/tools/source/memtools/multisel.cxx @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ bool MultiSelection::Select( long nIndex, bool bSelect ) // try to merge the previous sub selection ImplMergeSubSelections( nSubSelPos-1, nSubSelPos ); } - // is is at the beginning of the found sub selection + // is it at the beginning of the found sub selection else if ( nSubSelPos < aSels.size() && aSels[ nSubSelPos ]->Min() == (nIndex+1) ) diff --git a/tubes/source/file-transfer-helper.c b/tubes/source/file-transfer-helper.c index 41dee760b302..12a6c0940930 100644 --- a/tubes/source/file-transfer-helper.c +++ b/tubes/source/file-transfer-helper.c @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ empathy_ft_handler_start_transfer (EmpathyFTHandler *handler) * @handler: an #EmpathyFTHandler * * Cancels an ongoing handler operation. Note that this doesn't destroy - * the object, which will keep all the properties, altough it won't be able + * the object, which will keep all the properties, although it won't be able * to do any more I/O. */ void diff --git a/ucb/source/core/FileAccess.cxx b/ucb/source/core/FileAccess.cxx index 0e860e6bad11..1a5d28938109 100644 --- a/ucb/source/core/FileAccess.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/core/FileAccess.cxx @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ void OFileAccess::transferImpl( const OUString& rSource, } else { - // non-hierachical URL + // non-hierarchical URL // #i29648# diff --git a/ucb/source/core/ucb.cxx b/ucb/source/core/ucb.cxx index e6a3427325c9..82d36feb8335 100644 --- a/ucb/source/core/ucb.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/core/ucb.cxx @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ Any SAL_CALL UniversalContentBroker::execute( // Unreachable } - // Copy infos into the new stucture + // Copy infos into the new structure aTransferArg.Operation = aArg.Operation; aTransferArg.SourceURL = aArg.SourceURL; aTransferArg.TargetURL = aArg.TargetURL; diff --git a/ucb/source/core/ucbcmds.cxx b/ucb/source/core/ucbcmds.cxx index 22c69608354c..3fcff9601205 100644 --- a/ucb/source/core/ucbcmds.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/core/ucbcmds.cxx @@ -17,12 +17,6 @@ * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . */ - -/************************************************************************** - TODO - ************************************************************************** - - *************************************************************************/ #include <osl/diagnose.h> #include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx> #include <cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx> @@ -1477,7 +1471,7 @@ void globalTransfer_( case UNKNOWN: // Handled, but not clear, how... - // fall-thru intended. + // fall through intended. case ABORT: throw ucb::CommandFailedException( @@ -1856,7 +1850,7 @@ void UniversalContentBroker::globalTransfer( case UNKNOWN: // Handled, but not clear, how... - // fall-thru intended. + // fall through intended. case ABORT: throw ucb::CommandFailedException( diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/gvfs/gvfs_content.hxx b/ucb/source/ucp/gvfs/gvfs_content.hxx index 7f1b4561ef6f..bae3fca3b823 100644 --- a/ucb/source/ucp/gvfs/gvfs_content.hxx +++ b/ucb/source/ucp/gvfs/gvfs_content.hxx @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ private: // Instance data ContentProvider *m_pProvider; // No need for a ref, base class holds object - sal_Bool m_bTransient; // A non-existant (as yet) item + sal_Bool m_bTransient; // A non-existent (as yet) item GnomeVFSFileInfo m_info; // cached status information // Internal helpers diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/NeonSession.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/NeonSession.cxx index 937523918841..2b8fc5ddbb17 100644 --- a/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/NeonSession.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/NeonSession.cxx @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ int NeonSession::POST( ne_session * sess, if ( !rContentType.isEmpty() || !rReferer.isEmpty() ) { // Remember contenttype and referer. Data will be added to HTTP request - // header in in 'PreSendRequest' callback. + // header in 'PreSendRequest' callback. pData = static_cast< RequestDataMap* >( m_pRequestData ); (*pData)[ req ] = RequestData( rContentType, rReferer ); } diff --git a/ucbhelper/source/client/proxydecider.cxx b/ucbhelper/source/client/proxydecider.cxx index f5e1b3ebb6b4..d307a5084263 100644 --- a/ucbhelper/source/client/proxydecider.cxx +++ b/ucbhelper/source/client/proxydecider.cxx @@ -17,13 +17,6 @@ * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . */ - -/************************************************************************** - TODO - ************************************************************************** - - *************************************************************************/ - #include <utility> #include <vector> #include <list> @@ -200,7 +193,7 @@ bool WildCard::Matches( const OUString& rString ) const else break; - // Note: fall-thru's are intended! + // Note: fall-through are intended! case '*': while ( *pWild == '*' ) diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/java/JavaInitializationException.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/java/JavaInitializationException.idl index e8a3b7aff386..5021f1536c5c 100644 --- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/java/JavaInitializationException.idl +++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/java/JavaInitializationException.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module java { /** indicates that there is no Java available <p> It is presumed that Java is a vital part of an office installation. - That is, if Java does work for some reason, it it not guaranteed that + That is, if Java does work for some reason, it is not guaranteed that the office is functional. A JavaInitializationException is therefore caused by some misconfiguration of Java which is closer described by other exceptions in this namespace which inherit JavaInitializationException. diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XTypeDescriptionEnumerationAccess.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XTypeDescriptionEnumerationAccess.idl index d82777004c41..d0ccdc08af3b 100644 --- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XTypeDescriptionEnumerationAccess.idl +++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XTypeDescriptionEnumerationAccess.idl @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ published interface XTypeDescriptionEnumerationAccess : com::sun::star::uno::XIn @param depth specifies the depth of search in the underlying tree of type - descriptions. Clients should be aware of the fact that specifiying + descriptions. Clients should be aware of the fact that specifying TypeDescriptionSearchDepth::INFINITE can lead to larger delays when constructing or using the XTypeDescriptionEnumeration instance. diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/script/ArrayWrapper.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/script/ArrayWrapper.idl index f7e50c6272d9..8e76fead6c13 100644 --- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/script/ArrayWrapper.idl +++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/script/ArrayWrapper.idl @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module script { array with 0 or 1 based indices. UNO does not natively represent Multi-Dimensional arrays, instead a sequence can have elements that are themselves sequences (an array of arrays ). <p>Some languages ( example - BASIC ) can natively represent both Multi-Dimentional arrays and array of + BASIC ) can natively represent both Multi-Dimensional arrays and array of arrays. Those languages could represent a sequence of sequences as either a - Multi-Dimentional array or array of arrays. This structure allows a + Multi-Dimensional array or array of arrays. This structure allows a preference for a Multi-Dimensional array representation to be specified.</p> */ diff --git a/unodevtools/source/skeletonmaker/skeletoncommon.cxx b/unodevtools/source/skeletonmaker/skeletoncommon.cxx index 8753b85cc391..2d1ead59be6a 100644 --- a/unodevtools/source/skeletonmaker/skeletoncommon.cxx +++ b/unodevtools/source/skeletonmaker/skeletoncommon.cxx @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ void checkAddInTypes( throw CannotDumpException( "the return type of the calc add-in function '" + name + ":" + i->name - + "' is invalid. Please check your IDL defintion."); + + "' is invalid. Please check your IDL definition."); } bHasXPropertySet = false; diff --git a/unotools/source/config/bootstrap.cxx b/unotools/source/config/bootstrap.cxx index 174f64e5c0bc..63889f765d99 100644 --- a/unotools/source/config/bootstrap.cxx +++ b/unotools/source/config/bootstrap.cxx @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ bool Bootstrap::Impl::initUserInstallationData(rtl::Bootstrap& _rData) // should we do just this aUserInstall_.status = DATA_MISSING; - // .. or this - look for a single-user user directory ? + // ... or this - look for a single-user user directory ? OUString const csUserDirItem(BOOTSTRAP_ITEM_USERDIR); OUString sDummy; // look for $BASEINSTALLATION/user only if default UserDir setting is used diff --git a/unotools/source/config/configitem.cxx b/unotools/source/config/configitem.cxx index 3b6aa88c2bcf..57ead3bf9cb5 100644 --- a/unotools/source/config/configitem.cxx +++ b/unotools/source/config/configitem.cxx @@ -343,12 +343,12 @@ Sequence< sal_Bool > ConfigItem::GetReadOnlyStates(const com::sun::star::uno::Se sal_Int32 nCount = rNames.getLength(); Sequence< sal_Bool > lStates(nCount); - // We must be sure to return a valid information everytime! - // Set default to non readonly ... similar to the configuration handling of this property. + // We must be sure to return a valid information every time! + // Set default to non readonly... similar to the configuration handling of this property. for ( i=0; i<nCount; ++i) lStates[i] = sal_False; - // no access - no information ... + // no access - no information... Reference< XHierarchicalNameAccess > xHierarchyAccess = GetTree(); if (!xHierarchyAccess.is()) return lStates; diff --git a/unotools/source/config/dynamicmenuoptions.cxx b/unotools/source/config/dynamicmenuoptions.cxx index 0fa72fe8f785..161875b98bfe 100644 --- a/unotools/source/config/dynamicmenuoptions.cxx +++ b/unotools/source/config/dynamicmenuoptions.cxx @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ class SvtDynMenu { public: // append setup written menu entry - // Don't touch name of entry. It was defined by setup and must be the same everytime! - // Look for double menu entries here too ... may be some separator items are supeflous ... + // Don't touch name of entry. It was defined by setup and must be the same every time! + // Look for double menu entries here too... may be some separator items are superflous... void AppendSetupEntry( const SvtDynMenuEntry& rEntry ) { if( diff --git a/unotools/source/config/fontcfg.cxx b/unotools/source/config/fontcfg.cxx index e442870faa75..798b777e8deb 100644 --- a/unotools/source/config/fontcfg.cxx +++ b/unotools/source/config/fontcfg.cxx @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ DefaultFontConfiguration::DefaultFontConfiguration() { // get service provider Reference< XComponentContext > xContext( comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); - // create configuration hierachical access name + // create configuration hierarchical access name try { m_xConfigProvider = theDefaultProvider::get( xContext ); @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ FontSubstConfiguration::FontSubstConfiguration() : { // get service provider Reference< XComponentContext > xContext( comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); - // create configuration hierachical access name + // create configuration hierarchical access name m_xConfigProvider = theDefaultProvider::get( xContext ); Sequence< Any > aArgs(1); PropertyValue aVal; diff --git a/unotools/source/misc/mediadescriptor.cxx b/unotools/source/misc/mediadescriptor.cxx index 850db5b4bb5c..dd15c7c03730 100644 --- a/unotools/source/misc/mediadescriptor.cxx +++ b/unotools/source/misc/mediadescriptor.cxx @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ bool MediaDescriptor::impl_openStreamWithURL( const OUString& sURL, bool bLockFi // try to open the file in read/write mode // (if its allowed to do so). // But handle errors in a "hidden mode". Because - // we try it readonly later - if read/write isnt an option. + // we try it readonly later - if read/write is not an option. css::uno::Reference< css::io::XStream > xStream; css::uno::Reference< css::io::XInputStream > xInputStream; @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ bool MediaDescriptor::impl_openStreamWithURL( const OUString& sURL, bool bLockFi { try { - // TODO: use "special" still interaction to supress error messages + // TODO: use "special" still interaction to suppress error messages xStream = aContent.openWriteableStream(); if (xStream.is()) xInputStream = xStream->getInputStream(); @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ bool MediaDescriptor::impl_openStreamWithURL( const OUString& sURL, bool bLockFi } } - // If opening of the stream in read/write mode wasnt allowed + // If opening of the stream in read/write mode was not allowed // or failed by an error - we must try it in readonly mode. if (!xInputStream.is()) { diff --git a/uui/source/fltdlg.cxx b/uui/source/fltdlg.cxx index f2d895bff952..d6256cc54112 100644 --- a/uui/source/fltdlg.cxx +++ b/uui/source/fltdlg.cxx @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void FilterDialog::ChangeFilters( const FilterNameList* pFilterNames ) @descr We show the dialog and if user finish it with "OK" - we try to find selected item in internal saved name list (which you must set in "ChangeFilters()"!). If we return sal_True as result, you can use out parameter "pSelectedItem" as pointer into your FilterNameList to get selected item really ... - but if we return sal_False ... user has cancel the dialog ... you should not do that. pSelectedItem isnt + but if we return sal_False ... user has cancel the dialog ... you should not do that. pSelectedItem is not set to any valid value then. We don't change them ... @seealso method ChangeFilters() @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void FilterDialog::ChangeFilters( const FilterNameList* pFilterNames ) @param "pSelectedItem", returns result of selection as pointer into set list of filter names (valid for function return sal_True only!) @return true => pSelectedItem parameter points into name list and represent use decision - false => use has cancelled dialog (pSelectedItem isn't valid then!) + false => use has cancelled dialog (pSelectedItem is not valid then!) @onerror We return false ... but don't change pSelectedItem! @threadsafe no diff --git a/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.cxx b/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.cxx index 4219615e57c5..24345d2c3e8a 100644 --- a/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.cxx +++ b/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.cxx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ * 10/20/2005 pl - performance increase: * - use one table lookup in token() routine * instead of many conditions - * - return token length in toke() routine + * - return token length in token() routine * - use hash lookup instead of binary search * in recognize() routine */ diff --git a/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.hxx b/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.hxx index 720f7c61d59f..d1fe171623ed 100644 --- a/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.hxx +++ b/vcl/generic/fontmanager/parseAFM.hxx @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ typedef struct /* FontInfo * Record type containing pointers to all of the other data * structures containing information about a font. - * A a record of this type is filled with data by the + * A record of this type is filled with data by the * parseFile function. */ typedef struct diff --git a/vcl/generic/glyphs/gcach_ftyp.cxx b/vcl/generic/glyphs/gcach_ftyp.cxx index 2dc7c1180e0a..2db0f0d98d34 100644 --- a/vcl/generic/glyphs/gcach_ftyp.cxx +++ b/vcl/generic/glyphs/gcach_ftyp.cxx @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ ServerFont::ServerFont( const FontSelectPattern& rFSD, FtFontInfo* pFI ) mpLayoutEngine( NULL ) { // TODO: move update of mpFontEntry into FontEntry class when - // it becomes reponsible for the ServerFont instantiation + // it becomes responsible for the ServerFont instantiation static_cast<ImplServerFontEntry*>(rFSD.mpFontEntry)->SetServerFont( this ); maFaceFT = pFI->GetFaceFT(); diff --git a/vcl/generic/print/glyphset.cxx b/vcl/generic/print/glyphset.cxx index 5c81214cfc0f..285ee4b478c6 100644 --- a/vcl/generic/print/glyphset.cxx +++ b/vcl/generic/print/glyphset.cxx @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GlyphSet::LookupCharID ( char_list_t::iterator aGlyphSet; sal_Int32 nGlyphSetID; - // loop thru all the font subsets + // loop through all the font subsets for (aGlyphSet = maCharList.begin(), nGlyphSetID = 1; aGlyphSet != maCharList.end(); ++aGlyphSet, nGlyphSetID++) @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ GlyphSet::LookupGlyphID ( glyph_list_t::iterator aGlyphSet; sal_Int32 nGlyphSetID; - // loop thru all the font subsets + // loop through all the font subsets for (aGlyphSet = maGlyphList.begin(), nGlyphSetID = 1; aGlyphSet != maGlyphList.end(); ++aGlyphSet, nGlyphSetID++) @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ GlyphSet::PSUploadEncoding(osl::File* pOutFile, PrinterGfx &rGfx) PrintFontManager &rMgr = rGfx.GetFontMgr(); - // loop thru all the font subsets + // loop through all the font subsets sal_Int32 nGlyphSetID = 0; char_list_t::iterator aGlyphSet; for (aGlyphSet = maCharList.begin(); aGlyphSet != maCharList.end(); ++aGlyphSet) @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ GlyphSet::PSUploadEncoding(osl::File* pOutFile, PrinterGfx &rGfx) } ps_mapping_t::const_iterator aSortedGlyph; - // loop thru all the glyphs in the subset + // loop through all the glyphs in the subset for (aSortedGlyph = (aSortedGlyphSet).begin(); aSortedGlyph != (aSortedGlyphSet).end(); ++aSortedGlyph) @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ GlyphSet::PSUploadFont (osl::File& rOutFile, PrinterGfx &rGfx, bool bAllowType42 sal_uInt16 pTTGlyphMapping[256]; const bool bAllowCID = false; // TODO: nPSLanguageLevel>=3 - // loop thru all the font subsets + // loop through all the font subsets sal_Int32 nCharSetID; char_list_t::iterator aCharSet; for (aCharSet = maCharList.begin(), nCharSetID = 1; @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ GlyphSet::PSUploadFont (osl::File& rOutFile, PrinterGfx &rGfx, bool bAllowType42 if ((*aCharSet).empty()) continue; - // loop thru all the chars in the subset + // loop through all the chars in the subset char_map_t::const_iterator aChar; sal_Int32 n = 0; for (aChar = (*aCharSet).begin(); aChar != (*aCharSet).end(); ++aChar) @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ GlyphSet::PSUploadFont (osl::File& rOutFile, PrinterGfx &rGfx, bool bAllowType42 rSuppliedFonts.push_back( aCharSetName ); } - // loop thru all the font glyph subsets + // loop through all the font glyph subsets sal_Int32 nGlyphSetID; glyph_list_t::iterator aGlyphSet; for (aGlyphSet = maGlyphList.begin(), nGlyphSetID = 1; @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ GlyphSet::PSUploadFont (osl::File& rOutFile, PrinterGfx &rGfx, bool bAllowType42 if ((*aGlyphSet).empty()) continue; - // loop thru all the glyphs in the subset + // loop through all the glyphs in the subset glyph_map_t::const_iterator aGlyph; sal_Int32 n = 0; for (aGlyph = (*aGlyphSet).begin(); aGlyph != (*aGlyphSet).end(); ++aGlyph) diff --git a/vcl/generic/print/prtsetup.cxx b/vcl/generic/print/prtsetup.cxx index 561845e3bdab..1af14cc01c62 100644 --- a/vcl/generic/print/prtsetup.cxx +++ b/vcl/generic/print/prtsetup.cxx @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ RTSDevicePage::RTSDevicePage( RTSDialog* pParent ) } sal_uLong nLevelEntryData = 0; //automatic - if( m_pParent->m_aJobData.m_nPDFDevice == 2 ) //explicitly PDF + if( m_pParent->m_aJobData.m_nPDFDevice == 2 ) //explicit PDF nLevelEntryData = 10; else if (m_pParent->m_aJobData.m_nPSLevel > 0) //explicit PS Level nLevelEntryData = m_pParent->m_aJobData.m_nPSLevel+1; @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ sal_uLong RTSDevicePage::getPDFDevice() { sal_uLong nLevel = reinterpret_cast<sal_uLong>(m_pLevelBox->GetEntryData( m_pLevelBox->GetSelectEntryPos() )); if (nLevel > 9) - return 2; //explictly PDF + return 2; //explicitly PDF else if (nLevel == 0) return 0; //automatic return -1; //explicitly PS diff --git a/vcl/inc/jobset.h b/vcl/inc/jobset.h index 486312157075..c62440773d57 100644 --- a/vcl/inc/jobset.h +++ b/vcl/inc/jobset.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ struct ImplJobSetup { sal_uInt16 mnRefCount; // RefCount (only independ data) - sal_uInt16 mnSystem; // Sytem - JOBSETUP_SYSTEM_xxxx + sal_uInt16 mnSystem; // System - JOBSETUP_SYSTEM_xxxx OUString maPrinterName; // Printer-Name OUString maDriver; // Driver-Name Orientation meOrientation; // Orientation diff --git a/vcl/inc/outfont.hxx b/vcl/inc/outfont.hxx index 16a5fdf80410..0f28657aed0d 100644 --- a/vcl/inc/outfont.hxx +++ b/vcl/inc/outfont.hxx @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ public: // TODO: hide members behind accessor methods long mnAboveDUnderlineOffset1; // Offset from double underline to baseline (for Vertical Right) long mnAboveDUnderlineOffset2; // Offset from double underline to baseline (for Vertical Right) long mnAboveWUnderlineSize; // Height of WaveLine-strike-out (for Vertical Right) - long mnAboveWUnderlineOffset; // Offset from WaveLine-strike-out to baseline, but centrered to to WaveLine (for Vertical Right) + long mnAboveWUnderlineOffset; // Offset from WaveLine-strike-out to baseline, but centrered to the WaveLine (for Vertical Right) long mnStrikeoutSize; // Height of single strike-out long mnStrikeoutOffset; // Offset from single strike-out to baseline long mnBStrikeoutSize; // Height of bold strike-out diff --git a/vcl/inc/regband.hxx b/vcl/inc/regband.hxx index b9855e24a761..690888291598 100644 --- a/vcl/inc/regband.hxx +++ b/vcl/inc/regband.hxx @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ public: // create y-band with boundaries ImplRegionBand( long nYTop, long nYBottom ); - /** copy y-band with with all data + /** copy y-band with all data @param theSourceBand The new ImplRegionBand object will be a copy of this band. diff --git a/vcl/osx/salframeview.mm b/vcl/osx/salframeview.mm index 98f3dadf1d80..8f411f728390 100644 --- a/vcl/osx/salframeview.mm +++ b/vcl/osx/salframeview.mm @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ private: if( pUnmodifiedString && [pUnmodifiedString length] == 1 ) { /* #i103102# key events with command and alternate don't make it through - interpretKeyEvents (why ?). Try to dispatch them here first, + interpretKeyEvents (why?). Try to dispatch them here first, if not successful continue normally */ if( (mpFrame->mnLastModifierFlags & (NSAlternateKeyMask | NSCommandKeyMask)) diff --git a/vcl/osx/salinst.cxx b/vcl/osx/salinst.cxx index 71758b6b1da4..5e81c6bf586a 100644 --- a/vcl/osx/salinst.cxx +++ b/vcl/osx/salinst.cxx @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ void AquaSalInstance::Yield( bool bWait, bool bHandleAllCurrentEvents ) // #i86581# // FIXME: sometimes the NSTimer will never fire. Firing it by hand then // fixes the problem even seems to set the correct next firing date - // Why oh why ? + // Why oh why? if( ! pEvent && AquaSalTimer::pRunningTimer ) { // this cause crashes on MacOSX 10.4 diff --git a/vcl/quartz/ctlayout.cxx b/vcl/quartz/ctlayout.cxx index 3a42ebc700d9..759b3f5339b5 100644 --- a/vcl/quartz/ctlayout.cxx +++ b/vcl/quartz/ctlayout.cxx @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ void CTLayout::drawCTLine(AquaSalGraphics& rAquaGraphics, CTLineRef ctline, cons // set the text color as fill color (see kCTForegroundColorFromContextAttributeName) CGContextSetFillColor( context, rAquaGraphics.maTextColor.AsArray() ); - /* if we have a m_vRunData that indicate that an ApplyDXArray occured + /* if we have a m_vRunData that indicate that an ApplyDXArray occurred * iow that we want to use DXArray to align glyphs * Otherwise we just use CoreText to display the whole line */ diff --git a/vcl/source/app/svapp.cxx b/vcl/source/app/svapp.cxx index 743a0ee223b1..c9dd3c76027d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/app/svapp.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/app/svapp.cxx @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ inline void ImplYield( bool i_bWait, bool i_bAllEvents ) if( pSVData->maAppData.mnDispatchLevel == 0 ) vcl::LazyDelete::flush(); - // the system timer events will not necessarily come in in non waiting mode + // the system timer events will not necessarily come in non waiting mode // e.g. on OS X; need to trigger timer checks manually if( pSVData->maAppData.mbNoYield && !pSVData->mbNoCallTimer ) { diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/FilterConfigCache.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/FilterConfigCache.cxx index 7f4ed6d42e1c..14fdbaa8dfa1 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/FilterConfigCache.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/FilterConfigCache.cxx @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ void FilterConfigCache::ImplInit() // bFilterEntryCreated!? if (!( aEntry.nFlags & 3 )) - continue; //? Entry was already inserted ... but following code will be supressed?! + continue; //? Entry was already inserted ... but following code will be suppressed?! } } }; diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/sgvmain.hxx b/vcl/source/filter/sgvmain.hxx index 41c20a9f9ca4..7958ec8c340b 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/sgvmain.hxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/sgvmain.hxx @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public: virtual ~Obj0Type() {} }; -#define ObjkSize 20 /* should be 21. due to allignment we shifted the flag */ +#define ObjkSize 20 /* should be 21. due to alignment we shifted the flag */ class ObjkType: public Obj0Type { // basic componenents of all Stardraw objects public: sal_uInt32 Last; diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/sgvtext.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/sgvtext.cxx index 76adab673aa6..5c6c5430cd69 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/sgvtext.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/sgvtext.cxx @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SetTextContext(OutputDevice& rOut, ObjTextType& Atr, bool Kapt, sal_u sal_uLong Grad; sal_uLong Brei; OUString FNam; - sal_uInt16 StdBrei=50; // average line width in in % of text angle + sal_uInt16 StdBrei=50; // average line width in % of text angle bool bFit=(FitXMul!=1 || FitXDiv!=1 || FitYMul!=1 || FitYDiv!=1); pSgfFont = pSgfFonts->GetFontDesc(Atr.GetFont()); diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap3.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap3.cxx index 335d625b29ab..1a7e1cf6df3d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap3.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap3.cxx @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ bool Bitmap::Scale( const double& rScaleX, const double& rScaleY, sal_uInt32 nSc //fdo#33455 // //If we start with a 1 bit image, then after scaling it in any mode except - //BMP_SCALE_FAST we have a a 24bit image which is perfectly correct, but we + //BMP_SCALE_FAST we have a 24bit image which is perfectly correct, but we //are going to down-shift it to mono again and Bitmap::ImplMakeMono just //has "Bitmap aNewBmp( GetSizePixel(), 1 );" to create a 1 bit bitmap which //will default to black/white and the colors mapped to which ever is closer diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap4.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap4.cxx index 594247ccf931..26239bdc3aea 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap4.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmap4.cxx @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ bool Bitmap::ImplSeparableBlurFilter(const double radius) return true; } -// Separable Unsharepn Mask filter is actually a substracted blured +// Separable Unsharpen Mask filter is actually a subtracted blurred // image from the original image. bool Bitmap::ImplSeparableUnsharpenFilter(const double radius) { const long nWidth = GetSizePixel().Width(); @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ bool Bitmap::ImplSeparableUnsharpenFilter(const double radius) { BitmapColor aColor, aColorBlur; - // For all pixels in original image substract pixels values from blured image. + // For all pixels in original image subtract pixels values from blurred image for( int x = 0; x < nWidth; x++ ) { for( int y = 0; y < nHeight; y++ ) diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/dibtools.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/dibtools.cxx index a37d5c21e3a0..f624382c2713 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/dibtools.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/dibtools.cxx @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ bool ImplReadDIBBody( SvStream& rIStm, Bitmap& rBmp, Bitmap* pBmpAlpha, sal_uLon // some clipboard entries have alpha mask on zero to say that there is // no alpha; do only use this when the other masks are set. The MS docu - // says that that masks are only to be set when bV5Compression is set to + // says that masks are only to be set when bV5Compression is set to // BI_BITFIELDS, but there seem to exist a wild variety of usages... if((bRedSet || bGreenSet || bBlueSet) && (0 == aHeader.nV5AlphaMask)) { diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/print.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/print.cxx index 581b3f02e350..9904f375c573 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/print.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/print.cxx @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ bool PrinterOptions::ReadFromConfig( bool i_bFile ) { // get service provider Reference< XComponentContext > xContext( comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); - // create configuration hierachical access name + // create configuration hierarchical access name try { xConfigProvider = theDefaultProvider::get( xContext ); diff --git a/vcl/source/opengl/OpenGLContext.cxx b/vcl/source/opengl/OpenGLContext.cxx index d39cb33fdc36..2c6de419f12d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/opengl/OpenGLContext.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/opengl/OpenGLContext.cxx @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ const char* getTypeString(GLenum type) ; } - return "unkown"; + return "unknown"; } extern "C" void diff --git a/vcl/source/window/decoview.cxx b/vcl/source/window/decoview.cxx index 13b94d2f51cb..979ed5fe8245 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/decoview.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/decoview.cxx @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ Rectangle DecorationView::DrawButton( const Rectangle& rRect, sal_uInt16 nStyle mpOutDev->SetLineColor( maOldLineColor ); mpOutDev->SetFillColor( maOldFillColor ); - // keep border free, altough it is used at default representation + // keep border free, although it is used at default representation ++aRect.Left(); ++aRect.Top(); --aRect.Right(); diff --git a/vcl/source/window/event.cxx b/vcl/source/window/event.cxx index 95bb1586274e..995fd7661a2d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/event.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/event.cxx @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ void Window::ImplCallMove() g = pParentFrame->GetGeometry(); mpWindowImpl->maPos -= Point( g.nX, g.nY ); } - // the client window and and all its subclients have the same position as the borderframe + // the client window and all its subclients have the same position as the borderframe // this is important for floating toolbars where the borderwindow is a floating window // which has another borderwindow (ie the system floating window) vcl::Window *pClientWin = mpWindowImpl->mpClientWindow; diff --git a/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx b/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx index c4dcdd171b96..9f82ca318864 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ static void ImplCalcSet( ImplSplitSet* pSet, j++; } - // substract size of individual items + // subtract size of individual items nErrorSum = nSizeDelta % nCalcItems; nCurSizeDelta = nSizeDelta / nCalcItems; nMins = 0; diff --git a/vcl/source/window/window.cxx b/vcl/source/window/window.cxx index 6905e2cd7081..5789a89fb299 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/window.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/window.cxx @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ void Window::ImplSetReallyVisible() } } -void Window::ImplAddDel( ImplDelData* pDel ) // TODO: make "const" when incompatiblity ok +void Window::ImplAddDel( ImplDelData* pDel ) // TODO: make "const" when incompatibility ok { DBG_ASSERT( !pDel->mpWindow, "Window::ImplAddDel(): cannot add ImplDelData twice !" ); if( !pDel->mpWindow ) @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ void Window::ImplAddDel( ImplDelData* pDel ) // TODO: make "const" when incompat } } -void Window::ImplRemoveDel( ImplDelData* pDel ) // TODO: make "const" when incompatiblity ok +void Window::ImplRemoveDel( ImplDelData* pDel ) // TODO: make "const" when incompatibility ok { pDel->mpWindow = NULL; // #112873# pDel is not associated with a Window anymore if ( mpWindowImpl->mpFirstDel == pDel ) diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx index 5803733c4ca6..d3aca4f158da 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx @@ -1116,8 +1116,8 @@ sal_uInt16 SalDisplay::GetKeyCode( KeySym keysym, char*pcPrintable ) const break; // - - - - - Sun X-Server keyboard ??? - - - - - - - - - - - - case XK_L1: // XK_F11: - nKey = KEY_F11; // on a sun keyboard this actually is usally SunXK_Stop = 0x0000FF69 (XK_Cancel), - // but VCL doesn't have a key defintion for that + nKey = KEY_F11; // on a sun keyboard this actually is usually SunXK_Stop = 0x0000FF69 (XK_Cancel), + // but VCL doesn't have a key definition for that break; case XK_L2: // XK_F12: if ( GetServerVendor() == vendor_sun ) diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx index 4e7d71f3400e..120eaea6441f 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ namespace x11 { virtual void fireContentsChanged() = 0; virtual css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface > getReference() = 0; // returns a reference that will keep the SelectionAdaptor alive until the - // refernce is released + // reference is released protected: ~SelectionAdaptor() {} diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtkdata.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtkdata.cxx index bef0510da4a4..487d5e87c824 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtkdata.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtkdata.cxx @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ void GtkData::Yield( bool bWait, bool bHandleAllCurrentEvents ) { /* #i33212# only enter g_main_context_iteration in one thread at any one * time, else one of them potentially will never end as long as there is - * another thread in in there. Having only one yieldin thread actually dispatch + * another thread in there. Having only one yieldin thread actually dispatch * fits the vcl event model (see e.g. the generic plugin). */ bool bDispatchThread = false; @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ void GtkData::Init() g_set_application_name(SalGenericSystem::getFrameClassName()); - // Set consistant name of the root accessible + // Set consistent name of the root accessible OUString aAppName = Application::GetAppName(); if( !aAppName.isEmpty() ) { diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtksys.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtksys.cxx index 4bd61c7103da..90114bcb9512 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtksys.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/app/gtksys.cxx @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ struct GdkRectangleCoincident * GtkSalSystem::countScreenMonitors() * * This method builds the vector which allows us to map from VCL's - * idea of linear integer ScreenNumber to to gtk+'s rather more + * idea of linear integer ScreenNumber to gtk+'s rather more * complicated screen + monitor concept. */ void diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/window/gtksalframe.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/window/gtksalframe.cxx index 03cf9df414ce..c7c8024ac03a 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/gtk/window/gtksalframe.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/window/gtksalframe.cxx @@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@ void GtkSalFrame::damaged (const basegfx::B2IBox& rDamageRect) } #if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(3,0,0) -// FIXME: This is incredibly lame ... but so is cairo's insistance on -exactly- +// FIXME: This is incredibly lame ... but so is cairo's insistence on -exactly- // its own stride - neither more nor less - particularly not more aligned // we like 8byte aligned, it likes 4 - most odd. void GtkSalFrame::renderArea( cairo_t *cr, cairo_rectangle_t *area ) diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk3/gdi/gtk3salnativewidgets-gtk.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk3/gdi/gtk3salnativewidgets-gtk.cxx index 66d0dddba5d7..0bb0c34fbf72 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/gtk3/gdi/gtk3salnativewidgets-gtk.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/gtk3/gdi/gtk3salnativewidgets-gtk.cxx @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ bool GtkSalGraphics::drawNativeControl( ControlType nType, ControlPart nPart, co return true; } -// FIXME: This is incredibly lame ... but so is cairo's insistance on -exactly- +// FIXME: This is incredibly lame... but so is cairo's insistence on - exactly - // its own stride - neither more nor less - particularly not more aligned // we like 8byte aligned, it likes 4 - most odd. void GtkSalGraphics::renderAreaToPix( cairo_t *cr, diff --git a/vcl/unx/kde4/VCLKDEApplication.cxx b/vcl/unx/kde4/VCLKDEApplication.cxx index 4b02bbce3d39..535977b524c7 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/kde4/VCLKDEApplication.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/kde4/VCLKDEApplication.cxx @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ bool VCLKDEApplication::x11EventFilter(XEvent* ev) // because of showing a Qt dialog void VCLKDEApplication::preDialogSetup() { - // KFileDialog intergration requires using event loop with QClipboard. + // KFileDialog integration requires using event loop with QClipboard. // Opening the KDE file dialog here can lead to QClipboard // asking for clipboard contents. If LO core is the owner of the clipboard // content, without event loop use this will block for 5 seconds and timeout, diff --git a/vcl/win/source/app/salinst.cxx b/vcl/win/source/app/salinst.cxx index a601ff543539..9e284eb819c9 100644 --- a/vcl/win/source/app/salinst.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/source/app/salinst.cxx @@ -744,8 +744,8 @@ LRESULT CALLBACK SalComWndProc( HWND hWnd, UINT nMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lPar // otherwise it happens with short timeouts and long callbacks // that no other events will ever be processed, as the queue // is full of SAL_MSG_TIMER_CALLBACKs. - // It is impossible to limit the amount of them being emited - // in the first place, as they are emited asynchronously, but + // It is impossible to limit the amount of them being emitted + // in the first place, as they are emitted asynchronously, but // here we are already fully synchronized. } break; diff --git a/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx b/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx index 958348fdfd80..22028978568e 100644 --- a/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx @@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ sal_Int32 UniscribeLayout::GetTextBreak( DeviceCoordinate nMaxWidth, DeviceCoord { // go back to cluster start // we have to find the visual item first since the mpLogClusters[] - // needed to find the cluster start is relative to to the visual item + // needed to find the cluster start is relative to the visual item int nMinGlyphIndex = 0; for( int nItem = 0; nItem < mnItemCount; ++nItem ) { diff --git a/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx b/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx index 9dd008bb5261..3d3b242b87b3 100644 --- a/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx @@ -5298,7 +5298,7 @@ ImplHandleGetObject(HWND hWnd, LPARAM lParam, WPARAM wParam, LRESULT & nRet) ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData(); - // Make sure to launch Accessibiliity only the following criterias are satisfied + // Make sure to launch Accessibiliity only the following criteria are satisfied // to avoid RFT interrupts regular accessibility processing if ( !pSVData->mxAccessBridge.is() ) { diff --git a/vcl/win/source/window/salobj.cxx b/vcl/win/source/window/salobj.cxx index 98862e69fb56..4877c5329629 100644 --- a/vcl/win/source/window/salobj.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/source/window/salobj.cxx @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ LRESULT CALLBACK SalSysMsgProc( int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam ) pSalData->mnSalObjWantKeyEvt = 0; - // check if we need to proces data for a SalObject-window + // check if we need to process data for a SalObject-window WinSalObject* pObject; if ( pData->message == WM_SETFOCUS ) { diff --git a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOMIDL/ia2_api_all.idl b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOMIDL/ia2_api_all.idl index 00905e74439c..36f67e41a68c 100644 --- a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOMIDL/ia2_api_all.idl +++ b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOMIDL/ia2_api_all.idl @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ enum IA2ScrollType { /** Scroll the object or substring such that as much as possible of the object or substring is within the top level window. The placement of the object is dependent on the application. For example, the object or - substring may be scrolled to to closest edge, the furthest edge, or midway + substring may be scrolled to closest edge, the furthest edge, or midway between those two edges. */ IA2_SCROLL_TYPE_ANYWHERE diff --git a/winaccessibility/source/service/AccObjectWinManager.cxx b/winaccessibility/source/service/AccObjectWinManager.cxx index 93f1cbb4151e..e05f25f2b287 100644 --- a/winaccessibility/source/service/AccObjectWinManager.cxx +++ b/winaccessibility/source/service/AccObjectWinManager.cxx @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ void AccObjectWinManager::DeleteFromHwndXAcc(XAccessible* pXAcc ) } /** - * Delete Delete all children with the tree root of XAccessible pointer + * Delete all children with the tree root of XAccessible pointer * @param pXAcc Tree root XAccessible interface. * @return */ @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ void AccObjectWinManager::DeleteChildrenAccObj(XAccessible* pXAcc) } /** - * Delete Delete Acc object self. + * Delete Acc object self. * @param pXAcc The XAccessible interface. * @return */ diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py index 0bcb30fd08e8..f28cb9470325 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ class AgendaDocument(TextDocument): raise ValueError("No such item") '''itemsCache is a Map containing all agenda item. These are object which - "write themselfs" to the table, given a table cursor. + "write themselves" to the table, given a table cursor. A cache is used in order to reuse the objects, instead of recreate them. This method fills the cache will all items objects (names and headings). ''' diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/TypeInspector.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/TypeInspector.java index 336df758b752..277c72158103 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/TypeInspector.java +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/TypeInspector.java @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ public class TypeInspector *4) DOUBLE *5) NUMERIC *6) DECIMAL * - * If no appropriate datatype is found ther first available numeric type after DataType.INTEGER + * If no appropriate datatype is found the first available numeric type after DataType.INTEGER * according to the 'convertDataType' method is returned */ /**TODO the fallback order is the same as implemented in the method 'convertDataType'. diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/report/ReportTextDocument.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/report/ReportTextDocument.java index 569b03456f7d..c761d244ab89 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/report/ReportTextDocument.java +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/report/ReportTextDocument.java @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ class ReportTextDocument extends com.sun.star.wizards.text.TextDocument implemen public void replaceFieldValueInGroupTable(DBColumn CurDBColumn, int TableIndex) { String TableName = TBLGROUPSECTION + (TableIndex + 1); - // Note: for some reason the table might lose its name and has to be renamed therefor + // Note: for some reason the table might lose its name and has to be renamed therefore String OldTableName = CurDBColumn.xTableName.getName(); if (OldTableName.compareTo(TableName) != 0) { diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java index fa932e828ae8..77b1791310c9 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ abstract public class ReportBuilderLayouter implements IReportBuilderLayouter // 'Page #page# of #count#' // to something like // '\"Page \" & PageNumber() & \" of \" & PageCount()' - // due to the fact that is is not fixed, where #page# or #count# occurs, we make it + // due to the fact that it is not fixed, where #page# or #count# occurs, we make it // a little bit trickier. // we first surround the string with double quotes, // second, replace the #...# diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/DocumentPreview.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/DocumentPreview.py index d358ad49937b..4c6aed5f054d 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/DocumentPreview.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/DocumentPreview.py @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ class DocumentPreview(object): ''' create a new frame with a new container window inside, - which isnt part of the global frame tree. + which is not part of the global frame tree. Attention: a) This frame wont be destroyed by the office. It must be closed by you! diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py index 3502b58492f9..530b979b5e9c 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ class Process(ProcessErrors): try: # here I calculate the destination filename. - # I take the original filename (docFilename), substract the extension, (docExt) -> (fn) + # I take the original filename (docFilename), subtract the extension, (docExt) -> (fn) # and find an available filename which starts with # this filename, but with the new extension. (destExt) docFilename = FileAccess.getFilename(doc.cp_URL) diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py index f5d6fcf2c78c..bbf35817723a 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ from ..ui.event.DataAware import DataAware from ..ui.event.Task import Task ''' -Web Wizard Dialog implementation : Startup. +Web Wizard Dialog implementation: Startup. This class contains the startup implementation and session mounting methods. <h2> Data Aware Concept </h2> <p> I use DataAware objects, which synchronize @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ between a Value and a UI element. </P> <p> A Value is either a JavaBean property with -a Getter and a Setter or a public class Memeber. +a Getter and a Setter or a public class Member. </P> When the UI Control changes, the Value changes correspondingly. This depends on WWD_General.settings a Listener which calls the updateData() @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ here I use only UI Listeners, and keep calling the updateUI() method whenever I change the Value. </P> To contain the Data, I use the Configuration Data Objects -which read themselfs out of the Configuration. they are all located under +which read themselves out of the Configuration. they are all located under the data package. <p/> Different groups of DataAware objects are grouped into vectors. diff --git a/wizards/source/access2base/Dialog.xba b/wizards/source/access2base/Dialog.xba index 6eed82aee805..a6d04d21fb1b 100644 --- a/wizards/source/access2base/Dialog.xba +++ b/wizards/source/access2base/Dialog.xba @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Dim ogGroup As Object, vGroup() As Variant, vIndex() As Variant If oRadios(i).TabIndex > oRadios(i - 1).TabIndex + 1 Then bFound = True Else - Goto Error_Arg ' same group as preceeding item although name correct + Goto Error_Arg ' same group as preceding item although name correct End If End Select If bFound Then @@ -659,4 +659,4 @@ Error_Function: _PropertySet = False GoTo Exit_Function End Function ' _PropertySet -</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file +</script:module> diff --git a/wizards/source/euro/euro.src b/wizards/source/euro/euro.src index 0f1b44b2584b..6883861dd1b9 100644 --- a/wizards/source/euro/euro.src +++ b/wizards/source/euro/euro.src @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Text [ en-US ] = "Select target directory"; String MESSAGES + 4 { -Text [ en-US ] = "non-existant"; +Text [ en-US ] = "non-existent"; }; String MESSAGES + 5 diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx index c8bf973492ef..c6b8565a9be9 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx @@ -4644,7 +4644,7 @@ void DomainMapper_Impl::AddNewRedline( sal_uInt32 sprmId ) // <w:rPrChange> applies to the whole <w:r>, <w:pPrChange> applies to the whole <w:p>, // so keep those two in CONTEXT_CHARACTERS and CONTEXT_PARAGRAPH, which will take // care of their scope (i.e. when they should be used and discarded). - // Let's keep the rest the same way they used to be handled (explictly dropped + // Let's keep the rest the same way they used to be handled (explicitly dropped // from a global stack by endtrackchange), but quite possibly they should not be handled // that way either (I don't know). if( sprmId == NS_ooxml::LN_EG_RPrContent_rPrChange ) diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/NumberingManager.cxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/NumberingManager.cxx index d219b7b91ee6..8892b693c962 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/NumberingManager.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/NumberingManager.cxx @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ void ListsManager::lcl_attribute( Id nName, Value& rVal ) { //this strings contains the definition of the level //the level number is marked as %n - //these numbers can be mixed randomly toghether with separators pre- and suffixes + //these numbers can be mixed randomly together with separators pre- and suffixes //the Writer supports only a number of upper levels to show, separators is always a dot //and each level can have a prefix and a suffix if(pCurrentLvl.get()) diff --git a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLDocumentImpl.cxx b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLDocumentImpl.cxx index b5e309a0fb4f..80c508ab9c1f 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLDocumentImpl.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLDocumentImpl.cxx @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ void OOXMLDocumentImpl::incrementProgress() mnProgressCurrentPos++; // 1) If we know the end // 2) We progressed enough that updating makes sense - // 3) We did not reach the end yet (possible in case the doc stat is is misleading) + // 3) We did not reach the end yet (possible in case the doc stat is misleading) if (mnProgressEndPos && mnProgressCurrentPos > (mnProgressLastPos + mnPercentSize) && mnProgressLastPos < mnProgressEndPos) { mnProgressLastPos = mnProgressCurrentPos; diff --git a/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtfdocumentimpl.cxx b/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtfdocumentimpl.cxx index 66b9eb3904b1..2e98dd74b890 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtfdocumentimpl.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtfdocumentimpl.cxx @@ -5980,7 +5980,7 @@ int RTFDocumentImpl::popState() Buf_t(BUFFER_ENDSHAPE)); } - // It's allowed to declare these inside the the shape text, and they + // It's allowed to declare these inside the shape text, and they // are expected to have an effect for the whole shape. if (aState.aDrawingObject.nLeft) m_aStates.top().aDrawingObject.nLeft = aState.aDrawingObject.nLeft; diff --git a/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtflistener.hxx b/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtflistener.hxx index beabaef382ad..72568f642a96 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtflistener.hxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/rtftok/rtflistener.hxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ enum RTFErrors }; /** - * RTFTokenizer needs a class implementing this this interface. While + * RTFTokenizer needs a class implementing this interface. While * RTFTokenizer separates control words (and their arguments) from * text, the class implementing this interface is expected to map the * raw RTF tokens to dmapper tokens. diff --git a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/DocumentSerializerFactory.java b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/DocumentSerializerFactory.java index 12ab4c045616..e4852ff1e182 100644 --- a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/DocumentSerializerFactory.java +++ b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/DocumentSerializerFactory.java @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ public interface DocumentSerializerFactory { * * <p>The {@code ConvertData} object is passed along to the created * {@code DocumentSerializer} via its constructor. The {@code ConvertData} - * is read and converted when the the {@code DocumentSerializer} object's + * is read and converted when the {@code DocumentSerializer} object's * {@code serialize} method is called.</p> * * @param doc {@code Document} object that the created @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ public interface DocumentSerializerFactory { * @return A <code>DocumentSerializer</code> object. */ DocumentSerializer createDocumentSerializer(Document doc); -}
\ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/util/registry/ConverterInfoMgr.java b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/util/registry/ConverterInfoMgr.java index d1c9b1c12470..09fd70f41d7a 100644 --- a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/util/registry/ConverterInfoMgr.java +++ b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/util/registry/ConverterInfoMgr.java @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public final class ConverterInfoMgr { } } - // Since this is a adding to a static Vector, make sure this add method + // Since this is adding to a static Vector, make sure this add method // call is synchronized. synchronized (converterInfoList) { converterInfoList.add(ci); @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ public final class ConverterInfoMgr { if (deviceFromMime.trim().equals(fromDeviceInfo)) { - // Found a a match for deviceFrom. Now loop over the + // Found a match for deviceFrom. Now loop over the // elements comparing with deviceToMime Iterator<ConverterInfo> citEnum = converterInfoList.iterator(); while (citEnum.hasNext()) { @@ -466,4 +466,4 @@ public final class ConverterInfoMgr { } } } -}
\ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/databases.hxx b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/databases.hxx index 3e798cf1cc5b..4b22947cbdff 100644 --- a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/databases.hxx +++ b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/databases.hxx @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ namespace chelp { // // of XCollator /** - * Returns the cascading stlye sheet used to format the HTML-output. + * Returns the cascading style sheet used to format the HTML-output. * First try is language directory, second try is main installation directory. */ diff --git a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.cxx b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.cxx index 2d4cb92b089a..68323eba89c9 100644 --- a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.cxx +++ b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.cxx @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ ContentProvider::getConfiguration() const } catch( const uno::Exception& ) { - OSL_ENSURE( xProvider.is(), "cant instantiate configuration" ); + OSL_ENSURE( xProvider.is(), "can not instantiate configuration" ); } } diff --git a/xmlhelp/source/treeview/tvread.cxx b/xmlhelp/source/treeview/tvread.cxx index 930bbbeb4a6c..1a1f67094567 100644 --- a/xmlhelp/source/treeview/tvread.cxx +++ b/xmlhelp/source/treeview/tvread.cxx @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ TVChildTarget::getConfiguration(const Reference< XComponentContext >& rxContext) } catch( const com::sun::star::uno::Exception& ) { - OSL_ENSURE( xProvider.is(),"cant instantiate configuration" ); + OSL_ENSURE( xProvider.is(),"can not instantiate configuration" ); } } diff --git a/xmloff/dtd/datastyl.mod b/xmloff/dtd/datastyl.mod index ea4400750ce2..9a5dad63b83a 100644 --- a/xmloff/dtd/datastyl.mod +++ b/xmloff/dtd/datastyl.mod @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <!ATTLIST number:text-style style:name %styleName; #REQUIRED> <!-- The style:family is redundant and therefore should not exist at all --> -<!-- Since OOo 1.0/1.1 is exporting this attribute is is an #IMPLIED --> +<!-- Since OOo 1.0/1.1 is exporting this attribute it is an #IMPLIED --> <!-- one to avoid validation errors. --> <!ATTLIST number:number-style style:family CDATA #IMPLIED> <!ATTLIST number:currency-style style:family CDATA #IMPLIED> diff --git a/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx b/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx index 8b35d5d5da0c..c5b41a506e40 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ lcl_AddGrddl(SvXMLExport & rExport, const sal_Int32 /*nExportMode*/) { // check version >= 1.2 switch (rExport.getDefaultVersion()) { - case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: // fall thru + case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: // fall through case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_010: return; default: break; } diff --git a/xmloff/source/draw/animationimport.cxx b/xmloff/source/draw/animationimport.cxx index 66f379005f96..8392356fb996 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/draw/animationimport.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/draw/animationimport.cxx @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ void AnimationNodeContext::init_node( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< : } } - // fall through intented! + // fall through intended! case ANA_Target: { { diff --git a/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx b/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx index 1ef76026e5b8..f0a8db4bf466 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ void XMLShapeExport::ImpExportGroupShape( const uno::Reference< drawing::XShape ImpExportEvents( xShape ); ImpExportGluePoints( xShape ); - // #89764# if export of position is supressed for group shape, + // #89764# if export of position is suppressed for group shape, // positions of contained objects should be written relative to // the upper left edge of the group. awt::Point aUpperLeft; @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ void XMLShapeExport::ImpExport3DSceneShape( const uno::Reference< drawing::XShap // write 3DSceneLights export3DLamps( xPropSet ); - // #89764# if export of position is supressed for group shape, + // #89764# if export of position is suppressed for group shape, // positions of contained objects should be written relative to // the upper left edge of the group. awt::Point aUpperLeft; diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/elementexport.cxx b/xmloff/source/forms/elementexport.cxx index 2734a3fd48b4..494fe0095350 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/elementexport.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/elementexport.cxx @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ namespace xmloff // in general, all control types need to export the control id m_nIncludeCommon |= CCA_CONTROL_ID; - // is is a control bound to a calc cell? + // is it a control bound to a calc cell? if ( FormCellBindingHelper::livesInSpreadsheetDocument( m_xProps ) ) { FormCellBindingHelper aHelper( m_xProps, NULL ); diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx index 36c55162e45a..f1f8442dce8b 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx @@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ void XMLTextFieldExport::ExportMetaField( bool doExport(!i_bAutoStyles); // do not export element if autostyles // check version >= 1.2 switch (GetExport().getDefaultVersion()) { - case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: // fall thru + case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: // fall through case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_010: doExport = false; break; default: break; } diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx index 5307ce0d2aa1..05bbfb78a8c4 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ void XMLTextImportHelper::SetHyperlink( { // The API treats events at hyperlinks differently from most // other properties: You have to set a name replace with the - // events in it. The easiest way to to this is to 1) get + // events in it. The easiest way to do this is to 1) get // events, 2) set new ones, and 3) then put events back. uno::Reference<XNameReplace> const xReplace( xPropSet->getPropertyValue(s_HyperLinkEvents), UNO_QUERY); diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtparae.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtparae.cxx index c13e687a0b48..07b2ab4bc7eb 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/text/txtparae.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtparae.cxx @@ -3722,7 +3722,7 @@ void XMLTextParagraphExport::exportMeta( bool doExport(!i_bAutoStyles); // do not export element if autostyles // check version >= 1.2 switch (GetExport().getDefaultVersion()) { - case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: // fall thru + case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_011: // fall through case SvtSaveOptions::ODFVER_010: doExport = false; break; default: break; } diff --git a/xmloff/source/transform/StyleOOoTContext.cxx b/xmloff/source/transform/StyleOOoTContext.cxx index 9e934fb9b921..3a7c16db35d4 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/transform/StyleOOoTContext.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/transform/StyleOOoTContext.cxx @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ XMLTypedPropertiesOOoTContext_Impl XML_PROP_TYPE_END==m_aPropTypes[1] || (i<MAX_PROP_TYPES && XML_PROP_TYPE_END!=m_aPropTypes[i]) ) ) { - OString aTmp("Didnt't find property: "); + OString aTmp("Didn't find property: "); const OUString& rPrefix = GetTransformer().GetNamespaceMap().GetPrefixByKey( nPrefix ); aTmp += OString( rPrefix.getStr(), rPrefix.getLength(), diff --git a/xmloff/source/transform/TransformerBase.cxx b/xmloff/source/transform/TransformerBase.cxx index f74c6877623f..ba7e37cd5287 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/transform/TransformerBase.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/transform/TransformerBase.cxx @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ bool XMLTransformerBase::ConvertURIToOOo( OUString& rURI, switch( rURI[0] ) { case '/': - // no rel path; nothing to to + // no rel path; nothing to do break; case '.': // a rel path diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx index 3aad10c2c76f..951f6fc554d2 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ void DigitalSignaturesDialog::ImplShowSignaturesDetails() //If bTempStream is true, then a temporary stream is return. If it is false then, the actual //signature stream is used. -//Everytime the user presses Add a new temporary stream is created. +//Every time the user presses Add a new temporary stream is created. //We keep the temporary stream as member because ImplGetSignatureInformations //will later access the stream to create DocumentSignatureInformation objects //which are stored in maCurrentSignatureInformations. diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx index 45c89d9f10f6..f4d6637090b7 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void SAXEventKeeperImpl::removeElementMarkBuffer(sal_Int32 nId) } /* - * destory the ElementMark + * destroy the ElementMark */ delete (*ii); @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ void SAXEventKeeperImpl::markElementMarkBuffer(sal_Int32 nId) * * FUNCTION * puts the ElementMark with the particular Id into the releasing list, - * checks whether the releasing process is runing, if not then launch + * checks whether the releasing process is running, if not then launch * this process. * * INPUTS diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.hxx b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.hxx index fd6539bbdd9f..e6887c8adb21 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.hxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.hxx @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ private: std::vector< sal_Int32 > m_vReleasedElementMarkBuffers; /* - * a flag to indicate whether the ElementMark releasing process is runing. + * a flag to indicate whether the ElementMark releasing process is running. * When a releasing request comes, the assigned ElementMark is added to * the m_vReleasedElementMarkBuffers first, then this flag is checked. * If the ElementMark releasing process is not running, then call that diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx b/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx index 8971cc594adc..6c6e4b143e8c 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ class XSecController : public cppu::WeakImplHelper4 * XSecController -- the xml security framework controller * * FUNCTION - * Controlls the whole xml security framework to create signatures or to + * Controls the whole xml security framework to create signatures or to * verify signatures. * * NOTES diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/mscrypt/x509certificate_mscryptimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/mscrypt/x509certificate_mscryptimpl.cxx index 546d831c8b10..48fc40e8d27b 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/mscrypt/x509certificate_mscryptimpl.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/mscrypt/x509certificate_mscryptimpl.cxx @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star::security ; using ::com::sun::star::security::XCertificate ; using ::com::sun::star::util::DateTime ; -/*Resturns the index withing rRawString where sTypeName starts and where it ends. +/*Resturns the index within rRawString where sTypeName starts and where it ends. The starting index is pair.first. The ending index in pair.second points one char after the last character of the type. sTypeName can be diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/xmldocumentwrapper_xmlsecimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/xmldocumentwrapper_xmlsecimpl.cxx index e735c9418b8b..9395b6d5242b 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/xmldocumentwrapper_xmlsecimpl.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/xmldocumentwrapper_xmlsecimpl.cxx @@ -481,13 +481,13 @@ sal_Int32 XMLDocumentWrapper_XmlSecImpl::recursiveDelete( /****** XMLDocumentWrapper_XmlSecImpl/recursiveDelete ************************* * * NAME - * recursiveDelete -- Deletes a paticular node with its branch. + * recursiveDelete -- Deletes a particular node with its branch. * * SYNOPSIS * result = recursiveDelete(pNode); * * FUNCTION - * Deletes a paticular node with its branch, while reserving the nodes + * Deletes a particular node with its branch, while reserving the nodes * (and their brance) listed in the m_aReservedNodes. * The deletion process is preformed in the tree order, that is, a node * is deleted after its previous sibling node is deleted, a parent node diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_1/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_1/openssl.cfg index bf73e3549d66..41a85559da78 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_1/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_1/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_10/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_10/openssl.cfg index cc9663bbd5c5..33b54150325c 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_10/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_10/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_11/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_11/openssl.cfg index 9d98db508b63..f58ff24f0a54 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_11/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_11/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert utf8 = yes # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_2/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_2/openssl.cfg index bf73e3549d66..41a85559da78 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_2/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_2/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_3/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_3/openssl.cfg index 5f9493f47e9b..a8ff6452fa85 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_3/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_3/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_4/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_4/openssl.cfg index 5f9493f47e9b..a8ff6452fa85 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_4/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_4/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_5/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_5/openssl.cfg index 7a23cf2df5b9..41254178f1cc 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_5/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_5/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_6/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_6/openssl.cfg index ee8469fe548b..e33351fdad0a 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_6/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_6/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_7/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_7/openssl.cfg index a63458d084b4..644524d70ce6 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_7/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_7/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_8/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_8/openssl.cfg index 0353bced3bd2..7e081689567a 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_8/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_8/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_9/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_9/openssl.cfg index cc9663bbd5c5..33b54150325c 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_9/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Root_9/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_1/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_1/openssl.cfg index bf73e3549d66..41a85559da78 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_1/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_1/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_10/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_10/openssl.cfg index c67e455ac4e2..a5f5bad1d446 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_10/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_10/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_2/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_2/openssl.cfg index 5f9493f47e9b..a8ff6452fa85 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_2/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_2/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_3/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_3/openssl.cfg index 5f9493f47e9b..a8ff6452fa85 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_3/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_3/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_4/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_4/openssl.cfg index 5f9493f47e9b..a8ff6452fa85 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_4/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_4/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_5/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_5/openssl.cfg index eaa527d3dc41..9add746b72e5 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_5/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_5/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_6/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_6/openssl.cfg index 6251ef7ee99e..26b8d145ec69 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_6/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_6/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_7/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_7/openssl.cfg index 16b905bdcb5a..0a9f4bc111e4 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_7/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_7/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_8/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_8/openssl.cfg index 177888124500..e962c5396c4a 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_8/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_8/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_9/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_9/openssl.cfg index a9628b957b3a..9d4e1452e119 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_9/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_1_Root_9/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_4/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_4/openssl.cfg index 5f9493f47e9b..a8ff6452fa85 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_4/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_4/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_7/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_7/openssl.cfg index a0556456eaf7..27c7a3a66dd8 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_7/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_7/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret diff --git a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_8/openssl.cfg b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_8/openssl.cfg index 177888124500..e962c5396c4a 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_8/openssl.cfg +++ b/xmlsecurity/test_docs/CAs/Sub_CA_2_Root_8/openssl.cfg @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem # The private key RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file -x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extentions to add to the cert +x509_extensions = usr_cert # The extensions to add to the cert # Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional" # (and highly broken) format. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ default_bits = 1024 default_keyfile = privkey.pem distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name attributes = req_attributes -x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert +x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extensions to add to the self signed cert # Passwords for private keys if not present they will be prompted for # input_password = secret |